Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It's that easy! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/753/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:49:18 GMT Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:49:18 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/753/ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/753/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/753/ Get Free Audiobook no Marge Johns biacuaduc@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It's that easy! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Re-Made-in-the-USA-Audiobook/B008S0PJGO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Re-Made in the USA Subtitle: How We Can Restore Jobs, Retool Manufacturing, and Compete with the World Author: Todd Lipscomb Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A business-based rallying cry to reclaim the US economy... There is a nagging feeling that the U.S. is slipping as a nation and our people are powerless to do anything to fix it. Issues such as jobs, product quality and safety, wages, the economy, and our status as the world's leading superpower are all tied together with our massive trade deficit. Re-Made in the USA addresses these issues using the author's firsthand observations and analysis, and offers a practical plan for how we can get our economy and global status back. America's future does not have to be on the decline. In inspiring terms, Re-Made in the USA lays out the choice Americans have between doing nothing, and doing what we do best - rolling up our sleeves and working hard to fix the problem. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Todd Lipscomb) Fri, 03 Aug 2012 07:20:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Re-Made-in-the-USA-Audiobook/B008S0PJGO thebookvoice.com 08:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Re-Made in the USA Subtitle: How We Can Restore Jobs, Retool Manufacturing, and Compete with the World Author: Todd Lipscomb Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A business-based rallying cry to reclaim the US economy... There is a nagging feeling that the U.S. is slipping as a nation and our people are powerless to do anything to fix it. Issues such as jobs, product quality and safety, wages, the economy, and our status as the world's leading superpower are all tied together with our massive trade deficit. Re-Made in the USA addresses these issues using the author's firsthand observations and analysis, and offers a practical plan for how we can get our economy and global status back. America's future does not have to be on the decline. In inspiring terms, Re-Made in the USA lays out the choice Americans have between doing nothing, and doing what we do best - rolling up our sleeves and working hard to fix the problem. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Re-Made in the USA Subtitle: How We Can Restore Jobs, Retool Manufacturing, and Compete with the World Author: Todd Lipscomb Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A business-based rallying cry to reclaim the US economy... There is a nagging feeling that the U.S. is slipping as a nation and our people are powerless to do anything to fix it. Issues such as jobs, product quality and safety, wages, the economy, and our status as the world's leading superpower are all tied together with our massive trade deficit. Re-Made in the USA addresses these issues using the author's firsthand observations and analysis, and offers a practical plan for how we can get our economy and global status back. America's future does not have to be on the decline. In inspiring terms, Re-Made in the USA lays out the choice Americans have between doing nothing, and doing what we do best - rolling up our sleeves and working hard to fix the problem. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Three Stars very good book Engaging read with actionable items Excellent explanation of how the U.S. got here and what can be done about it. Nice presentation of the service economy myth and why a thriving manufacturing base is critical. Best overview of the unfair advantage other countries hold that I've read. The author's engaging style makes it easy to read and understand the concepts presented and his enthusiasm for the subject is infectious. In fact, since reading the book, I've signed up to receive his newsletters in my in box and they have prodded me to sign online petitions and become more engaged in urging our elected representatives to do more on the issue of knock-offs, counterfeit products, unfair trade and a host of related issues. Interesting "Heroes of our USA" sidebars are provided throughout the book highlighting companies that are making a difference by providing American jobs and contributing back to our communities. If' you want to learn more about this subject from a passionate voice, you can't do better than this well reasoned and researched book. Joe Allen's praise for the book (back cover) said it best: "in the past quarter century, America has turned to seeking profit at any cost thanks to the greed of many of our multinational corporations." Nearly half of the book is focused on what can--and should--be done by our government, our companies and ourselves. A wake up call This book is very true. We (all of us) need to do something to keep the US working class from losing their jobs. The only problem is that the goods made in the US will cost more because the workers here are treated correctly. So that costs the consumer. Most people do not want to pay a higher price for their goods, and will buy things made in China. Actually, it's very difficult to find anything made in the the US. It's not only Walmart, it's all the stores including Dillards, Macy's etc. It's all a question of greed. Even the food chain is a mess. I like to eat fish several times a week. It's getting hard to find fish that is processed in the US. Why would we buy cod that is fished in the US and processed in China? Soon it will be chicken, beef and vegetables! Wake up Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Megachange-Audiobook/B00DUEKVWU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Megachange Subtitle: The Economist Author: Daniel Franklin, John Andrews Narrator: David Thorpe Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 07-23-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Building on the hugely successful annual Economist 'The World in ...' publications, this essential guide to the 21st century captures the sweeping, fundamental trends that are changing the world faster than at any time in human history. In 2050 there will be 9.3 billion people alive - compared with 7 billion today - and the number will still be rising. The population aged over 65 will have more than doubled, to more than 16 percent; China's GDP will be 80 percent more than America's; and the number of cars on India's roads will have increased by 3,880 percent. And, in 2050 it should be clear whether we are alone in the universe.What other megachanges can we expect - and what will their impact be? This comprehensive and compelling book will cover the most significant trends that are shaping the coming decades, with each of its 20 chapters elegantly and authoritatively outlined by Economist contributors, and rich in supporting facts and figures. It will chart the rise and fall of fertility rates across continents; how energy resources will change in light of new technology, and how different nations will deal with major developments in science and warfare. Megachange is essential listening for anyone who wants to know what the next four decades hold in store. Daniel Franklin is Executive Editor of The Economist and Editor of The Economist's annual publication,'The World in...'. John Andrews has written for TheEconomist for more than 30 years having been based in the Middle East, Europe, Asia, and America. Editorial Reviews: This guide to the sweeping and astonishing changes that the world is projected to go through by the year 2050 was put together by The Economist and their team of expert writers. The overall theme is the escalating rate of large-scale change that the planet is undergoing. David Thorpe performs these essays with a well-spoken clarity, allowing the listener to focus on the statistics and predictions that at times become baffling. Rates of population increase and the spread of technology are delved into head-on along with the dramatic effects these changes will have on our planet and its inhabitants. If youre interested in whats to come you won't be able to pause this compelling audiobook. Critic Reviews: "If you want to know what the future may look like, here it is. A brilliantly well informed guide - all I can say is wow." (Chris Patten) "This brilliant book delves beneath the crises in the newspapers to expose the forces that our reshaping our economy, our politics, and our everyday lives. Limpid and provocative, it sets the facts and figures of tomorrow's world into a narrative that is gripping and compelling." (Mark Leonard, author of Why Europe Will Run the 21st Century and What Does China Think?) "...there are thoroughly engaging pieces here, especially from the science crowd." (Weekend Australian) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel Franklin) Tue, 23 Jul 2013 01:40:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Megachange-Audiobook/B00DUEKVWU thebookvoice.com 10:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Megachange Subtitle: The Economist Author: Daniel Franklin, John Andrews Narrator: David Thorpe Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 07-23-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Building on the hugely successful annual Economist 'The World in ...' publications, this essential guide to the 21st century captures the sweeping, fundamental trends that are changing the world faster than at any time in human history. In 2050 there will be 9.3 billion people alive - compared with 7 billion today - and the number will still be rising. The population aged over 65 will have more than doubled, to more than 16 percent; China's GDP will be 80 percent more than America's; and the number of cars on India's roads will have increased by 3,880 percent. And, in 2050 it should be clear whether we are alone in the universe.What other megachanges can we expect - and what will their impact be? This comprehensive and compelling book will cover the most significant trends that are shaping the coming decades, with each of its 20 chapters elegantly and authoritatively outlined by Economist contributors, and rich in supporting facts and figures. It will chart the rise and fall of fertility rates across continents; how energy resources will change in light of new technology, and how different nations will deal with major developments in science and warfare. Megachange is essential listening for anyone who wants to know what the next four decades hold in store. Daniel Franklin is Executive Editor of The Economist and Editor of The Economist's annual publication,'The World in...'. John Andrews has written for TheEconomist for more than 30 years having been based in the Middle East, Europe, Asia, and America. Editorial Reviews: This guide to the sweeping and astonishing changes that the world is projected to go through by the year 2050 was put together by The Economist and their team of expert writers. The overall theme is the escalating rate of large-scale change that the planet is undergoing. David Thorpe performs these essays with a well-spoken clarity, allowing the listener to focus on the statistics and predictions that at times become baffling. Rates of population increase and the spread of technology are delved into head-on along with the dramatic effects these changes will have on our planet and its inhabitants. If youre interested in whats to come you won't be able to pause this compelling audiobook. Critic Reviews: "If you want to know what the future may look like, here it is. A brilliantly well informed guide - all I can say is wow." (Chris Patten) "This brilliant book delves beneath the crises in the newspapers to expose the forces that our reshaping our economy, our politics, and our everyday lives. Limpid and provocative, it sets the facts and figures of tomorrow's world into a narrative that is gripping and compelling." (Mark Leonard, author of Why Europe Will Run the 21st Century and What Does China Think?) "...there are thoroughly engaging pieces here, especially from the science crowd." (Weekend Australian) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Megachange Subtitle: The Economist Author: Daniel Franklin, John Andrews Narrator: David Thorpe Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 07-23-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Building on the hugely successful annual Economist 'The World in ...' publications, this essential guide to the 21st century captures the sweeping, fundamental trends that are changing the world faster than at any time in human history. In 2050 there will be 9.3 billion people alive - compared with 7 billion today - and the number will still be rising. The population aged over 65 will have more than doubled, to more than 16 percent; China's GDP will be 80 percent more than America's; and the number of cars on India's roads will have increased by 3,880 percent. And, in 2050 it should be clear whether we are alone in the universe.What other megachanges can we expect - and what will their impact be? This comprehensive and compelling book will cover the most significant trends that are shaping the coming decades, with each of its 20 chapters elegantly and authoritatively outlined by Economist contributors, and rich in supporting facts and figures. It will chart the rise and fall of fertility rates across continents; how energy resources will change in light of new technology, and how different nations will deal with major developments in science and warfare. Megachange is essential listening for anyone who wants to know what the next four decades hold in store. Daniel Franklin is Executive Editor of The Economist and Editor of The Economist's annual publication,'The World in...'. John Andrews has written for TheEconomist for more than 30 years having been based in the Middle East, Europe, Asia, and America. Editorial Reviews: This guide to the sweeping and astonishing changes that the world is projected to go through by the year 2050 was put together by The Economist and their team of expert writers. The overall theme is the escalating rate of large-scale change that the planet is undergoing. David Thorpe performs these essays with a well-spoken clarity, allowing the listener to focus on the statistics and predictions that at times become baffling. Rates of population increase and the spread of technology are delved into head-on along with the dramatic effects these changes will have on our planet and its inhabitants. If youre interested in whats to come you won't be able to pause this compelling audiobook. Critic Reviews: "If you want to know what the future may look like, here it is. A brilliantly well informed guide - all I can say is wow." (Chris Patten) "This brilliant book delves beneath the crises in the newspapers to expose the forces that our reshaping our economy, our politics, and our everyday lives. Limpid and provocative, it sets the facts and figures of tomorrow's world into a narrative that is gripping and compelling." (Mark Leonard, author of Why Europe Will Run the 21st Century and What Does China Think?) "...there are thoroughly engaging pieces here, especially from the science crowd." (Weekend Australian) Members Reviews: Superior Quality Tealeaf-Reading I liked that this was realistic about its own predictive power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Aid-on-the-Edge-of-Chaos-Audiobook/B00IUQBEGK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Aid on the Edge of Chaos Subtitle: Rethinking International Cooperation in a Complex World Author: Ben Ramalingam Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: It is widely recognised that the foreign aid system - which today involves every country in the world - is in need of drastic change. But there are conflicting opinions as to what is needed. Some call for dramatic increases in resources, to meet long-overdue commitments, and to scale up what is already being done around the world. Others point to the flaws in aid, and bang the drum for cutting it altogether - and argue that the fate of poor and vulnerable people be best placed in the hands of markets and the private sector. Meanwhile, growing numbers are suggesting that what is most needed is the creative, innovative transformation of how aid works. Aid on the Edge of Chaos is firmly in the third of these camps. In this ground-breaking book, Ben Ramalingam shows that the linear, mechanistic models and assumptions on which foreign aid is built would be more at home in early-20th-century factory floors than in the dynamic, complex world we face today. All around us, we can see the costs and limitations of dealing economies and societies as if they are analogous to machines. The reality is that such social systems have far more in common with ecosystems: They are complex, dynamic, diverse, and unpredictable. Many thinkers and practitioners in science, economics, business, and public policy have started to embrace more "ecologically literate" approaches to guide both thinking and action, informed by ideas from the "new science" of complex adaptive systems. Inspired by these efforts, there is an emerging network of aid practitioners, researchers, and policy makers who are experimenting with complexity-informed responses to development and humanitarian challenges. This book showcases the insights, experiences, and often remarkable results from these efforts. From transforming approaches to child malnutrition, to rethinking processes of economic growth, from building peace to combating desertification, from rural Vietnam to urban Kenya, Aid on the Edge of Chaos shows how embracing the ideas of complex systems thinking can help make foreign aid more relevant, more appropriate, more innovative, and more catalytic. Ramalingam argues that taking on these ideas will be a vital part of the transformation of aid, from a post-WW2 mechanism of resource transfer, to a truly innovative and dynamic form of global cooperation fit for the 21st century. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ben Ramalingam) Mon, 10 Mar 2014 05:38:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Aid-on-the-Edge-of-Chaos-Audiobook/B00IUQBEGK thebookvoice.com 17:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Aid on the Edge of Chaos Subtitle: Rethinking International Cooperation in a Complex World Author: Ben Ramalingam Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: It is widely recognised that the foreign aid system - which today involves every country in the world - is in need of drastic change. But there are conflicting opinions as to what is needed. Some call for dramatic increases in resources, to meet long-overdue commitments, and to scale up what is already being done around the world. Others point to the flaws in aid, and bang the drum for cutting it altogether - and argue that the fate of poor and vulnerable people be best placed in the hands of markets and the private sector. Meanwhile, growing numbers are suggesting that what is most needed is the creative, innovative transformation of how aid works. Aid on the Edge of Chaos is firmly in the third of these camps. In this ground-breaking book, Ben Ramalingam shows that the linear, mechanistic models and assumptions on which foreign aid is built would be more at home in early-20th-century factory floors than in the dynamic, complex world we face today. All around us, we can see the costs and limitations of dealing economies and societies as if they are analogous to machines. The reality is that such social systems have far more in common with ecosystems: They are complex, dynamic, diverse, and unpredictable. Many thinkers and practitioners in science, economics, business, and public policy have started to embrace more "ecologically literate" approaches to guide both thinking and action, informed by ideas from the "new science" of complex adaptive systems. Inspired by these efforts, there is an emerging network of aid practitioners, researchers, and policy makers who are experimenting with complexity-informed responses to development and humanitarian challenges. This book showcases the insights, experiences, and often remarkable results from these efforts. From transforming approaches to child malnutrition, to rethinking processes of economic growth, from building peace to combating desertification, from rural Vietnam to urban Kenya, Aid on the Edge of Chaos shows how embracing the ideas of complex systems thinking can help make foreign aid more relevant, more appropriate, more innovative, and more catalytic. Ramalingam argues that taking on these ideas will be a vital part of the transformation of aid, from a post-WW2 mechanism of resource transfer, to a truly innovative and dynamic form of global cooperation fit for the 21st century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Aid on the Edge of Chaos Subtitle: Rethinking International Cooperation in a Complex World Author: Ben Ramalingam Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: It is widely recognised that the foreign aid system - which today involves every country in the world - is in need of drastic change. But there are conflicting opinions as to what is needed. Some call for dramatic increases in resources, to meet long-overdue commitments, and to scale up what is already being done around the world. Others point to the flaws in aid, and bang the drum for cutting it altogether - and argue that the fate of poor and vulnerable people be best placed in the hands of markets and the private sector. Meanwhile, growing numbers are suggesting that what is most needed is the creative, innovative transformation of how aid works. Aid on the Edge of Chaos is firmly in the third of these camps. In this ground-breaking book, Ben Ramalingam shows that the linear, mechanistic models and assumptions on which foreign aid is built would be more at home in early-20th-century factory floors than in the dynamic, complex world we face today. All around us, we can see the costs and limitations of dealing economies and societies as if they are analogous to machines. The reality is that such social systems have far more in common with ecosystems: They are complex, dynamic, diverse, and unpredictable. Many thinkers and practitioners in science, economics, business, and public policy have started to embrace more "ecologically literate" approaches to guide both thinking and action, informed by ideas from the "new science" of complex adaptive systems. Inspired by these efforts, there is an emerging network of aid practitioners, researchers, and policy makers who are experimenting with complexity-informed responses to development and humanitarian challenges. This book showcases the insights, experiences, and often remarkable results from these efforts. From transforming approaches to child malnutrition, to rethinking processes of economic growth, from building peace to combating desertification, from rural Vietnam to urban Kenya, Aid on the Edge of Chaos shows how embracing the ideas of complex systems thinking can help make foreign aid more relevant, more appropriate, more innovative, and more catalytic. Ramalingam argues that taking on these ideas will be a vital part of the transformation of aid, from a post-WW2 mechanism of resource transfer, to a truly innovative and dynamic form of global cooperation fit for the 21st century. Members Reviews: Brilliant In parts this book can be very technical, though incredibly engaging throughout. If you're interested in aid strategies and organisational management generally, this book is definitely for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Microeconomics-AudioLearn-Follow-Along-Manual-Audiobook/B00BFIGZKK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Microeconomics AudioLearn Follow-Along Manual Subtitle: AudioLearn Economics Series Author: AudioLearn Editors Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've chosen an overview of Microeconomics. Congratulations! We hope that you'll better understand how Microeconomics affects you in your daily life. Here is a sneak preview of what topics we will be covering in this AudioLearn overview of microeconomics. To set down the basics, we will cover the Latin watchword of economics, "Ceteris Paribus" and some other fallacies of thinking. We'll briefly review the problem between scarcity and unlimited needs and wants. As we establish what microeconomics specifically analyzes, we'll discuss elasticity, utility, and maximizing on your budget. Then you will learn about our business structures - sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. You'll hear about the difference between economists and accountants and how to look at fixed and variable costs. Next, you'll find out the difference between pure competition, monopoly, and oligopoly. You'll learn about patents, copyrights, and trademarks and how the government helps to protect business. Finally, we'll also shed some light on how private, public and social costs are shared, and major issues confronting microeconomics. Sit back, adjust your volume and relax. Welcome to the world of economics. biacuaduc@gmail.com (AudioLearn Editors) Thu, 14 Feb 2013 07:15:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Microeconomics-AudioLearn-Follow-Along-Manual-Audiobook/B00BFIGZKK thebookvoice.com 01:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Microeconomics AudioLearn Follow-Along Manual Subtitle: AudioLearn Economics Series Author: AudioLearn Editors Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've chosen an overview of Microeconomics. Congratulations! We hope that you'll better understand how Microeconomics affects you in your daily life. Here is a sneak preview of what topics we will be covering in this AudioLearn overview of microeconomics. To set down the basics, we will cover the Latin watchword of economics, "Ceteris Paribus" and some other fallacies of thinking. We'll briefly review the problem between scarcity and unlimited needs and wants. As we establish what microeconomics specifically analyzes, we'll discuss elasticity, utility, and maximizing on your budget. Then you will learn about our business structures - sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. You'll hear about the difference between economists and accountants and how to look at fixed and variable costs. Next, you'll find out the difference between pure competition, monopoly, and oligopoly. You'll learn about patents, copyrights, and trademarks and how the government helps to protect business. Finally, we'll also shed some light on how private, public and social costs are shared, and major issues confronting microeconomics. Sit back, adjust your volume and relax. Welcome to the world of economics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Microeconomics AudioLearn Follow-Along Manual Subtitle: AudioLearn Economics Series Author: AudioLearn Editors Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've chosen an overview of Microeconomics. Congratulations! We hope that you'll better understand how Microeconomics affects you in your daily life. Here is a sneak preview of what topics we will be covering in this AudioLearn overview of microeconomics. To set down the basics, we will cover the Latin watchword of economics, "Ceteris Paribus" and some other fallacies of thinking. We'll briefly review the problem between scarcity and unlimited needs and wants. As we establish what microeconomics specifically analyzes, we'll discuss elasticity, utility, and maximizing on your budget. Then you will learn about our business structures - sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. You'll hear about the difference between economists and accountants and how to look at fixed and variable costs. Next, you'll find out the difference between pure competition, monopoly, and oligopoly. You'll learn about patents, copyrights, and trademarks and how the government helps to protect business. Finally, we'll also shed some light on how private, public and social costs are shared, and major issues confronting microeconomics. Sit back, adjust your volume and relax. Welcome to the world of economics. Members Reviews: A wonderful summary of concepts This is a fantastic summary of my Economics course and had helped me to grasp difficult concepts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Neuroeconomics-Fundamentals-Audiobook/B074PCQ5MK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Neuroeconomics Fundamentals Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: IntroBooks delivers up-to-the-minute information covering everything on a topic in less than one hour. Our books are written to give essential information in a straight-to-the-point format. We have cut out technical jargon, waffle, and unnecessary filler to ensure you get the essential information you need to achieve your goals with confidence. biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Fri, 11 Aug 2017 15:31:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Neuroeconomics-Fundamentals-Audiobook/B074PCQ5MK thebookvoice.com 00:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Neuroeconomics Fundamentals Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: IntroBooks delivers up-to-the-minute information covering everything on a topic in less than one hour. Our books are written to give essential information in a straight-to-the-point format. We have cut out technical jargon, waffle, and unnecessary filler to ensure you get the essential information you need to achieve your goals with confidence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Neuroeconomics Fundamentals Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: IntroBooks delivers up-to-the-minute information covering everything on a topic in less than one hour. Our books are written to give essential information in a straight-to-the-point format. We have cut out technical jargon, waffle, and unnecessary filler to ensure you get the essential information you need to achieve your goals with confidence. Members Reviews: Mis-titled perhaps Would you try another book from IntroBooks and/or Andrea Giordani? If you are looking for an introduction to the topic of neuroeconomics (the fundamentals), this is not it. I have a solid background in cognitive psychology and neuroscience and I found it difficult to follow some of the author's points. I also found the narration off-putting. Between the narrator's odd British accent and O ver E nun ci ation, this is not an easy listening experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Shadow-Work-Audiobook/B014IG7FHC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Shadow Work Subtitle: The Unpaid, Unseen Jobs That Fill Your Day Author: Craig Lambert Narrator: James Jenner Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 08-27-15 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: With the exception of sleep, humans spend more of their lifetimes on work than any other activity. It is central to our economy, our society, and the family. It underpins our finances and our sense of meaning in life. Given the overriding importance of work, we need to recognize a profound transformation in the nature of work that is significantly altering lives: the incoming tidal wave of shadow work. Shadow work includes all the unpaid tasks we do on behalf of businesses and organizations. It has slipped into our routines stealthily; most of us do not realize how much of it we are already doing, even as we pump our own gas, scan and bag our own groceries, execute our own stock trades, and build our own unassembled furniture. But its presence is unmistakable and its effects far-reaching. Fueled by the twin forces of technology and skyrocketing personnel costs, shadow work has taken a foothold in our society. Lambert terms its prevalence as "middle-class serfdom" and examines its sources in the invasion of robotics, the democratization of expertise, and new demands on individuals at all levels of society. The end result? A more personalized form of consumption, a great social leveling (pedigrees don't help with shadow work!), and the weakening of communities as robotics reduce daily human interaction. Shadow Work offers a field guide to this new phenomenon. It shines a light on these trends now so prevalent in our daily lives and, more importantly, offers valuable insight into how to counter their effects. It will be essential reading to anyone seeking to understand how their days got so full - and how to deal with the ubiquitous shadow work that surrounds them. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Craig Lambert) Thu, 27 Aug 2015 19:25:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Shadow-Work-Audiobook/B014IG7FHC thebookvoice.com 09:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Shadow Work Subtitle: The Unpaid, Unseen Jobs That Fill Your Day Author: Craig Lambert Narrator: James Jenner Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 08-27-15 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: With the exception of sleep, humans spend more of their lifetimes on work than any other activity. It is central to our economy, our society, and the family. It underpins our finances and our sense of meaning in life. Given the overriding importance of work, we need to recognize a profound transformation in the nature of work that is significantly altering lives: the incoming tidal wave of shadow work. Shadow work includes all the unpaid tasks we do on behalf of businesses and organizations. It has slipped into our routines stealthily; most of us do not realize how much of it we are already doing, even as we pump our own gas, scan and bag our own groceries, execute our own stock trades, and build our own unassembled furniture. But its presence is unmistakable and its effects far-reaching. Fueled by the twin forces of technology and skyrocketing personnel costs, shadow work has taken a foothold in our society. Lambert terms its prevalence as "middle-class serfdom" and examines its sources in the invasion of robotics, the democratization of expertise, and new demands on individuals at all levels of society. The end result? A more personalized form of consumption, a great social leveling (pedigrees don't help with shadow work!), and the weakening of communities as robotics reduce daily human interaction. Shadow Work offers a field guide to this new phenomenon. It shines a light on these trends now so prevalent in our daily lives and, more importantly, offers valuable insight into how to counter their effects. It will be essential reading to anyone seeking to understand how their days got so full - and how to deal with the ubiquitous shadow work that surrounds them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Shadow Work Subtitle: The Unpaid, Unseen Jobs That Fill Your Day Author: Craig Lambert Narrator: James Jenner Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 08-27-15 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: With the exception of sleep, humans spend more of their lifetimes on work than any other activity. It is central to our economy, our society, and the family. It underpins our finances and our sense of meaning in life. Given the overriding importance of work, we need to recognize a profound transformation in the nature of work that is significantly altering lives: the incoming tidal wave of shadow work. Shadow work includes all the unpaid tasks we do on behalf of businesses and organizations. It has slipped into our routines stealthily; most of us do not realize how much of it we are already doing, even as we pump our own gas, scan and bag our own groceries, execute our own stock trades, and build our own unassembled furniture. But its presence is unmistakable and its effects far-reaching. Fueled by the twin forces of technology and skyrocketing personnel costs, shadow work has taken a foothold in our society. Lambert terms its prevalence as "middle-class serfdom" and examines its sources in the invasion of robotics, the democratization of expertise, and new demands on individuals at all levels of society. The end result? A more personalized form of consumption, a great social leveling (pedigrees don't help with shadow work!), and the weakening of communities as robotics reduce daily human interaction. Shadow Work offers a field guide to this new phenomenon. It shines a light on these trends now so prevalent in our daily lives and, more importantly, offers valuable insight into how to counter their effects. It will be essential reading to anyone seeking to understand how their days got so full - and how to deal with the ubiquitous shadow work that surrounds them. Members Reviews: I think the idea for the book was good but it veered off subject so many times for ... Not as impressed as the NPR interview made me believe it would be. He kept using the term "shadow work" over and over again. Probably added a few pages to the book by repeating that term so many times. I think the idea for the book was good but it veered off subject so many times for many pages. As but one example - there was a good portion of a chapter devoted to raising children and managing a family as "shadow work". Not really shadow work in my opinion. That to me is work that has measurable dividends when your kids become financially successful. Out of the Shadows It takes very little work, shadow or otherwise, to read and enjoy Craig Lambertâs new book on how we spend a lot of our waking hours. In exploring shadow work -- all the unpaid, time-consuming tasks we do scarcely without thinking about it -- Lambert gives us a compelling overview of contemporary life and how we have ended up pumping our own gas, ringing up our own groceries, and exposing ourselves to all the big and little brothers who want us to buy, buy, buy. (This review is part of that shadow work.) As for the actual work... Having spent a year as a young boy on my grandfatherâs farm in the west of Ireland in the late forties, I have a good idea of what it takes to grow and make your own food -- from churning butter and baking bread to growing potatoes and butchering a hog. By contrast, ringing up and bagging your share of the American cornucopia hardly seems like a great exertion. But thatâs not Lambertâs point. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Robert-E-Lucas-Jrs-Why-Doesnt-Capital-Flow-from-Rich-to-Poor-Countries-Audiobook/B01J20DLV8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Macat Analysis of Robert E. Lucas Jr.'s Why Doesn't Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries? Author: Pádraig Belton Narrator: Macat.com Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-16 Publisher: Macat International Limited. Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Because the potential returns appear to be greater in poorer countries than in the developed world, modern economic theory implies that rich countries should continually invest in poor countries until returns balance out. In fact, this doesn't happen. Economist Robert E. Lucas Jr. asks why in his groundbreaking 1990 article, "Why Doesn't Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries?" The question has become known as the Lucas paradox. Lucas analyzes this, focusing especially on the role of human capital - the skill and experience that people bring to their work. Lucas, a professor at the University of Chicago, won the Nobel Prize in Economics in 1995 for unrelated research nearly two decades earlier. But the Lucas paradox may be his lasting legacy, important not just to economists, but to anyone interested in understanding how economic development works in poorer countries. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Pádraig Belton) Tue, 26 Jul 2016 22:07:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Robert-E-Lucas-Jrs-Why-Doesnt-Capital-Flow-from-Rich-to-Poor-Countries-Audiobook/B01J20DLV8 thebookvoice.com 01:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Macat Analysis of Robert E. Lucas Jr.'s Why Doesn't Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries? Author: Pádraig Belton Narrator: Macat.com Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-16 Publisher: Macat International Limited. Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Because the potential returns appear to be greater in poorer countries than in the developed world, modern economic theory implies that rich countries should continually invest in poor countries until returns balance out. In fact, this doesn't happen. Economist Robert E. Lucas Jr. asks why in his groundbreaking 1990 article, "Why Doesn't Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries?" The question has become known as the Lucas paradox. Lucas analyzes this, focusing especially on the role of human capital - the skill and experience that people bring to their work. Lucas, a professor at the University of Chicago, won the Nobel Prize in Economics in 1995 for unrelated research nearly two decades earlier. But the Lucas paradox may be his lasting legacy, important not just to economists, but to anyone interested in understanding how economic development works in poorer countries. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Macat Analysis of Robert E. Lucas Jr.'s Why Doesn't Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries? Author: Pádraig Belton Narrator: Macat.com Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-16 Publisher: Macat International Limited. Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Because the potential returns appear to be greater in poorer countries than in the developed world, modern economic theory implies that rich countries should continually invest in poor countries until returns balance out. In fact, this doesn't happen. Economist Robert E. Lucas Jr. asks why in his groundbreaking 1990 article, "Why Doesn't Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries?" The question has become known as the Lucas paradox. Lucas analyzes this, focusing especially on the role of human capital - the skill and experience that people bring to their work. Lucas, a professor at the University of Chicago, won the Nobel Prize in Economics in 1995 for unrelated research nearly two decades earlier. But the Lucas paradox may be his lasting legacy, important not just to economists, but to anyone interested in understanding how economic development works in poorer countries. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-The-Euro-by-Joseph-E-Stiglitz-Audiobook/B01LZV2LL7 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of The Euro by Joseph E. Stiglitz Subtitle: Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 23 mins Language: English Release date: 09-22-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Euro: How a Common Currency Threatens the Future of Europe is Nobel Prize-winning economist Joseph E. Stiglitz's evisceration of the euro as the cause of political and economic turmoil in Europe today. From the very start, the decision to create a single currency for Europe was a major mistake founded on faulty ideology and misconceived economic principles. The economic half-truths that guided the construction of the Eurozone no longer hold water in 2016 and are outdated. The Eurozone is a group of 19 countries with very different political, cultural, and economic systems. By binding them together on minimal convergence criteria and without the structural backbone to keep them unified, the Eurozone failed to create an ecosystem of shared risk and reward that would also provide the flexibility necessary for individual countries to manage crises autonomously. What's more, the austerity measures applied to crisis countries have been unfairly punitive. Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread) Thu, 22 Sep 2016 02:08:01 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-The-Euro-by-Joseph-E-Stiglitz-Audiobook/B01LZV2LL7 thebookvoice.com 00:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of The Euro by Joseph E. Stiglitz Subtitle: Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 23 mins Language: English Release date: 09-22-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Euro: How a Common Currency Threatens the Future of Europe is Nobel Prize-winning economist Joseph E. Stiglitz's evisceration of the euro as the cause of political and economic turmoil in Europe today. From the very start, the decision to create a single currency for Europe was a major mistake founded on faulty ideology and misconceived economic principles. The economic half-truths that guided the construction of the Eurozone no longer hold water in 2016 and are outdated. The Eurozone is a group of 19 countries with very different political, cultural, and economic systems. By binding them together on minimal convergence criteria and without the structural backbone to keep them unified, the Eurozone failed to create an ecosystem of shared risk and reward that would also provide the flexibility necessary for individual countries to manage crises autonomously. What's more, the austerity measures applied to crisis countries have been unfairly punitive. Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of The Euro by Joseph E. Stiglitz Subtitle: Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 23 mins Language: English Release date: 09-22-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Euro: How a Common Currency Threatens the Future of Europe is Nobel Prize-winning economist Joseph E. Stiglitz's evisceration of the euro as the cause of political and economic turmoil in Europe today. From the very start, the decision to create a single currency for Europe was a major mistake founded on faulty ideology and misconceived economic principles. The economic half-truths that guided the construction of the Eurozone no longer hold water in 2016 and are outdated. The Eurozone is a group of 19 countries with very different political, cultural, and economic systems. By binding them together on minimal convergence criteria and without the structural backbone to keep them unified, the Eurozone failed to create an ecosystem of shared risk and reward that would also provide the flexibility necessary for individual countries to manage crises autonomously. What's more, the austerity measures applied to crisis countries have been unfairly punitive. Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book. Members Reviews: Why the Euro is Failing Europe This is a summary of "The Euro" and is not the actual book. This book discusses how the creation of the Euro was a mistake. The Euro is a single currency for all of Europe and it has failed because of the differences in culture, politics, and economics in Europe's 19 different countries. The summary gives a brief description on what the book is about and then lists and analyzes 9 key takeaways that highlight the main points of the original book. I probably wouldn't spend my time reading an entire book on currency, but I enjoyed reading this condensed version of the book. I felt that I got a good grasp on what the book is about without having to read the entire thing. However, if you are into economics, I think you will particularly enjoy this book. SPECULATION ON THE CAUSES OF THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC FAILURES This is an overview of the actual book âThe Euro.â Kind of like an abbreviated âCliff's Notesâ for the FULL book. It provides a potential reader enough information regarding the bookâs content to determine if we want to invest the extra money and time to actually buy and read the entire book. This non-fiction book on European economics is the personal "opinions" of its author Joseph Stiglitz, regarding the foundation, impact and potential fate of the "Euro." By reading through this overview the interested rader will easily be able to determine (by the summary's outline) whether the authors opinions are logical and interesting enough for you to personally slog through the full-lengthy economic tome. At .99 cents, this summary is a good value, which is one of the reasons I have personally found âInstareadâ to be a useful service. Why the Eurozone is not united The single European currency, the Euro, was implemented to unite the members of the EU into a single European market. According to noted economist Joseph Stiglitz, though, the result has been just the opposite. The one-size-fits-all austerity measures have disadvantaged some of the poorer EU member countries, and forcing the diverse countries in the bloc to adhere to uniform policies, often measures that do not fit their unique circumstances, has, in fact, created political and economic turmoil. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/WRONG-Nine-Economic-Policy-Disasters-and-What-We-Can-Learn-from-Them-Audiobook/B00KB2RJIS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: WRONG: Nine Economic Policy Disasters and What We Can Learn from Them Author: Richard S. Grossman Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 05-14-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the world has been rocked by major economic crises, most notably the devastating collapse of Lehman Brothers, the largest bankruptcy in American history, which triggered the breathtakingly destructive sub-prime disaster. What sparks these vast economic calamities? Why do our economic policy makers fail to protect us from such upheavals? In Wrong, economist Richard Grossman addresses such questions, shining a light on the poor thinking behind nine of the worst economic policy mistakes of the past 200 years, missteps whose outcomes ranged from appalling to tragic. Grossman tells the story behind each misconceived economic move, explaining why the policy was adopted, how it was implemented, and its short- and long-term consequences. In each case, he shows that the main culprits were policy makers who were guided by ideology rather than economics. For instance, Wrong looks at how America's unfounded fear of a centralized monetary authority caused them to reject two central banks, condemning the nation to wave after wave of financial panics. He describes how Britain's blind commitment to free markets, rather than to assisting the starving in Ireland, led to one of the 19th century's worst humanitarian tragedies - the Irish famine. And he shows how Britain's reestablishment of the gold standard after World War I, fuelled largely by a desire to recapture its pre-war dominance, helped to turn what would otherwise have been a normal recession into the Great Depression. Grossman also explores the Smoot-Hawley Tariff of 1930, Japan's lost decade of the 1990s, the American subprime crisis, and the present European sovereign debt crisis. Economic policy should be based on cold, hard economic analysis, Grossman concludes, not on an unquestioning commitment to a particular ideology. Wrong shows what happens when this sensible advice is ignored. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard S. Grossman) Wed, 14 May 2014 23:40:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/WRONG-Nine-Economic-Policy-Disasters-and-What-We-Can-Learn-from-Them-Audiobook/B00KB2RJIS thebookvoice.com 07:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: WRONG: Nine Economic Policy Disasters and What We Can Learn from Them Author: Richard S. Grossman Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 05-14-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the world has been rocked by major economic crises, most notably the devastating collapse of Lehman Brothers, the largest bankruptcy in American history, which triggered the breathtakingly destructive sub-prime disaster. What sparks these vast economic calamities? Why do our economic policy makers fail to protect us from such upheavals? In Wrong, economist Richard Grossman addresses such questions, shining a light on the poor thinking behind nine of the worst economic policy mistakes of the past 200 years, missteps whose outcomes ranged from appalling to tragic. Grossman tells the story behind each misconceived economic move, explaining why the policy was adopted, how it was implemented, and its short- and long-term consequences. In each case, he shows that the main culprits were policy makers who were guided by ideology rather than economics. For instance, Wrong looks at how America's unfounded fear of a centralized monetary authority caused them to reject two central banks, condemning the nation to wave after wave of financial panics. He describes how Britain's blind commitment to free markets, rather than to assisting the starving in Ireland, led to one of the 19th century's worst humanitarian tragedies - the Irish famine. And he shows how Britain's reestablishment of the gold standard after World War I, fuelled largely by a desire to recapture its pre-war dominance, helped to turn what would otherwise have been a normal recession into the Great Depression. Grossman also explores the Smoot-Hawley Tariff of 1930, Japan's lost decade of the 1990s, the American subprime crisis, and the present European sovereign debt crisis. Economic policy should be based on cold, hard economic analysis, Grossman concludes, not on an unquestioning commitment to a particular ideology. Wrong shows what happens when this sensible advice is ignored. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: WRONG: Nine Economic Policy Disasters and What We Can Learn from Them Author: Richard S. Grossman Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 05-14-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the world has been rocked by major economic crises, most notably the devastating collapse of Lehman Brothers, the largest bankruptcy in American history, which triggered the breathtakingly destructive sub-prime disaster. What sparks these vast economic calamities? Why do our economic policy makers fail to protect us from such upheavals? In Wrong, economist Richard Grossman addresses such questions, shining a light on the poor thinking behind nine of the worst economic policy mistakes of the past 200 years, missteps whose outcomes ranged from appalling to tragic. Grossman tells the story behind each misconceived economic move, explaining why the policy was adopted, how it was implemented, and its short- and long-term consequences. In each case, he shows that the main culprits were policy makers who were guided by ideology rather than economics. For instance, Wrong looks at how America's unfounded fear of a centralized monetary authority caused them to reject two central banks, condemning the nation to wave after wave of financial panics. He describes how Britain's blind commitment to free markets, rather than to assisting the starving in Ireland, led to one of the 19th century's worst humanitarian tragedies - the Irish famine. And he shows how Britain's reestablishment of the gold standard after World War I, fuelled largely by a desire to recapture its pre-war dominance, helped to turn what would otherwise have been a normal recession into the Great Depression. Grossman also explores the Smoot-Hawley Tariff of 1930, Japan's lost decade of the 1990s, the American subprime crisis, and the present European sovereign debt crisis. Economic policy should be based on cold, hard economic analysis, Grossman concludes, not on an unquestioning commitment to a particular ideology. Wrong shows what happens when this sensible advice is ignored. Members Reviews: Comprehensive, Brilliantly Composed Brilliantly composed, thorough presentation that I may add was eloquently written in such a manner that the logic & insight of complex subject matter could be easily understood & digested by a vast, general audience (& experts alike). Subject matter especially pertaining to fiscal & monetary tools & policies can be particularly challenging to present in a way that can be understood by a general audience & such matters were step by step simplified into logical explanations that made sense of these complex intricacies. It would be difficult to top this presentation in its thorough coverage of each topic attempted, simplification of complex subject matter into logical explanations, all into fluid, enjoyable, conversational spirit of making things better than they were before. John Maynard Keynes quote at the end was touching to the effect & summed up the book perfectly "When someone persuades me that I am wrong, I change my mind. What do you do?" The moral of this book is again summed up again by John Maynard Keynes "It is better to be roughly right than precisely wrong." Improving the world by exercising the mind, understanding the risks & rewards of future policies by evaluating the past is what this book attempts & successfully achieves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Coke-Machine-Audiobook/B0041MC4CA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coke Machine Subtitle: The Dirty Truth Behind the World's Favorite Soft Drink Author: Michael Blanding Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 09-16-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ever since its "I'd Like to Teach the World to Sing" commercials from the 1970s, Coca-Cola has billed itself as the world's beverage, uniting all colors and cultures in a mutual love of its caramel-sweet sugar water. The formula has worked incredibly well, making it one of the most profitable companies on the planet and Coca-Cola the world's second-most-recognized word after hello. However, as the company expands its reach into both domestic and foreign markets, an increasing number of the world's citizens are finding the taste of Coke more bitter than sweet. Journalist Michael Blanding's The Coke Machine probes shocking accusations about the company's global impact, including: Critic Reviews: "Put down your soda, read The Coke Machine, and join the global movement to rein in unaccountable corporations. (Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Brightsided) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Blanding) Thu, 16 Sep 2010 05:00:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Coke-Machine-Audiobook/B0041MC4CA thebookvoice.com 13:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coke Machine Subtitle: The Dirty Truth Behind the World's Favorite Soft Drink Author: Michael Blanding Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 09-16-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ever since its "I'd Like to Teach the World to Sing" commercials from the 1970s, Coca-Cola has billed itself as the world's beverage, uniting all colors and cultures in a mutual love of its caramel-sweet sugar water. The formula has worked incredibly well, making it one of the most profitable companies on the planet and Coca-Cola the world's second-most-recognized word after hello. However, as the company expands its reach into both domestic and foreign markets, an increasing number of the world's citizens are finding the taste of Coke more bitter than sweet. Journalist Michael Blanding's The Coke Machine probes shocking accusations about the company's global impact, including: Critic Reviews: "Put down your soda, read The Coke Machine, and join the global movement to rein in unaccountable corporations. (Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Brightsided) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coke Machine Subtitle: The Dirty Truth Behind the World's Favorite Soft Drink Author: Michael Blanding Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 09-16-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ever since its "I'd Like to Teach the World to Sing" commercials from the 1970s, Coca-Cola has billed itself as the world's beverage, uniting all colors and cultures in a mutual love of its caramel-sweet sugar water. The formula has worked incredibly well, making it one of the most profitable companies on the planet and Coca-Cola the world's second-most-recognized word after hello. However, as the company expands its reach into both domestic and foreign markets, an increasing number of the world's citizens are finding the taste of Coke more bitter than sweet. Journalist Michael Blanding's The Coke Machine probes shocking accusations about the company's global impact, including: Critic Reviews: "Put down your soda, read The Coke Machine, and join the global movement to rein in unaccountable corporations. (Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Brightsided) Members Reviews: MUST READ THIS! This book broke my heart-- but like all reality checks must be listened to. Not only does he clearly explain why Coke has had the problems they have, but also gives a great primer into what is wrong with American companies. Should be a must read for students in business, politics, marketing and social science (along with a few others). I may use this in my class. Say it ain't so Ive read the anti-Coke reviews of this book and went in with the sneaky suspicion that the author had an agenda and I began reading with that understanding. I believe anyone could pick any company and write a book about them in a similar style. I have to say as a marketing researcher myself, I found the history of the company extremely compelling and appreciate their marketing and branding from their earliest days. I found it clever the way they thought to get people to drink more Coke. . . bigger bottles. Seems so simple now but back then it was an innovation and now look at the sizes of the sodas we drink today--Big Gulps, Super Big Gulps, etc. It is reminiscent of how toothpaste manufactures got people to use more toothpaste. Think about it, how do you do that? Bigger holes in the tubes! Marketing genius. So while I enjoyed all of that, I have to say Iwith relief, ultimately agree with my fellow Goodreaders and can sum this up by saying, Mamas dont let your babies grow up to be Coke (or any soda for that matter) drinkers for which there are many reasons. The first being health. I still cannot believe that researchers cannot definitively prove there is nothing more than correlation (not causation) between high fructose corn syrup and obesity and/or diabetes. In my mind, the stuff is poison and it is in everything. Second, I now feel they abuse marketing and show little ethics in this regard. Research shows that infants begin to recognize brands between 6 and 18 months of age. By age 3, children begin requesting brands. Coke manipulates this to their advantage through such marketing campaigns as the cute polar bears and Santa. For the 12 and under cohort, they target such shows as Spongebob Squarepants and for the teen group, they use product placement on shows such as American Idol as well as targeted advertising. While believing in capitalism and the goal of being an industry leader, you must do it responsibly. I dont think that Coke does this. Then there are the Coke wars in Mexico and Colombia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/American-Mojo-Audiobook/B014PNQ222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: American Mojo Subtitle: Lost and Found: Restoring our Middle Class Before the World Blows By Author: Peter D. Kiernan Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 48 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In American Mojo: Lost and Found, Peter D. Kiernan, the award-winning author of the New York Times best-seller Becoming China's Bitch, focuses on America's greatest challenge and opportunity: restoring the middle class to its full promise and potential. Our educated, skilled, and motivated middle class was the cornerstone of America's postwar economic might, but the country's dynamic core has struggled and changed dramatically through the last three decades. Kiernan's extensively researched story, told through individual histories, shows how the middle class flourished under unique circumstances following World War II and details how our middle class has been rocked and shaped by events abroad as much as at home. What emerges through his storytelling is a picture of middle-class decline and opportunity that is fuller, more moving, and ultimately more useful in terms of charting a path forward than other examinations. Critic Reviews: "[T]his is a riveting read that sets out not to draw definite solutions from past successes and failures, but to educate the general readership with storytelling." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter D. Kiernan) Tue, 15 Sep 2015 16:28:41 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/American-Mojo-Audiobook/B014PNQ222 thebookvoice.com 14:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: American Mojo Subtitle: Lost and Found: Restoring our Middle Class Before the World Blows By Author: Peter D. Kiernan Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 48 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In American Mojo: Lost and Found, Peter D. Kiernan, the award-winning author of the New York Times best-seller Becoming China's Bitch, focuses on America's greatest challenge and opportunity: restoring the middle class to its full promise and potential. Our educated, skilled, and motivated middle class was the cornerstone of America's postwar economic might, but the country's dynamic core has struggled and changed dramatically through the last three decades. Kiernan's extensively researched story, told through individual histories, shows how the middle class flourished under unique circumstances following World War II and details how our middle class has been rocked and shaped by events abroad as much as at home. What emerges through his storytelling is a picture of middle-class decline and opportunity that is fuller, more moving, and ultimately more useful in terms of charting a path forward than other examinations. Critic Reviews: "[T]his is a riveting read that sets out not to draw definite solutions from past successes and failures, but to educate the general readership with storytelling." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: American Mojo Subtitle: Lost and Found: Restoring our Middle Class Before the World Blows By Author: Peter D. Kiernan Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 48 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In American Mojo: Lost and Found, Peter D. Kiernan, the award-winning author of the New York Times best-seller Becoming China's Bitch, focuses on America's greatest challenge and opportunity: restoring the middle class to its full promise and potential. Our educated, skilled, and motivated middle class was the cornerstone of America's postwar economic might, but the country's dynamic core has struggled and changed dramatically through the last three decades. Kiernan's extensively researched story, told through individual histories, shows how the middle class flourished under unique circumstances following World War II and details how our middle class has been rocked and shaped by events abroad as much as at home. What emerges through his storytelling is a picture of middle-class decline and opportunity that is fuller, more moving, and ultimately more useful in terms of charting a path forward than other examinations. Critic Reviews: "[T]his is a riveting read that sets out not to draw definite solutions from past successes and failures, but to educate the general readership with storytelling." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Enthralling, Clear and Constructive--A Realistic Blueprint This timely, fresh and engaging book is the one everybody running for President will wish s/he could have written. It takes an author unencumbered by political ambition, but with a wealth of hands-on corporate, world and philanthropic experience, to give us this essential reading, now. It takes an unfettered private citizen, not enmeshed in academia or governmental/think tank agendas and revolving doors, to home in on what's worked and what hasn't; to personalize and synthesize; to refuse to offer up tired bromides but instead to think inside and out of the box. One need not agree with every observation and idea and the author wouldn't want you to. But his intelligence and perception are striking, the book is a "page-turner" and his optimism, while not unbridled, is inspiring. (Full disclosure: Pete and I majored together in American Civilization with the same remarkable professors, materials and discussions.) The prose is vibrant and compelling. Two or three-sentence paragraphs of observations/ideas flow from contextual material. The invitation is to the reader to think, agree, disagree, diverge, modify, alter but above all to think about, our broken, but vitally needed, middle class. Each chapter begins with a vignette about an individual in our history who played a formative role, because part of Kiernan's thesis is that our history abounds with individuals who were willing to make profound economic and societal changes for the greater good; to get back on track (to re-attain our "mojo"), we must drive anew that spirit of individual empowerment and responsibility. Part One traces the post WW II growth of a large and prosperous middle class, while pointing out looming stress fractures, or how the nation could wind up being a victim of its own successes. Kiernan also traces the seismic changes in national politics that led to Reagan's ascendancy and polar shifts in policy. The author supports his points with a winning combination of empirical, anecdotal, learned evidence--and heaps of common sense. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/IOU-Audiobook/B0035UTN6E Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: I.O.U. Subtitle: Why Everyone Owes Everyone and No One Can Pay Author: John Lanchester Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 01-22-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 60 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The wildest story in the world these days is not fiction; it's what's really happening all around us as the world's global economy has gone into freefall. How did we get here? What does it all mean? How could so many smart people be so dumb and believe their own hype? Accessibly, cleverly, and with mordant humor, journalist John Lanchester trots the globe in search of the answers to these questions---to Iceland, the scene of catastrophic bank collapse; to Hong Kong, the city of his birth built at the altar of free-market capitalism; to the high-stakes leveraging of Wall Street; and to the tragedy of lost homes in small-town America. And in his capable hands, we see and understand what went wrong and why. Lanchester believes that the current crisis gives us an opportunity to bring about much-needed change and that a stronger and more compassionate system can emerge from the wreckage. biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Lanchester) Fri, 22 Jan 2010 09:59:01 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/IOU-Audiobook/B0035UTN6E thebookvoice.com 07:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: I.O.U. Subtitle: Why Everyone Owes Everyone and No One Can Pay Author: John Lanchester Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 01-22-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 60 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The wildest story in the world these days is not fiction; it's what's really happening all around us as the world's global economy has gone into freefall. How did we get here? What does it all mean? How could so many smart people be so dumb and believe their own hype? Accessibly, cleverly, and with mordant humor, journalist John Lanchester trots the globe in search of the answers to these questions---to Iceland, the scene of catastrophic bank collapse; to Hong Kong, the city of his birth built at the altar of free-market capitalism; to the high-stakes leveraging of Wall Street; and to the tragedy of lost homes in small-town America. And in his capable hands, we see and understand what went wrong and why. Lanchester believes that the current crisis gives us an opportunity to bring about much-needed change and that a stronger and more compassionate system can emerge from the wreckage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: I.O.U. Subtitle: Why Everyone Owes Everyone and No One Can Pay Author: John Lanchester Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 01-22-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 60 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The wildest story in the world these days is not fiction; it's what's really happening all around us as the world's global economy has gone into freefall. How did we get here? What does it all mean? How could so many smart people be so dumb and believe their own hype? Accessibly, cleverly, and with mordant humor, journalist John Lanchester trots the globe in search of the answers to these questions---to Iceland, the scene of catastrophic bank collapse; to Hong Kong, the city of his birth built at the altar of free-market capitalism; to the high-stakes leveraging of Wall Street; and to the tragedy of lost homes in small-town America. And in his capable hands, we see and understand what went wrong and why. Lanchester believes that the current crisis gives us an opportunity to bring about much-needed change and that a stronger and more compassionate system can emerge from the wreckage. Members Reviews: Economics for dummies I couldn't stop listening! This book really helped me understand global economics. I enjoyed how the book broke down stocks, bonds, loans and helped my understand how so many people got sucked into the ride. This book is well written, well narrated and SO not dry! Unbelievably Well Done. I feel as though I have listened to them all ... Too Big to Fail, On the Brink, The Big Short, and several others. The global economic crisis of 2008 is so interesting on so many levels. John Lancaster's treatment is the perfect blend of the technical details with the common sense reaction. "How is this even possible that all of these factors could play out this way?" "How did NO ONE but EVERYONE not see this coming?" "Why can't we FIX this?" I love the British thinking and turn of phrase - irreverent, cheeky, and just a fun romp through a crazy garbage dump. I was entranced and will listen again when I need to be both challenged intellectually and entertained with one-of-a-kind wit. Good Facts, Bad Philosophy Lanchester presents excellent observations of what happens when risk is removed from finance. He tries to validate his personal beliefs that Socialism is necessary to keep capitalism honest. Removing risk from finance is actually a manipulation of capitalism and is the direct cause of financial collapse. Lanchester thinks capitalists no longer have to be nice to others because there is no socialism to compare their actions to - a Karl Marx as yardstick, if you will. He suffers the same inattentional blindness many liberals suffer. (Watching the basketball - missing the gorilla) Watching the harmful escalation of bad behavior of "bankers" while missing the increasingly complex but well intended regulations which pushed those bankers by moving the cheese. There are no perfect regulations. It is always best to connect self interest to behavior as directly as possible. Allow banks to fail - caveat emptor doesn't work is everyone is protected from negative consequences. Still, Langton is an excellent narrator. The book is a pleasant listen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Econocracy-Audiobook/B073QZ9Q8J Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Econocracy Subtitle: On the Perils of Leaving Economics to the Experts Author: Joe Earle, Cahal Moran, Zach Ward-Perkins Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 07-06-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of The Econocracy by Joe Earle, Cahal Moran and Zach Ward-Perkins, read by Jonathan Keeble. A century ago, the idea of 'the economy' didn't exist. Now economics is the supreme ideology of our time, with its own rules and language. The trouble is most of us can't speak it. This is damaging democracy. Dangerous agendas are hidden inside mathematical wrappers; controversial policies are presented as 'proven' by the models of economic 'science'. Government is being turned over to a publicly unaccountable technocratic elite. The Econocracy reveals that economics is too important to be left to the economists - and shows us how we can begin to participate more fully in the decisions which affect all our futures. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joe Earle) Thu, 06 Jul 2017 03:21:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Econocracy-Audiobook/B073QZ9Q8J thebookvoice.com 06:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Econocracy Subtitle: On the Perils of Leaving Economics to the Experts Author: Joe Earle, Cahal Moran, Zach Ward-Perkins Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 07-06-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of The Econocracy by Joe Earle, Cahal Moran and Zach Ward-Perkins, read by Jonathan Keeble. A century ago, the idea of 'the economy' didn't exist. Now economics is the supreme ideology of our time, with its own rules and language. The trouble is most of us can't speak it. This is damaging democracy. Dangerous agendas are hidden inside mathematical wrappers; controversial policies are presented as 'proven' by the models of economic 'science'. Government is being turned over to a publicly unaccountable technocratic elite. The Econocracy reveals that economics is too important to be left to the economists - and shows us how we can begin to participate more fully in the decisions which affect all our futures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Econocracy Subtitle: On the Perils of Leaving Economics to the Experts Author: Joe Earle, Cahal Moran, Zach Ward-Perkins Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 07-06-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of The Econocracy by Joe Earle, Cahal Moran and Zach Ward-Perkins, read by Jonathan Keeble. A century ago, the idea of 'the economy' didn't exist. Now economics is the supreme ideology of our time, with its own rules and language. The trouble is most of us can't speak it. This is damaging democracy. Dangerous agendas are hidden inside mathematical wrappers; controversial policies are presented as 'proven' by the models of economic 'science'. Government is being turned over to a publicly unaccountable technocratic elite. The Econocracy reveals that economics is too important to be left to the economists - and shows us how we can begin to participate more fully in the decisions which affect all our futures. Members Reviews: Great book! In this book, the authors explain why everyone should care about economics and not believe anything an economic expert says. Economics doesn't have to be so technical and difficult that nobody can participate in a discussion about it. Rather, the authors try to demystify the black box of economics, and encourage the reader to engage with the subject. About the reader, he has a very pleasant voice, and even though the topic is serious, it never gets boring to listen to it. The only downside is that the audiobook doesn't contain all the data material with graphs, tables and references. Audible should start to add those things as pdf's or similar, not just to this book, but to all books that contain data like this one. Listening to this audiobook inspired me to buy the paperback version. Thank you for all the hard work you must have put into this! Compelling essay on education reform I was expecting a book about economics, but this is really about university education and the need for reform in teaching. There is plenty that could be debated, but overall it is a well-argued and thoughtful case for a much more dynamic and pluralistic style of economics teaching that would have consequences far beyond academia. Narrator is good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Frank-Knight-and-the-Chicago-School-Audiobook/B002VACKD2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Frank Knight and the Chicago School Subtitle: The Role of Economic Uncertainty Author: Dr. Arthur Diamond Narrator: Louis Rukeyser Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Great Economic Thinkers is a collection of audio presentations that explain, in understandable language, the major ideas of history's most important economists. Special emphasis is placed on each thinker's attitude toward capitalism, revealing their influence in today's debate on economic progress and prosperity. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dr. Arthur Diamond) Fri, 14 Jul 2006 05:02:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Frank-Knight-and-the-Chicago-School-Audiobook/B002VACKD2 thebookvoice.com 02:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Frank Knight and the Chicago School Subtitle: The Role of Economic Uncertainty Author: Dr. Arthur Diamond Narrator: Louis Rukeyser Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Great Economic Thinkers is a collection of audio presentations that explain, in understandable language, the major ideas of history's most important economists. Special emphasis is placed on each thinker's attitude toward capitalism, revealing their influence in today's debate on economic progress and prosperity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Frank Knight and the Chicago School Subtitle: The Role of Economic Uncertainty Author: Dr. Arthur Diamond Narrator: Louis Rukeyser Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Great Economic Thinkers is a collection of audio presentations that explain, in understandable language, the major ideas of history's most important economists. Special emphasis is placed on each thinker's attitude toward capitalism, revealing their influence in today's debate on economic progress and prosperity. Members Reviews: I'm left fuzzy on what Knight's ideas were There is a lot of anecdote here, lots of colleague remarks that are not really economics, but rather personal quirky stuff. There is not much meat to really sink my teeth into. I didn't really get a clear sense of where Knight fit into the Chicago lineage. I enjoy this series generally, but wouldn't call this the best one. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rogue-Economics-Audiobook/B002VAEKVW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rogue Economics Subtitle: Capitalism's New Reality Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: From Eastern Europe's booming sex trade industry to China's "online sweatshops," from al-Qaeda's underwriters to America's subprime mortgage lending scandal, Rogue Economics exposes the paradoxical economic connections of the new global marketplace. Critic Reviews: "Timely and fascinating, Napoleoni's top-notch reporting, in which her attention turns from Viagra to blood diamonds to the banana price wars in a few pages, works in the vein of Freakonomics and Eric Schlosser's Fast Food Nation, but much grimmer. Like those, this volume doesn't provide many answers, but the questions it raises are profound." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Loretta Napoleoni) Thu, 17 Sep 2009 13:43:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rogue-Economics-Audiobook/B002VAEKVW thebookvoice.com 10:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rogue Economics Subtitle: Capitalism's New Reality Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: From Eastern Europe's booming sex trade industry to China's "online sweatshops," from al-Qaeda's underwriters to America's subprime mortgage lending scandal, Rogue Economics exposes the paradoxical economic connections of the new global marketplace. Critic Reviews: "Timely and fascinating, Napoleoni's top-notch reporting, in which her attention turns from Viagra to blood diamonds to the banana price wars in a few pages, works in the vein of Freakonomics and Eric Schlosser's Fast Food Nation, but much grimmer. Like those, this volume doesn't provide many answers, but the questions it raises are profound." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rogue Economics Subtitle: Capitalism's New Reality Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: From Eastern Europe's booming sex trade industry to China's "online sweatshops," from al-Qaeda's underwriters to America's subprime mortgage lending scandal, Rogue Economics exposes the paradoxical economic connections of the new global marketplace. Critic Reviews: "Timely and fascinating, Napoleoni's top-notch reporting, in which her attention turns from Viagra to blood diamonds to the banana price wars in a few pages, works in the vein of Freakonomics and Eric Schlosser's Fast Food Nation, but much grimmer. Like those, this volume doesn't provide many answers, but the questions it raises are profound." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Outstanding I have purchased over 300 books from Audible but this book truly stands out as a book that is memorable and profound. I began an exploration several years ago when the 'Credit Crunch' began; wondering if, indeed, I was seeing the deterioration and destruction of the US financial system. Indeed, but it left me with so many questions about why it was happening. Loretta Napoleoni has pulled together a tremendous amount of research and synthesized it into a truly extraordinary book. I have already listened to it 3 times. Rogue Economics Poorly researched Marxist rant. The half hour I listened to it (until the factual errors and logical inconsistencies became more than I could bare) is half an hour I won't ever get back. It is incomprehensible that some people still view Soveit Russia as a workers' paradise! Simplistic, Confused Views of Economics What would have made Rogue Economics better? It might have been better if the author had actually studied basic economics, and put together an outline of cogent thoughts, before writing a book about her feelings. Outstanding. I loved this book. The narration is really good and the story is written in such a way that it was an eye opening to the economics of the world. I will listen to this one again due to so many concepts introduced to me and different ways of looking to the world of Economic. Enlightening book. Looking forward to read other books from this author. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Great-Degeneration-Audiobook/B00CSWZ4L8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Great Degeneration Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Paul Slack Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 05-16-13 Publisher: Whole Story Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Symptoms of decline are all around us today, it seems: slowing growth, crushing debts, aging populations, anti-social behaviour. But what exactly is amiss with Western civilization? The answer, Niall Ferguson argues, is that our institutions - the intricate frameworks within which a society can flourish or fail - are degenerating. To arrest the degeneration of the West's civilization, Ferguson warns, will take heroic leadership and radical reform. The Great Degeneration is the latest, provocative work from Niall Ferguson, best-selling author of The Ascent of Money. Critic Reviews: "Brilliantly written, full of wit and virtuosity, stuffed with memorable lines and gorgeous bits of information. A great read" (The Times) "Brings history alive for the reader with a dazzling knowledge... peerless" (Independent on Sunday) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Niall Ferguson) Thu, 16 May 2013 23:14:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Great-Degeneration-Audiobook/B00CSWZ4L8 thebookvoice.com 04:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Great Degeneration Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Paul Slack Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 05-16-13 Publisher: Whole Story Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Symptoms of decline are all around us today, it seems: slowing growth, crushing debts, aging populations, anti-social behaviour. But what exactly is amiss with Western civilization? The answer, Niall Ferguson argues, is that our institutions - the intricate frameworks within which a society can flourish or fail - are degenerating. To arrest the degeneration of the West's civilization, Ferguson warns, will take heroic leadership and radical reform. The Great Degeneration is the latest, provocative work from Niall Ferguson, best-selling author of The Ascent of Money. Critic Reviews: "Brilliantly written, full of wit and virtuosity, stuffed with memorable lines and gorgeous bits of information. A great read" (The Times) "Brings history alive for the reader with a dazzling knowledge... peerless" (Independent on Sunday) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Great Degeneration Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Paul Slack Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 05-16-13 Publisher: Whole Story Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Symptoms of decline are all around us today, it seems: slowing growth, crushing debts, aging populations, anti-social behaviour. But what exactly is amiss with Western civilization? The answer, Niall Ferguson argues, is that our institutions - the intricate frameworks within which a society can flourish or fail - are degenerating. To arrest the degeneration of the West's civilization, Ferguson warns, will take heroic leadership and radical reform. The Great Degeneration is the latest, provocative work from Niall Ferguson, best-selling author of The Ascent of Money. Critic Reviews: "Brilliantly written, full of wit and virtuosity, stuffed with memorable lines and gorgeous bits of information. A great read" (The Times) "Brings history alive for the reader with a dazzling knowledge... peerless" (Independent on Sunday) Members Reviews: Ferguson Hits His Stride I really enjoy listening to the author on the news and talk shows. Very interesting guy who doesn't overreach in the interest of getting air time. From what I can tell he works hard and has mastered a fairly rare combination of fields. History, economics, and writing, to name three. This is a gentleman who beyond the pedigree has written books that survey in sometimes painful depth his field of study. I have tried to read his prior books and just couldn't get through them. Great material, great writing, but really boring tedious stuff to listen to. This book, however, I could not put down. I think the author has some very good points. You'll find a bunch of negative reviews because of the last few pages of the book, he gives a rather hefty slam of Obama's "you didn't build that" speech. He really could have done without those few pages and I think you would find Republicans and Democrats interested in finding a solution to our country and world's problems finding common ground with many of the ideas in this book. I am somewhat off-putted by the frameworks that the author uses. I am used to more of the more systematic Stuart Mill, etc frameworks and he always seems to have some rather higher level "fresher" way of reframing what are probably issues that could fit within these other frameworks. Interesting, refreshing, thought provoking but leaves me wondering how this lines up to historical methods of analysis. And where did the ideas come for these nouveau analyses? Might be footnoted, but that is a hazard of audio books. Anyway, many of the reviews at Amazon capture the specifics. I enjoyed this book and if you haven't read the author yet, would highly recommend starting here. If you have like me tried an not been able to get through the prior works, perhaps like me you'll find a gem here. If you're reading and listening to the author right now, you may be a little disappointed as the book is a bit of an overview of a number of speeches / discussions he has had recently. Might not be enough new material to interest. I really enjoyed it. Great description of what ails America & the West With reservations this is one of the best short listens you can make. Those limits relate to Ferguson's history and his place therein. In short, his model of the future means an extension of the past, by better management of the present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-Cheap-China-Audiobook/B008RA88MW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Cheap China Subtitle: Economic and Cultural Trends That Will Disrupt the World Author: Shaun Rein Narrator: Bill Roberts Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An exposé on how the rise of China will affect the American way of life, The End of Cheap China is a fun, riveting, must-listen audiobook not only for people doing business in China but for anyone interested in understanding the forces that are changing the world. Many Americans know China for manufacturing cheap products, thanks largely to the country's vast supply of low-cost workers. But China is changing, and the glut of cheap labor that has made everyday low prices possible is drying up as the Chinese people seek not to make iPhones, but to buy them. Shaun Rein, Founder of the China Market Research Group, puts China's continuing transformation from producer to large-scale consumer - a process that is further along than most economists think - under the microscope, examining eight megatrends that are catalyzing change in China and posing threats to Americans' consumption-driven way of life. Rein takes an engaging and informative approach to examining the extraordinary changes taking place across all levels of Chinese society, talking to everyone from Chinese billionaires and senior government officials to poor migrant workers and even prostitutes. He draws on personal stories and experiences from living in China since the 1990s as well as hard economic data. Each chapter focuses on a different aspect of China's transformation, from fast-improving Chinese companies to confident, optimistic Chinese women to the role of China's government, and at the end breaks down key lessons for listeners to take away. The End of Cheap China shows: The End of Cheap China exposes the end of America's consumerist way of life and gives clear advice on how companies can succeed in the new world order. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Shaun Rein) Wed, 01 Aug 2012 18:10:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-Cheap-China-Audiobook/B008RA88MW thebookvoice.com 07:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Cheap China Subtitle: Economic and Cultural Trends That Will Disrupt the World Author: Shaun Rein Narrator: Bill Roberts Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An exposé on how the rise of China will affect the American way of life, The End of Cheap China is a fun, riveting, must-listen audiobook not only for people doing business in China but for anyone interested in understanding the forces that are changing the world. Many Americans know China for manufacturing cheap products, thanks largely to the country's vast supply of low-cost workers. But China is changing, and the glut of cheap labor that has made everyday low prices possible is drying up as the Chinese people seek not to make iPhones, but to buy them. Shaun Rein, Founder of the China Market Research Group, puts China's continuing transformation from producer to large-scale consumer - a process that is further along than most economists think - under the microscope, examining eight megatrends that are catalyzing change in China and posing threats to Americans' consumption-driven way of life. Rein takes an engaging and informative approach to examining the extraordinary changes taking place across all levels of Chinese society, talking to everyone from Chinese billionaires and senior government officials to poor migrant workers and even prostitutes. He draws on personal stories and experiences from living in China since the 1990s as well as hard economic data. Each chapter focuses on a different aspect of China's transformation, from fast-improving Chinese companies to confident, optimistic Chinese women to the role of China's government, and at the end breaks down key lessons for listeners to take away. The End of Cheap China shows: The End of Cheap China exposes the end of America's consumerist way of life and gives clear advice on how companies can succeed in the new world order. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Cheap China Subtitle: Economic and Cultural Trends That Will Disrupt the World Author: Shaun Rein Narrator: Bill Roberts Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An exposé on how the rise of China will affect the American way of life, The End of Cheap China is a fun, riveting, must-listen audiobook not only for people doing business in China but for anyone interested in understanding the forces that are changing the world. Many Americans know China for manufacturing cheap products, thanks largely to the country's vast supply of low-cost workers. But China is changing, and the glut of cheap labor that has made everyday low prices possible is drying up as the Chinese people seek not to make iPhones, but to buy them. Shaun Rein, Founder of the China Market Research Group, puts China's continuing transformation from producer to large-scale consumer - a process that is further along than most economists think - under the microscope, examining eight megatrends that are catalyzing change in China and posing threats to Americans' consumption-driven way of life. Rein takes an engaging and informative approach to examining the extraordinary changes taking place across all levels of Chinese society, talking to everyone from Chinese billionaires and senior government officials to poor migrant workers and even prostitutes. He draws on personal stories and experiences from living in China since the 1990s as well as hard economic data. Each chapter focuses on a different aspect of China's transformation, from fast-improving Chinese companies to confident, optimistic Chinese women to the role of China's government, and at the end breaks down key lessons for listeners to take away. The End of Cheap China shows: The End of Cheap China exposes the end of America's consumerist way of life and gives clear advice on how companies can succeed in the new world order. Members Reviews: New World China This was a very interesting read. Instead of focusing of Chinese factories and the human slave labor to maintain its economy, the author writes a general view of the country. There is no longer cheap labor in China, but through it's growth, many of their citizens are becoming the new Chinese by rapid change in its policy. China might not be the next super power as we known today, like the United States, but the country might be the world bank by bailing on other countries that are financially bankrupt. Let's someone else handle human rights issues because as the country progress, their people will have more rights as they expand. Powerful information Provides great insight into the next world power and its people. Good for anyone who wants to do business with China https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Paper-Money-Collapse-Audiobook/B008R0JL0K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Paper Money Collapse Subtitle: The Folly of Elastic Money and the Coming Monetary Breakdown Author: Detlev S. Schlichter Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-31-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Detlev Schlichter makes the case for the inevitable failure of a paper money economy, and tells us what that means for the future. All paper money systems in history have ended in failure. Either they collapsed in chaos, or society returned to commodity money before that could happen. Drawing upon novel research, Paper Money Collapse conclusively illustrates why paper money systems - those based on an elastic and constantly expanding supply of money as opposed to a system of commodity money of essentially fixed supply - are inherently unstable and why they must lead to economic disintegration. These highly controversial conclusions clash with the present consensus, which holds that elastic state money is superior to inflexible commodity money (such as a gold standard), and that expanding money is harmless or even beneficial for as long as inflation stays low. Contradicting this, Paper Money Collapse shows that: This compelling new book looks at the breakdown of modern economic theory and the fallacy of mathematical models. It is an analysis of the current financial crisis and shows in very stark terms that the solutions presented by paper-money-enthusiasts around the world are misguided and inherently flawed. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Detlev S. Schlichter) Tue, 31 Jul 2012 20:15:60 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Paper-Money-Collapse-Audiobook/B008R0JL0K thebookvoice.com 09:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Paper Money Collapse Subtitle: The Folly of Elastic Money and the Coming Monetary Breakdown Author: Detlev S. Schlichter Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-31-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Detlev Schlichter makes the case for the inevitable failure of a paper money economy, and tells us what that means for the future. All paper money systems in history have ended in failure. Either they collapsed in chaos, or society returned to commodity money before that could happen. Drawing upon novel research, Paper Money Collapse conclusively illustrates why paper money systems - those based on an elastic and constantly expanding supply of money as opposed to a system of commodity money of essentially fixed supply - are inherently unstable and why they must lead to economic disintegration. These highly controversial conclusions clash with the present consensus, which holds that elastic state money is superior to inflexible commodity money (such as a gold standard), and that expanding money is harmless or even beneficial for as long as inflation stays low. Contradicting this, Paper Money Collapse shows that: This compelling new book looks at the breakdown of modern economic theory and the fallacy of mathematical models. It is an analysis of the current financial crisis and shows in very stark terms that the solutions presented by paper-money-enthusiasts around the world are misguided and inherently flawed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Paper Money Collapse Subtitle: The Folly of Elastic Money and the Coming Monetary Breakdown Author: Detlev S. Schlichter Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-31-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Detlev Schlichter makes the case for the inevitable failure of a paper money economy, and tells us what that means for the future. All paper money systems in history have ended in failure. Either they collapsed in chaos, or society returned to commodity money before that could happen. Drawing upon novel research, Paper Money Collapse conclusively illustrates why paper money systems - those based on an elastic and constantly expanding supply of money as opposed to a system of commodity money of essentially fixed supply - are inherently unstable and why they must lead to economic disintegration. These highly controversial conclusions clash with the present consensus, which holds that elastic state money is superior to inflexible commodity money (such as a gold standard), and that expanding money is harmless or even beneficial for as long as inflation stays low. Contradicting this, Paper Money Collapse shows that: This compelling new book looks at the breakdown of modern economic theory and the fallacy of mathematical models. It is an analysis of the current financial crisis and shows in very stark terms that the solutions presented by paper-money-enthusiasts around the world are misguided and inherently flawed. Members Reviews: A book that everyone should read! Where does Paper Money Collapse rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? One of the best What was one of the most memorable moments of Paper Money Collapse? Explanation on how fiat money threatens the wealth of the middles class and less privileged people, and how this is a tool for manipulation by politicians and the ruling elite. What about John Lees performance did you like? Very good. If you could give Paper Money Collapse a new subtitle, what would it be? Nothing to note. Any additional comments? An alternative money system. A fair money system. A reliable money system. Insightful and well argued This is a superbly argued and well explained analysis of modern economics. Eye opening and informative, it sheds a stark light on the crisis and its so called solutions https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Debt-Bomb-Audiobook/B008FQH2ES Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Debt Bomb Subtitle: A Bold Plan to Stop Washington from Bankrupting America Author: John Hart, Tom A. Coburn Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 07-09-12 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In a nation whose debt has outgrown the size of its entire economy, the greatest threat comes not from any foreign force but from Washington politicians who refuse to relinquish the intoxicating power to borrow and spend. Senator Tom Coburn reveals the fascinating, maddening story of how we got to this point of fiscal crisis - and how we can escape. Long before America's recent economic downturn, beltway politicians knew the U.S. was going bankrupt. Yet even after several so-called "change" elections, the government has continued its wasteful ways in the face of imminent danger. With passion and clarity, Coburn explains why Washington resists change so fiercely and offers controversial yet common-sense solutions to secure the nation's future. At a time when millions of Americans are speculating about what is broken in Washington, The Debt Bomb is a candid, thoughtful, nonpartisan exposé of the real problems inside our government. Coburn challenges the conventional wisdom that blames lobbyists, gridlock, and obstructionism, and places the responsibility squarely where it belongs: on members of Congress in both parties who won't let go of the perks of power to serve the true interests of the nation - unless enough citizens take bold steps to demand action. Throughout a distinguished career as a business owner, physician, and U.S. senator, Tom Coburn has watched his beloved republic careen down a suicidal path. Today, the nation stands on the precipice of financial ruin, a disaster far more dangerous to our safety than any terrorist threats we face. Yet Coburn believes there is still hope - if enough Americans are willing to shake the corridors of Washington and demand action. With an insider's keen eye and a caregiver's deft touch, Coburn diagnoses the mess that career politicians have made of things while misusing their sacred charge to govern. Coburn's incisive analysis: Above all, Coburn believes the United States can continue as a beacon of opportunity for future generations - but how we act today will determine whether we deliver the nation to our children and grandchildren fully alive, on life support, or without a pulse. biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Hart) Mon, 09 Jul 2012 17:49:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Debt-Bomb-Audiobook/B008FQH2ES thebookvoice.com 09:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Debt Bomb Subtitle: A Bold Plan to Stop Washington from Bankrupting America Author: John Hart, Tom A. Coburn Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 07-09-12 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In a nation whose debt has outgrown the size of its entire economy, the greatest threat comes not from any foreign force but from Washington politicians who refuse to relinquish the intoxicating power to borrow and spend. Senator Tom Coburn reveals the fascinating, maddening story of how we got to this point of fiscal crisis - and how we can escape. Long before America's recent economic downturn, beltway politicians knew the U.S. was going bankrupt. Yet even after several so-called "change" elections, the government has continued its wasteful ways in the face of imminent danger. With passion and clarity, Coburn explains why Washington resists change so fiercely and offers controversial yet common-sense solutions to secure the nation's future. At a time when millions of Americans are speculating about what is broken in Washington, The Debt Bomb is a candid, thoughtful, nonpartisan exposé of the real problems inside our government. Coburn challenges the conventional wisdom that blames lobbyists, gridlock, and obstructionism, and places the responsibility squarely where it belongs: on members of Congress in both parties who won't let go of the perks of power to serve the true interests of the nation - unless enough citizens take bold steps to demand action. Throughout a distinguished career as a business owner, physician, and U.S. senator, Tom Coburn has watched his beloved republic careen down a suicidal path. Today, the nation stands on the precipice of financial ruin, a disaster far more dangerous to our safety than any terrorist threats we face. Yet Coburn believes there is still hope - if enough Americans are willing to shake the corridors of Washington and demand action. With an insider's keen eye and a caregiver's deft touch, Coburn diagnoses the mess that career politicians have made of things while misusing their sacred charge to govern. Coburn's incisive analysis: Above all, Coburn believes the United States can continue as a beacon of opportunity for future generations - but how we act today will determine whether we deliver the nation to our children and grandchildren fully alive, on life support, or without a pulse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Debt Bomb Subtitle: A Bold Plan to Stop Washington from Bankrupting America Author: John Hart, Tom A. Coburn Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 07-09-12 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In a nation whose debt has outgrown the size of its entire economy, the greatest threat comes not from any foreign force but from Washington politicians who refuse to relinquish the intoxicating power to borrow and spend. Senator Tom Coburn reveals the fascinating, maddening story of how we got to this point of fiscal crisis - and how we can escape. Long before America's recent economic downturn, beltway politicians knew the U.S. was going bankrupt. Yet even after several so-called "change" elections, the government has continued its wasteful ways in the face of imminent danger. With passion and clarity, Coburn explains why Washington resists change so fiercely and offers controversial yet common-sense solutions to secure the nation's future. At a time when millions of Americans are speculating about what is broken in Washington, The Debt Bomb is a candid, thoughtful, nonpartisan exposé of the real problems inside our government. Coburn challenges the conventional wisdom that blames lobbyists, gridlock, and obstructionism, and places the responsibility squarely where it belongs: on members of Congress in both parties who won't let go of the perks of power to serve the true interests of the nation - unless enough citizens take bold steps to demand action. Throughout a distinguished career as a business owner, physician, and U.S. senator, Tom Coburn has watched his beloved republic careen down a suicidal path. Today, the nation stands on the precipice of financial ruin, a disaster far more dangerous to our safety than any terrorist threats we face. Yet Coburn believes there is still hope - if enough Americans are willing to shake the corridors of Washington and demand action. With an insider's keen eye and a caregiver's deft touch, Coburn diagnoses the mess that career politicians have made of things while misusing their sacred charge to govern. Coburn's incisive analysis: Above all, Coburn believes the United States can continue as a beacon of opportunity for future generations - but how we act today will determine whether we deliver the nation to our children and grandchildren fully alive, on life support, or without a pulse. Members Reviews: Good message; much rambling to get point across What did you like best about The Debt Bomb? What did you like least? Like every good politician, goes around and around and around the same issue. Maybe too much about how politics is done in Washington.But the message is clear: spending is out of control in this country! How would you have changed the story to make it more enjoyable? I would have enjoyed more an abridged version. Was The Debt Bomb worth the listening time? He could get the point across in 1/3 of the time. Senator Tom Coburn Tells it like it is. Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? Yes. Because it is truthful. It explains economics and the differences between the national debt/deficit to those of us who are just looking at Obama and wondering "what does he really trying to accomplish?" If youve listened to books by John Hart and Tom A. Coburn before, how does this one compare? N/A What three words best describe John Prudens performance? Very good. Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? Cry, because our children and grandchildren will have to pay this debt off. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Capitalists-Arise-Audiobook/B06XT2ZB1T Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Capitalists Arise! Subtitle: End Economic Inequality, Grow the Middle Class, Heal the Nation Author: David Dorsey, Peter Georgescu Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 03-27-17 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Peter Georgescu arrived in this country as a penniless Romanian refugee and rose to become the CEO of Young & Rubicam. Which is why he's so heartsick that in America today, with flat wages, disappearing jobs, and a shrinking middle class, his kind of rags-to-riches story doesn't seem possible now. But he has a message for his fellow CEOs: we're the ones who must take the lead in fixing the economy. Marshaling deeply sobering statistics, Georgescu depicts the stark reality of America today: a nation with greater wealth inequality and lower social mobility than just about any other country in the developed world. But the problem isn't that free-market capitalism no longer works - it's that it's been hijacked by shareholder primacy. Where once our business leaders looked to the needs and interests of a variety of stakeholders - employees, community members, the business itself - now they're myopically focused on maximizing their shareholders' returns and nothing else. Capitalists Arise! shows how the short-term thinking spawned by shareholder primacy lies at the root of our current economic malaise and social breakdown. But Georgescu offers concrete actions that capitalists themselves can take to create a better future - pay a fair wage, build up the business instead of just the stock price, and more. The irony is that if businesses do this, shareholders will do even better. In the long run, businesses can thrive only when society is healthy and strong. This book is a manifesto calling on capitalists to heal the national that has given them so much. Critic Reviews: "A clear-eyed assessment about the drivers of key national challenges like income inequality and shrinking economic opportunity. Georgescu offers a number of thoughtful prescriptions for change." (Roger W. Ferguson, President and CEO, TIAA; former Vice Chairman, US Federal Reserve System; and Chairman, Conference Board) biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Dorsey) Mon, 27 Mar 2017 06:19:21 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Capitalists-Arise-Audiobook/B06XT2ZB1T thebookvoice.com 04:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Capitalists Arise! Subtitle: End Economic Inequality, Grow the Middle Class, Heal the Nation Author: David Dorsey, Peter Georgescu Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 03-27-17 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Peter Georgescu arrived in this country as a penniless Romanian refugee and rose to become the CEO of Young & Rubicam. Which is why he's so heartsick that in America today, with flat wages, disappearing jobs, and a shrinking middle class, his kind of rags-to-riches story doesn't seem possible now. But he has a message for his fellow CEOs: we're the ones who must take the lead in fixing the economy. Marshaling deeply sobering statistics, Georgescu depicts the stark reality of America today: a nation with greater wealth inequality and lower social mobility than just about any other country in the developed world. But the problem isn't that free-market capitalism no longer works - it's that it's been hijacked by shareholder primacy. Where once our business leaders looked to the needs and interests of a variety of stakeholders - employees, community members, the business itself - now they're myopically focused on maximizing their shareholders' returns and nothing else. Capitalists Arise! shows how the short-term thinking spawned by shareholder primacy lies at the root of our current economic malaise and social breakdown. But Georgescu offers concrete actions that capitalists themselves can take to create a better future - pay a fair wage, build up the business instead of just the stock price, and more. The irony is that if businesses do this, shareholders will do even better. In the long run, businesses can thrive only when society is healthy and strong. This book is a manifesto calling on capitalists to heal the national that has given them so much. Critic Reviews: "A clear-eyed assessment about the drivers of key national challenges like income inequality and shrinking economic opportunity. Georgescu offers a number of thoughtful prescriptions for change." (Roger W. Ferguson, President and CEO, TIAA; former Vice Chairman, US Federal Reserve System; and Chairman, Conference Board) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Capitalists Arise! Subtitle: End Economic Inequality, Grow the Middle Class, Heal the Nation Author: David Dorsey, Peter Georgescu Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 03-27-17 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Peter Georgescu arrived in this country as a penniless Romanian refugee and rose to become the CEO of Young & Rubicam. Which is why he's so heartsick that in America today, with flat wages, disappearing jobs, and a shrinking middle class, his kind of rags-to-riches story doesn't seem possible now. But he has a message for his fellow CEOs: we're the ones who must take the lead in fixing the economy. Marshaling deeply sobering statistics, Georgescu depicts the stark reality of America today: a nation with greater wealth inequality and lower social mobility than just about any other country in the developed world. But the problem isn't that free-market capitalism no longer works - it's that it's been hijacked by shareholder primacy. Where once our business leaders looked to the needs and interests of a variety of stakeholders - employees, community members, the business itself - now they're myopically focused on maximizing their shareholders' returns and nothing else. Capitalists Arise! shows how the short-term thinking spawned by shareholder primacy lies at the root of our current economic malaise and social breakdown. But Georgescu offers concrete actions that capitalists themselves can take to create a better future - pay a fair wage, build up the business instead of just the stock price, and more. The irony is that if businesses do this, shareholders will do even better. In the long run, businesses can thrive only when society is healthy and strong. This book is a manifesto calling on capitalists to heal the national that has given them so much. Critic Reviews: "A clear-eyed assessment about the drivers of key national challenges like income inequality and shrinking economic opportunity. Georgescu offers a number of thoughtful prescriptions for change." (Roger W. Ferguson, President and CEO, TIAA; former Vice Chairman, US Federal Reserve System; and Chairman, Conference Board) Members Reviews: Capitalism Has Changed! Here's the key takeaway from this book: 60% of Americans add debt every month in order to get buy. These people are losing their ability to continue purchasing, which means that consumption (the main driver of our economy) is getting close to a point of collapse. If you look at stock prices, you would think that America is doing great. But that's because 54% of corporate profits go towards buying back stock to push up the price. Another big chunk goes to dividends. Neither of those two things makes a company stronger. Only investing in R&D, employees, and capital expenditures make a company stronger. The next big crash is going to be the biggest we have ever seen and there will be little the government can do to save us. During the last crash, the government propped up the stock market with $2.4 trillion dollars in quantitative easing. That's like taking a shot of whiskey to cure your hangover. It works, but only in the short-term, and it only makes the eventual headache much worse. This book is a wake-up call for American capitalism. Real Ideas for Change What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative? It's easy to identify problems in society, but it's a lot harder to propose a solution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Taste-for-Civilization-Audiobook/B00479DLWO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Taste for Civilization Subtitle: Food, Politics, and Civil Society Author: Janet A. Flammang Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 10-15-10 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: From table talk to farmers' markets, analyzing the cultural politics of what and how we eat. This book explores the idea that table activities - the mealtime rituals of food preparation, serving, and dining - lay the foundation for a proper education on the value of civility, the importance of the common good, and what it means to be a good citizen. The arts of conversation and diplomatic speech are learned and practiced at tables, and a political history of food practices recasts thoughtfulness and generosity as virtues that enhance civil society and democracy. In our industrialized and profit-centered culture, however, foodwork is devalued and civility is eroding. Looking at the field of American civility, Janet A. Flammang addresses the gendered responsibilities for foodwork's civilizing functions and argues that any formulation of "civil society" must consider food practices and the household. To allow space for practicing civility, generosity, and thoughtfulness through everyday foodwork, Americans must challenge the norms of unbridled consumerism, work-life balance, and domesticity and caregiving. Connecting political theory with the quotidian activities of the dinner table, Flammang discusses practical ideas from the "delicious revolution" and Slow Food movement to illustrate how civic activities are linked to foodwork, and she points to farmers' markets and gardens in communities, schools, and jails as sites for strengthening civil society and degendering foodwork. The book is published by University of Illinois press. Critic Reviews: "Eating is something we all have in common: it opens up both our senses and our consciences to our place in the world. Janet A. Flammang's The Taste for Civilization shows how the American family meal has been devalued from its role as a daily enactment of shared necessity and ritualized cooperation - and how important it is to restore the daily ritual of the table in our lives." (Alice Waters, founder, Chez Panisse) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Janet A. Flammang) Fri, 15 Oct 2010 02:22:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Taste-for-Civilization-Audiobook/B00479DLWO thebookvoice.com 12:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Taste for Civilization Subtitle: Food, Politics, and Civil Society Author: Janet A. Flammang Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 10-15-10 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: From table talk to farmers' markets, analyzing the cultural politics of what and how we eat. This book explores the idea that table activities - the mealtime rituals of food preparation, serving, and dining - lay the foundation for a proper education on the value of civility, the importance of the common good, and what it means to be a good citizen. The arts of conversation and diplomatic speech are learned and practiced at tables, and a political history of food practices recasts thoughtfulness and generosity as virtues that enhance civil society and democracy. In our industrialized and profit-centered culture, however, foodwork is devalued and civility is eroding. Looking at the field of American civility, Janet A. Flammang addresses the gendered responsibilities for foodwork's civilizing functions and argues that any formulation of "civil society" must consider food practices and the household. To allow space for practicing civility, generosity, and thoughtfulness through everyday foodwork, Americans must challenge the norms of unbridled consumerism, work-life balance, and domesticity and caregiving. Connecting political theory with the quotidian activities of the dinner table, Flammang discusses practical ideas from the "delicious revolution" and Slow Food movement to illustrate how civic activities are linked to foodwork, and she points to farmers' markets and gardens in communities, schools, and jails as sites for strengthening civil society and degendering foodwork. The book is published by University of Illinois press. Critic Reviews: "Eating is something we all have in common: it opens up both our senses and our consciences to our place in the world. Janet A. Flammang's The Taste for Civilization shows how the American family meal has been devalued from its role as a daily enactment of shared necessity and ritualized cooperation - and how important it is to restore the daily ritual of the table in our lives." (Alice Waters, founder, Chez Panisse) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Taste for Civilization Subtitle: Food, Politics, and Civil Society Author: Janet A. Flammang Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 10-15-10 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: From table talk to farmers' markets, analyzing the cultural politics of what and how we eat. This book explores the idea that table activities - the mealtime rituals of food preparation, serving, and dining - lay the foundation for a proper education on the value of civility, the importance of the common good, and what it means to be a good citizen. The arts of conversation and diplomatic speech are learned and practiced at tables, and a political history of food practices recasts thoughtfulness and generosity as virtues that enhance civil society and democracy. In our industrialized and profit-centered culture, however, foodwork is devalued and civility is eroding. Looking at the field of American civility, Janet A. Flammang addresses the gendered responsibilities for foodwork's civilizing functions and argues that any formulation of "civil society" must consider food practices and the household. To allow space for practicing civility, generosity, and thoughtfulness through everyday foodwork, Americans must challenge the norms of unbridled consumerism, work-life balance, and domesticity and caregiving. Connecting political theory with the quotidian activities of the dinner table, Flammang discusses practical ideas from the "delicious revolution" and Slow Food movement to illustrate how civic activities are linked to foodwork, and she points to farmers' markets and gardens in communities, schools, and jails as sites for strengthening civil society and degendering foodwork. The book is published by University of Illinois press. Critic Reviews: "Eating is something we all have in common: it opens up both our senses and our consciences to our place in the world. Janet A. Flammang's The Taste for Civilization shows how the American family meal has been devalued from its role as a daily enactment of shared necessity and ritualized cooperation - and how important it is to restore the daily ritual of the table in our lives." (Alice Waters, founder, Chez Panisse) Members Reviews: Reads like a first draft PhD dissertation in need of editing An intriguing thesis that unfortunately reads like a dissertation draft in need of structural reorganization and copyediting. At times, page after page is a rehearsal of research and insights by other scholars, whose original works are more interesting than their regurgitation by Flamming. At other times, individual paragraphs read like a series of non-sequitor sentences strung together in search of a topic. For a much better read along the same lines, stick to Rituals of the Table by Margaret Visser. Perhaps the bibliography is the book's highlight--too bad it's such a slog to get to it. Food as a Foundation for Civil Society In this wide-ranging discussion of the influence of the dining table in American civil and cultural life, political scientist Janet A. Flammang explores the complex relationships between cooking, eating, serving food, and sharing mealtimes--important rituals of a civil society that are in danger of erosion in contemporary industrialized society. The Taste for Civilization is divided into five sections. Part One offers a close look at gendered (and devalued) foodwork and the difficulty of making time for it in most modern American families. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B074JH17ZV Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: The Insider Guide to Blockchain Technology, Cryptocurrency, and Mining Bitcoin Author: Richard Ozer Narrator: Jon Turner Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 08-07-17 Publisher: Richard Ozer Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Discover everything you need to know about the most popular cryptocurrency in the world. Leading the cryptocurrency industry in terms of transaction volume, bitcoin yields a seemingly infinite amount of untapped potential as both a digital currency, and even as a form of private investment. This book will teach you everything you need to know about bitcoin and will get you up to date on the latest uses and benefits of the blockchain. Just as how you may have been left in the dust with investing in bitcoin during the short market a couple years ago, do not miss out on buying this book before investing in bitcoin. Find out exactly what you need to know and buy now! biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard Ozer) Mon, 07 Aug 2017 05:58:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B074JH17ZV thebookvoice.com 01:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: The Insider Guide to Blockchain Technology, Cryptocurrency, and Mining Bitcoin Author: Richard Ozer Narrator: Jon Turner Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 08-07-17 Publisher: Richard Ozer Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Discover everything you need to know about the most popular cryptocurrency in the world. Leading the cryptocurrency industry in terms of transaction volume, bitcoin yields a seemingly infinite amount of untapped potential as both a digital currency, and even as a form of private investment. This book will teach you everything you need to know about bitcoin and will get you up to date on the latest uses and benefits of the blockchain. Just as how you may have been left in the dust with investing in bitcoin during the short market a couple years ago, do not miss out on buying this book before investing in bitcoin. Find out exactly what you need to know and buy now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: The Insider Guide to Blockchain Technology, Cryptocurrency, and Mining Bitcoin Author: Richard Ozer Narrator: Jon Turner Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 08-07-17 Publisher: Richard Ozer Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Discover everything you need to know about the most popular cryptocurrency in the world. Leading the cryptocurrency industry in terms of transaction volume, bitcoin yields a seemingly infinite amount of untapped potential as both a digital currency, and even as a form of private investment. This book will teach you everything you need to know about bitcoin and will get you up to date on the latest uses and benefits of the blockchain. Just as how you may have been left in the dust with investing in bitcoin during the short market a couple years ago, do not miss out on buying this book before investing in bitcoin. Find out exactly what you need to know and buy now! Members Reviews: insightful but yet Concise definitely what I needed in a short compact form ...I feel informed... while also not being subjected to a 7 hour audiobook ... There was one thing ,the narrator had something like a lazy tongue/slightly stumbling on words ....at one point (only once) he started a sentence and then seemed like he took a deep breath and started over lol ...but other than that great book Enjoy to listen too. Learned a ton! I didn't know much about Bitcoin or Cryptocurrency before listening to this audiobook and I think it provide a great overall summary of the all aspects of the Bitcoin and other Cryptocurrency. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economia-explicada-a-los-jovenes-The-Economy-Explained-to-Young-People-Audiobook/B076QCZLFQ Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Título: Economía explicada a los jóvenes [The Economy Explained to Young People] Autor: Joan Antoni Melé Narrador: Gustavo Ausin Formato: Unabridged Duración: 3 hrs and 15 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 10-25-17 Editor: Editorial Libervox Calificaciones: 3 de 5 de 1 votos Categorías: Nonfiction, Economics Resumen del editor: Joan Antoni Melé, el banquero que nos ha enseñado la importancia de la ética y la conciencia en relación al dinero, llega con un mensaje urgente para los más jóvenes: lejos de ser sujetos pasivos de la situación incierta que vivimos, los jóvenes poseen ya el poder y la capacidad de cambiar el rumbo de la economía y la sociedad. El futuro va a depender de las decisiones que tomen a partir de ahora. Y nunca es demasiado pronto para empezar. ¿Queremos vivir en un mundo injusto, donde el uno por ciento de la población acumula más riqueza que el noventa y nueve por ciento restante? ¿O en un planeta igualitario y respetuoso, donde todos tengamos oportunidades de progresar y realizarnos? Con el estilo cercano y didáctico que le caracteriza, Joan Antoni Melé explica conceptos como capital, bolsa, mercado o crisis, pero también va más allá. Fiel a su discurso, presenta la economía como una relación entre personas, en la que cada una de nuestras decisiones y elecciones está decidiendo nuestro destino individual, social y global. Una obra tremendamente actual, que inducirá a la reflexión y al diálogo a los oyentes de cualquier edad. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joan Antoni Melé) Wed, 25 Oct 2017 10:07:60 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economia-explicada-a-los-jovenes-The-Economy-Explained-to-Young-People-Audiobook/B076QCZLFQ thebookvoice.com 03:15:00 no Escucha este título completo gratis en thebookvoice.com Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Título: Economía explicada a los jóvenes [The Economy Explained to Young People] Autor: Joan Antoni Melé Narrador: Gustavo Ausin Formato: Unabridged Duración: 3 hrs and 15 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 10-25-17 Editor: Editorial Libervox Calificaciones: 3 de 5 de 1 votos Categorías: Nonfiction, Economics Resumen del editor: Joan Antoni Melé, el banquero que nos ha enseñado la importancia de la ética y la conciencia en relación al dinero, llega con un mensaje urgente para los más jóvenes: lejos de ser sujetos pasivos de la situación incierta que vivimos, los jóvenes poseen ya el poder y la capacidad de cambiar el rumbo de la economía y la sociedad. El futuro va a depender de las decisiones que tomen a partir de ahora. Y nunca es demasiado pronto para empezar. ¿Queremos vivir en un mundo injusto, donde el uno por ciento de la población acumula más riqueza que el noventa y nueve por ciento restante? ¿O en un planeta igualitario y respetuoso, donde todos tengamos oportunidades de progresar y realizarnos? Con el estilo cercano y didáctico que le caracteriza, Joan Antoni Melé explica conceptos como capital, bolsa, mercado o crisis, pero también va más allá. Fiel a su discurso, presenta la economía como una relación entre personas, en la que cada una de nuestras decisiones y elecciones está decidiendo nuestro destino individual, social y global. Una obra tremendamente actual, que inducirá a la reflexión y al diálogo a los oyentes de cualquier edad. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Título: Economía explicada a los jóvenes [The Economy Explained to Young People] Autor: Joan Antoni Melé Narrador: Gustavo Ausin Formato: Unabridged Duración: 3 hrs and 15 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 10-25-17 Editor: Editorial Libervox Calificaciones: 3 de 5 de 1 votos Categorías: Nonfiction, Economics Resumen del editor: Joan Antoni Melé, el banquero que nos ha enseñado la importancia de la ética y la conciencia en relación al dinero, llega con un mensaje urgente para los más jóvenes: lejos de ser sujetos pasivos de la situación incierta que vivimos, los jóvenes poseen ya el poder y la capacidad de cambiar el rumbo de la economía y la sociedad. El futuro va a depender de las decisiones que tomen a partir de ahora. Y nunca es demasiado pronto para empezar. ¿Queremos vivir en un mundo injusto, donde el uno por ciento de la población acumula más riqueza que el noventa y nueve por ciento restante? ¿O en un planeta igualitario y respetuoso, donde todos tengamos oportunidades de progresar y realizarnos? Con el estilo cercano y didáctico que le caracteriza, Joan Antoni Melé explica conceptos como capital, bolsa, mercado o crisis, pero también va más allá. Fiel a su discurso, presenta la economía como una relación entre personas, en la que cada una de nuestras decisiones y elecciones está decidiendo nuestro destino individual, social y global. Una obra tremendamente actual, que inducirá a la reflexión y al diálogo a los oyentes de cualquier edad. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Opiniones de los miembros: Un libro para la inteligencia finaciera del joven Un excelente libro que le explica a jovenes ya sea de españa o latinoamerica, terminos de la economia de forma facil de entender . Five Stars good https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Inflation-and-Recession-AudioLearn-Study-Guide-Audiobook/B00CA5FYU4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Inflation and Recession AudioLearn Study Guide Author: AudioLearn Economics Team Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-10-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: AudioLearn Economics series presents inflation and recession. We'll begin with a definition of economics. We'll discuss the difference between macroeconomics and microeconomics. Then we'll concentrate on the macroeconomy and develop the pieces that we need to examine the problems of inflation and unemployment. We'll discuss the different kinds and look at the different causes. We'll learn how to measure the output, or the gross domestic product. We'll learn about aggregate demand and aggregate supply and how they relate to the level of economic activity. Then we'll use these pieces to examine the business cycle. We'll look at the problem of unemployment and see how it is defined and what causes unemployment. Then we'll look at inflation and see how it is defined and measured and we'll examine its causes. We'll conclude the topic by discussing the remedies for inflation and unemployment. This basically means a discussion of monetary and fiscal policy for the demand-side problems and of supply policies for the supply-side problems. Now you can just sit back and relax as you learn about the problems of inflation and recession and why we expect the government to do something about these problems when the economy experiences them. With its convenient format, AudioLearn fits your busy lifestyle, enabling you to study anywhere, anytime. Best of all, you'll significantly increase learning and retention with AudioLearn's proven study format. biacuaduc@gmail.com (AudioLearn Economics Team) Wed, 10 Apr 2013 15:51:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Inflation-and-Recession-AudioLearn-Study-Guide-Audiobook/B00CA5FYU4 thebookvoice.com 00:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Inflation and Recession AudioLearn Study Guide Author: AudioLearn Economics Team Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-10-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: AudioLearn Economics series presents inflation and recession. We'll begin with a definition of economics. We'll discuss the difference between macroeconomics and microeconomics. Then we'll concentrate on the macroeconomy and develop the pieces that we need to examine the problems of inflation and unemployment. We'll discuss the different kinds and look at the different causes. We'll learn how to measure the output, or the gross domestic product. We'll learn about aggregate demand and aggregate supply and how they relate to the level of economic activity. Then we'll use these pieces to examine the business cycle. We'll look at the problem of unemployment and see how it is defined and what causes unemployment. Then we'll look at inflation and see how it is defined and measured and we'll examine its causes. We'll conclude the topic by discussing the remedies for inflation and unemployment. This basically means a discussion of monetary and fiscal policy for the demand-side problems and of supply policies for the supply-side problems. Now you can just sit back and relax as you learn about the problems of inflation and recession and why we expect the government to do something about these problems when the economy experiences them. With its convenient format, AudioLearn fits your busy lifestyle, enabling you to study anywhere, anytime. Best of all, you'll significantly increase learning and retention with AudioLearn's proven study format. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Inflation and Recession AudioLearn Study Guide Author: AudioLearn Economics Team Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-10-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: AudioLearn Economics series presents inflation and recession. We'll begin with a definition of economics. We'll discuss the difference between macroeconomics and microeconomics. Then we'll concentrate on the macroeconomy and develop the pieces that we need to examine the problems of inflation and unemployment. We'll discuss the different kinds and look at the different causes. We'll learn how to measure the output, or the gross domestic product. We'll learn about aggregate demand and aggregate supply and how they relate to the level of economic activity. Then we'll use these pieces to examine the business cycle. We'll look at the problem of unemployment and see how it is defined and what causes unemployment. Then we'll look at inflation and see how it is defined and measured and we'll examine its causes. We'll conclude the topic by discussing the remedies for inflation and unemployment. This basically means a discussion of monetary and fiscal policy for the demand-side problems and of supply policies for the supply-side problems. Now you can just sit back and relax as you learn about the problems of inflation and recession and why we expect the government to do something about these problems when the economy experiences them. With its convenient format, AudioLearn fits your busy lifestyle, enabling you to study anywhere, anytime. Best of all, you'll significantly increase learning and retention with AudioLearn's proven study format. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Exile-on-Wall-Street-Audiobook/B0065OCGMK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Exile on Wall Street Subtitle: One Analyst's Fight to Save the Big Banks from Themselves Author: Mike Mayo Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 11-15-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An insider points out the holes that still exist on Wall Street and in the banking system. Exile on Wall Street is a gripping listen for anyone with an interest in business and finance, U.S. capitalism, the future of banking, and the root causes of the financial meltdown. Award-winning veteran sell side Wall Street analyst Mike Mayo writes about one of the biggest financial and political issues of our time - the role of finance and banks in the US. He has worked at six Wall Street firms, analyzing banks and protesting against bad practices for two decades. In Exile on Wall Street, Mayo: While it provides an education, this is no textbook. It is an invaluable resource for finance practitioners and citizens alike. Critic Reviews: "Mike Mayo is an old-style bank analyst - thorough, independent, honest - who never pulls his punches, whatever icons, public or private, may be wounded." (Paul A. Volcker, former chairman of the Federal Reserve) "Mike Mayo is one of the best financial analysts on Wall Street. He brings clarity to a world full of uncertainty." Maria Bartiromo, host of The Wall Street Journal Report. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mike Mayo) Tue, 15 Nov 2011 02:03:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Exile-on-Wall-Street-Audiobook/B0065OCGMK thebookvoice.com 06:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Exile on Wall Street Subtitle: One Analyst's Fight to Save the Big Banks from Themselves Author: Mike Mayo Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 11-15-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An insider points out the holes that still exist on Wall Street and in the banking system. Exile on Wall Street is a gripping listen for anyone with an interest in business and finance, U.S. capitalism, the future of banking, and the root causes of the financial meltdown. Award-winning veteran sell side Wall Street analyst Mike Mayo writes about one of the biggest financial and political issues of our time - the role of finance and banks in the US. He has worked at six Wall Street firms, analyzing banks and protesting against bad practices for two decades. In Exile on Wall Street, Mayo: While it provides an education, this is no textbook. It is an invaluable resource for finance practitioners and citizens alike. Critic Reviews: "Mike Mayo is an old-style bank analyst - thorough, independent, honest - who never pulls his punches, whatever icons, public or private, may be wounded." (Paul A. Volcker, former chairman of the Federal Reserve) "Mike Mayo is one of the best financial analysts on Wall Street. He brings clarity to a world full of uncertainty." Maria Bartiromo, host of The Wall Street Journal Report. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Exile on Wall Street Subtitle: One Analyst's Fight to Save the Big Banks from Themselves Author: Mike Mayo Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 11-15-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An insider points out the holes that still exist on Wall Street and in the banking system. Exile on Wall Street is a gripping listen for anyone with an interest in business and finance, U.S. capitalism, the future of banking, and the root causes of the financial meltdown. Award-winning veteran sell side Wall Street analyst Mike Mayo writes about one of the biggest financial and political issues of our time - the role of finance and banks in the US. He has worked at six Wall Street firms, analyzing banks and protesting against bad practices for two decades. In Exile on Wall Street, Mayo: While it provides an education, this is no textbook. It is an invaluable resource for finance practitioners and citizens alike. Critic Reviews: "Mike Mayo is an old-style bank analyst - thorough, independent, honest - who never pulls his punches, whatever icons, public or private, may be wounded." (Paul A. Volcker, former chairman of the Federal Reserve) "Mike Mayo is one of the best financial analysts on Wall Street. He brings clarity to a world full of uncertainty." Maria Bartiromo, host of The Wall Street Journal Report. Members Reviews: Self-absorbed, self-indulgent This is the first audiobook (of dozens) I have bailed out on, mid-book. I expected to hear something useful about the craft of analyzing banks, the dynamics of their business situations, etc. About halfway through, what I HAVE heard is endless recitations of the author's resentments, outsider complex, self-justifications, and petty career moves. I KNOW many bank execs are willing to bend the truth as far as they feel they can get away with, in pursuit of their bonuses. So far I haven't heard one new bit of information. The worst business books drone on like extended resumes, and this is one of them. Assuming the content is true, I can respect the author as an honest guy with some backbone. That doesn't make him a good writer, storyteller or explainer. The narrator is good, at least. Timely, informative, illuminating Where does Exile on Wall Street rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? This was an easy listen and a great way to get some historical perspective and background on the banking crisis. What was your reaction to the ending? (No spoilers please!) "Okay, now I have a better sense of how the huge mess happened, and also why we have not really begun to clean it up yet." What do you think the narrator could have done better? The narrator was easy to follow; it's very easy to listen to this book. If you were to make a film of this book, what would be the tag line be? Still Standing: Mike Mayo Survives Banks and Vampire Squid Attacks Any additional comments? Useful background in a coming-of-age context. Mayo's personal history merged with the sense of America in the 1980s and 1990s, explaining changes in banking and finance that happened during that period. Mayo comes across as a guy who honestly cared about the investors he was supposed to be advising. I like the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Crude-World-Audiobook/B002UZX80W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Crude World Subtitle: The Violent Twilight of Oil Author: Peter Maass Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 09-29-09 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Every unhappy oil-producing nation is unhappy in its own way, but all are touched by the "resource curse" - the power of oil to exacerbate existing problems and create new ones. In Crude World, Peter Maass presents a vivid portrait of the troubled world oil has created. He takes us to Saudi Arabia, where officials deflect inquiries about the amount of petroleum remaining in the country's largest reservoir; to Equatorial Guinea, where two tennis courts grace an oil-rich dictator's estate but bandages and aspirin are a hospital's only supplies; and to Venezuela, where Hugo Chávez's campaign to redistribute oil wealth creates new economic and political crises. Maass, a New York Times Magazine writer, also introduces us to Iraqi oilmen trying to rebuild their industry after the invasion of 2003, an American lawyer leading Ecuadorians in an unprecedented lawsuit against Chevron, a Russian oil billionaire imprisoned for his defiance of Vladimir Putin's leadership, and Nigerian villagers whose livelihoods are destroyed by the discovery of oil. Rebels, royalty, middlemen, environmentalists, indigenous activists, CEOs - their stories, deftly and sensitively presented, tell the larger story of oil in our time. Crude World is a startling and essential account of the consequences of our addiction to oil. Critic Reviews: "With the clarity of a hard-boiled investigator and the grace of a fine writer, Peter Maass reveals how oil has cursed the countries that possess it, corrupted those who want it, and wrought havoc on a world addicted to it. Brilliant and compelling." (Robert B. Reich) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter Maass) Tue, 29 Sep 2009 19:46:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Crude-World-Audiobook/B002UZX80W thebookvoice.com 09:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Crude World Subtitle: The Violent Twilight of Oil Author: Peter Maass Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 09-29-09 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Every unhappy oil-producing nation is unhappy in its own way, but all are touched by the "resource curse" - the power of oil to exacerbate existing problems and create new ones. In Crude World, Peter Maass presents a vivid portrait of the troubled world oil has created. He takes us to Saudi Arabia, where officials deflect inquiries about the amount of petroleum remaining in the country's largest reservoir; to Equatorial Guinea, where two tennis courts grace an oil-rich dictator's estate but bandages and aspirin are a hospital's only supplies; and to Venezuela, where Hugo Chávez's campaign to redistribute oil wealth creates new economic and political crises. Maass, a New York Times Magazine writer, also introduces us to Iraqi oilmen trying to rebuild their industry after the invasion of 2003, an American lawyer leading Ecuadorians in an unprecedented lawsuit against Chevron, a Russian oil billionaire imprisoned for his defiance of Vladimir Putin's leadership, and Nigerian villagers whose livelihoods are destroyed by the discovery of oil. Rebels, royalty, middlemen, environmentalists, indigenous activists, CEOs - their stories, deftly and sensitively presented, tell the larger story of oil in our time. Crude World is a startling and essential account of the consequences of our addiction to oil. Critic Reviews: "With the clarity of a hard-boiled investigator and the grace of a fine writer, Peter Maass reveals how oil has cursed the countries that possess it, corrupted those who want it, and wrought havoc on a world addicted to it. Brilliant and compelling." (Robert B. Reich) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Crude World Subtitle: The Violent Twilight of Oil Author: Peter Maass Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 09-29-09 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Every unhappy oil-producing nation is unhappy in its own way, but all are touched by the "resource curse" - the power of oil to exacerbate existing problems and create new ones. In Crude World, Peter Maass presents a vivid portrait of the troubled world oil has created. He takes us to Saudi Arabia, where officials deflect inquiries about the amount of petroleum remaining in the country's largest reservoir; to Equatorial Guinea, where two tennis courts grace an oil-rich dictator's estate but bandages and aspirin are a hospital's only supplies; and to Venezuela, where Hugo Chávez's campaign to redistribute oil wealth creates new economic and political crises. Maass, a New York Times Magazine writer, also introduces us to Iraqi oilmen trying to rebuild their industry after the invasion of 2003, an American lawyer leading Ecuadorians in an unprecedented lawsuit against Chevron, a Russian oil billionaire imprisoned for his defiance of Vladimir Putin's leadership, and Nigerian villagers whose livelihoods are destroyed by the discovery of oil. Rebels, royalty, middlemen, environmentalists, indigenous activists, CEOs - their stories, deftly and sensitively presented, tell the larger story of oil in our time. Crude World is a startling and essential account of the consequences of our addiction to oil. Critic Reviews: "With the clarity of a hard-boiled investigator and the grace of a fine writer, Peter Maass reveals how oil has cursed the countries that possess it, corrupted those who want it, and wrought havoc on a world addicted to it. Brilliant and compelling." (Robert B. Reich) Members Reviews: Inaccurate Subtitle. The title is appropriate - Crude World - each chapter is a small narrative and description of how a specific place has been affected by oil extraction (Nigeria, Saudi Arabia, Russia, etc). But the subtitle is misleading - The Violent Twilight of Oil - only the first chapter touches on the violence, conflict and probable outcomes of Peak Oil, which is why I bought the book in the first place. After chapter 1, it's all make-you-feel-guilty descriptions of the past and current misery of locals, the corruption of governments and the greed of big business, without any alternative viewpoints or perspectives or future predictions. The author is good at telling the narrative, no doubt. And the author does relay interviews with good sources. But ultimately, this is a bleeding-heart "look at all the bad things oil has done" history - not a long-term strategic perspective on the "Twilight" of the petroleum age. Very professional and well writen! The quality of the investigation and point of views from the author were very interesting and informative. Amazing book oil world is a very good book. summarizing it i would say: If your country is not developed And there are not enough educated People, you Just Still the oil money from your People. If your country is is developed And Well controled you bribe other countries yofficials to get a contract, do war... the book is Well developed, and filled with alot of well researched material. 5/5. hard to put down. Learning About Oil This is not a typical "end of oil and the economic apocalypse is coming" type book. Yes, Maass believes that we will see the end of the oil age in our lifetimes, but he sees this development has mostly a good thing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Maxed-Out-Audiobook/B002V8KO64 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Maxed Out Subtitle: Hard Times, Easy Credit, and the Era of Predatory Lenders Author: James D. Scurlock Narrator: James D. Scurlock Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 03-05-07 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Another profitable group can be found in and around our nation's universities, where credit-card issuers are forming "partnerships" with colleges: paying them millions of dollars for access to their students' personal information and essentially setting kids up for financial ruin. Maxed Out examines an industry that thrives on making people fail, then pursues them relentlessly to death's door. The industry's frontier is called "debt buying" and it's a veritable Wild West in which young men are hoping to make vast fortunes off of the misery and misfortune of others. Their tool is a vast trove of personal information that can be bought for next to nothing - as well as intimidation, guilt, and fear. By turns hilarious, fascinating, and deeply disturbing, Maxed Out is ultimately one observer's answer to the question, "Why can't we get out of debt?" Critic Reviews: "Scurlock deserves credit (no pun intended) for opening more eyes to this dire issue." (Publishers Weekly) "Can it be fun to read about people's lives being ruined by predatory lenders? Yes, oddly enough, if James Scurlock is doing the writing. He's as fiendishly clever as the banks and credit-card companies he goes after, which is saying a lot. After reading Maxed Out, you're going to want to shed your creditors and reacquaint yourself with the concept of cash." (Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed and Bait and Switch) biacuaduc@gmail.com (James D. Scurlock) Mon, 05 Mar 2007 19:60:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Maxed-Out-Audiobook/B002V8KO64 thebookvoice.com 04:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Maxed Out Subtitle: Hard Times, Easy Credit, and the Era of Predatory Lenders Author: James D. Scurlock Narrator: James D. Scurlock Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 03-05-07 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Another profitable group can be found in and around our nation's universities, where credit-card issuers are forming "partnerships" with colleges: paying them millions of dollars for access to their students' personal information and essentially setting kids up for financial ruin. Maxed Out examines an industry that thrives on making people fail, then pursues them relentlessly to death's door. The industry's frontier is called "debt buying" and it's a veritable Wild West in which young men are hoping to make vast fortunes off of the misery and misfortune of others. Their tool is a vast trove of personal information that can be bought for next to nothing - as well as intimidation, guilt, and fear. By turns hilarious, fascinating, and deeply disturbing, Maxed Out is ultimately one observer's answer to the question, "Why can't we get out of debt?" Critic Reviews: "Scurlock deserves credit (no pun intended) for opening more eyes to this dire issue." (Publishers Weekly) "Can it be fun to read about people's lives being ruined by predatory lenders? Yes, oddly enough, if James Scurlock is doing the writing. He's as fiendishly clever as the banks and credit-card companies he goes after, which is saying a lot. After reading Maxed Out, you're going to want to shed your creditors and reacquaint yourself with the concept of cash." (Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed and Bait and Switch) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Maxed Out Subtitle: Hard Times, Easy Credit, and the Era of Predatory Lenders Author: James D. Scurlock Narrator: James D. Scurlock Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 03-05-07 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Another profitable group can be found in and around our nation's universities, where credit-card issuers are forming "partnerships" with colleges: paying them millions of dollars for access to their students' personal information and essentially setting kids up for financial ruin. Maxed Out examines an industry that thrives on making people fail, then pursues them relentlessly to death's door. The industry's frontier is called "debt buying" and it's a veritable Wild West in which young men are hoping to make vast fortunes off of the misery and misfortune of others. Their tool is a vast trove of personal information that can be bought for next to nothing - as well as intimidation, guilt, and fear. By turns hilarious, fascinating, and deeply disturbing, Maxed Out is ultimately one observer's answer to the question, "Why can't we get out of debt?" Critic Reviews: "Scurlock deserves credit (no pun intended) for opening more eyes to this dire issue." (Publishers Weekly) "Can it be fun to read about people's lives being ruined by predatory lenders? Yes, oddly enough, if James Scurlock is doing the writing. He's as fiendishly clever as the banks and credit-card companies he goes after, which is saying a lot. After reading Maxed Out, you're going to want to shed your creditors and reacquaint yourself with the concept of cash." (Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed and Bait and Switch) Members Reviews: FANTASTIC I recommend this book to everyone. Especially those who find themselves one paycheck away from being homeless. Terrible Terrible, anti-corporate and bemoaning of reality. The author needs a lesson in basic economics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-World-Is-Curved-Audiobook/B002V1BFSW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The World Is Curved Subtitle: Hidden Dangers to the Global Economy Author: David M. Smick Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 09-04-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 46 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The World Is Curved picks up where Thomas Friedman's The World Is Flat left off, taking listeners on an insider's tour through the private offices of central bankers, finance ministers, even prime ministers. Smick reveals how today's risky environment came to be - and why the mortgage mess is a symptom of potentially far more devastating trouble. He wrestles with the two questions on everyone's mind: How bad could things really get in today's volatile economy? And what can we do about it? The World Is Curved is that rare work that speaks simultaneously to the Wall Street, Washington, and London elites, yet its apt storytelling shows Main Street readers how to survive in these turbulent times. Critic Reviews: "The World Is Curved is essential for those who wish to understand the workings, politics, and distresses of the global financial system...insightful and entertaining." (Alan Greenspan) "David Smick's probing insights in The World Is Curved stem from an extraordinary vantage point few observers can match." (George Soros) biacuaduc@gmail.com (David M. Smick) Thu, 04 Sep 2008 23:45:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-World-Is-Curved-Audiobook/B002V1BFSW thebookvoice.com 10:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The World Is Curved Subtitle: Hidden Dangers to the Global Economy Author: David M. Smick Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 09-04-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 46 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The World Is Curved picks up where Thomas Friedman's The World Is Flat left off, taking listeners on an insider's tour through the private offices of central bankers, finance ministers, even prime ministers. Smick reveals how today's risky environment came to be - and why the mortgage mess is a symptom of potentially far more devastating trouble. He wrestles with the two questions on everyone's mind: How bad could things really get in today's volatile economy? And what can we do about it? The World Is Curved is that rare work that speaks simultaneously to the Wall Street, Washington, and London elites, yet its apt storytelling shows Main Street readers how to survive in these turbulent times. Critic Reviews: "The World Is Curved is essential for those who wish to understand the workings, politics, and distresses of the global financial system...insightful and entertaining." (Alan Greenspan) "David Smick's probing insights in The World Is Curved stem from an extraordinary vantage point few observers can match." (George Soros) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The World Is Curved Subtitle: Hidden Dangers to the Global Economy Author: David M. Smick Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 09-04-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 46 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The World Is Curved picks up where Thomas Friedman's The World Is Flat left off, taking listeners on an insider's tour through the private offices of central bankers, finance ministers, even prime ministers. Smick reveals how today's risky environment came to be - and why the mortgage mess is a symptom of potentially far more devastating trouble. He wrestles with the two questions on everyone's mind: How bad could things really get in today's volatile economy? And what can we do about it? The World Is Curved is that rare work that speaks simultaneously to the Wall Street, Washington, and London elites, yet its apt storytelling shows Main Street readers how to survive in these turbulent times. Critic Reviews: "The World Is Curved is essential for those who wish to understand the workings, politics, and distresses of the global financial system...insightful and entertaining." (Alan Greenspan) "David Smick's probing insights in The World Is Curved stem from an extraordinary vantage point few observers can match." (George Soros) Members Reviews: Fantastic I found this to be one of the most interesting books I've read on historical economics, written by someone who was there during the hay day of corporate greed and economic bubbles. The chapter on China alone is worth the price of the book Disappointment This book is pure laissez-faire/free-market rhetoric. I am a big fan of economic history, and I would recommend "The Ascent of Money" by Ferguson, "The Great Depression Ahead" by Dent, and "The New Golden Age" by Batra instead of this book. This book was a waste of a credit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Coming-Economic-Collapse-Audiobook/B002V0M50U Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coming Economic Collapse Subtitle: How You Can Thrive When Oil Costs $200 a Barrel Author: Dr. Stephen Leeb, Glen Strathy Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 605 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: As the fast-growing economies of China and India push global demand for oil beyond production capacity, Americans will experience a permanent energy shortfall far worse than the one in the 1970s. The result will be severe financial hardship for most people, and once-in-a-lifetime opportunities for investors to become incredibly rich. This is an urgent call-to-arms to avert an all-but-certain catastrophe and a survival kit for an era that offers us only two financial choices: poverty or wealth. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dr. Stephen Leeb) Fri, 28 Jul 2006 20:18:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Coming-Economic-Collapse-Audiobook/B002V0M50U thebookvoice.com 07:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coming Economic Collapse Subtitle: How You Can Thrive When Oil Costs $200 a Barrel Author: Dr. Stephen Leeb, Glen Strathy Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 605 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: As the fast-growing economies of China and India push global demand for oil beyond production capacity, Americans will experience a permanent energy shortfall far worse than the one in the 1970s. The result will be severe financial hardship for most people, and once-in-a-lifetime opportunities for investors to become incredibly rich. This is an urgent call-to-arms to avert an all-but-certain catastrophe and a survival kit for an era that offers us only two financial choices: poverty or wealth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coming Economic Collapse Subtitle: How You Can Thrive When Oil Costs $200 a Barrel Author: Dr. Stephen Leeb, Glen Strathy Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 605 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: As the fast-growing economies of China and India push global demand for oil beyond production capacity, Americans will experience a permanent energy shortfall far worse than the one in the 1970s. The result will be severe financial hardship for most people, and once-in-a-lifetime opportunities for investors to become incredibly rich. This is an urgent call-to-arms to avert an all-but-certain catastrophe and a survival kit for an era that offers us only two financial choices: poverty or wealth. Members Reviews: Interesting but painful. Never have a heard so much self praise and effort dedicated to making one's self look brilliant. While the notion of the book is interesting, the authors style is wretched. Information is repeated ad nauseum and many references ask for giant leeps in logic to follow. The only reason this book gets more than one star from me is because the information is somewhat viable and merits thought. If an executive summary exists, get that and save yourself the painful experience otherwise. Crisis explained A thoughtful approach to the explanation as to why oil will be in short supply and how the world will react to it. According to the author, the coming oil crisis will not be a temporary blip like that of the 1970s...this one will be ongoing and life altering. I particularly liked, this example highlighting the urgency for finding an new energy source. Think of a granary. Your neighbor owns it. You get all your food from them. You know that the silo is never able to be filled. More is going out than going in. You know they will run out at some point. Wouldn't you look for another source of food? Now imagine the neighbor does not like your family. Wouldn't looking for another source of food be a top priority? This put it in perspective for me. As for how to make money in this crisis...well that's one man's opinion. I'm not an expert in investments but I'll be monitoring his choices. helpful for the ordinary investor The authors articulately give their opinion on coming economic trends that inspired this run of the mill 401 owner to do some of my own thinking. Apolitical and non-judgmental they helped me define my own investment goals and gave me the courage to make some independent decisions as I maintain my preferences in progressive and "green" terms. A must listen for anyone who worries how their retirement accounts are going to mature. Save your time Summary: Fuel prices will go up, and if you don't think so, you have succumbed to "group think." Inflation likely up (he hedges). Invest in 1970s winners: oil, alternative energy, oil services, gold, real estate. Criticism: Terrible book. Worst of the year, (of about 80+, mostly academic). That fuel prices will go up to $150+ per barrel in ensuing decade is probably true, but in this book you won't find evidence stronger than what you'll get from a hotel bar bull session. Author merely repeats thesis, and disparages those who disagree as succumbing to group think. Scant economic argumentation, and no social psychology evidence presented for relevant group think thesis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Waking-Dragon-Audiobook/B002V0QI44 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Waking Dragon Subtitle: The Emerging Chinese Economy and Its Impact on the World Author: Peter Navarro Narrator: Peter Navarro Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-18-08 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening series of lectures, business professor and best-selling author Peter Navarro dissects the coming China wars and their implications for all mankind. China's predatory economic policies are not just about inexpensive goods pricing out the competition. China's rapid economic growth has serious implications for issues ranging from oil prices and energy security to global warming and environmental pollution - and from U.S. political independence and financial market stability to hot-war military conflict. Napoleon once said, "Let China sleep, for when she wakes, she will shake the world." Over the last 30 years, China has not merely risen from its slumber; its economic growth rate has been nothing short of astounding. Through this incredible growth process, China has now emerged as the powerhouse of global production. It sells to the world at competition-crushing low prices, often undercutting foreign competitors by 50 percent or more, and we as consumers benefit greatly. Unfortunately, this story doesn't end with a cornucopia of cheap Chinese goods. Rather, it is a story about how the rapid and often chaotic industrialization of the most populous country on the planet has put China on a collision course with the rest of the world. With Professor Navarro's course, you will receive not only a detailed analysis of the burgeoning Chinese economy, but a long-range overview of the risks facing the world because of China's unsustainable rate of development. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter Navarro) Mon, 18 Aug 2008 05:58:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Waking-Dragon-Audiobook/B002V0QI44 thebookvoice.com 07:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Waking Dragon Subtitle: The Emerging Chinese Economy and Its Impact on the World Author: Peter Navarro Narrator: Peter Navarro Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-18-08 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening series of lectures, business professor and best-selling author Peter Navarro dissects the coming China wars and their implications for all mankind. China's predatory economic policies are not just about inexpensive goods pricing out the competition. China's rapid economic growth has serious implications for issues ranging from oil prices and energy security to global warming and environmental pollution - and from U.S. political independence and financial market stability to hot-war military conflict. Napoleon once said, "Let China sleep, for when she wakes, she will shake the world." Over the last 30 years, China has not merely risen from its slumber; its economic growth rate has been nothing short of astounding. Through this incredible growth process, China has now emerged as the powerhouse of global production. It sells to the world at competition-crushing low prices, often undercutting foreign competitors by 50 percent or more, and we as consumers benefit greatly. Unfortunately, this story doesn't end with a cornucopia of cheap Chinese goods. Rather, it is a story about how the rapid and often chaotic industrialization of the most populous country on the planet has put China on a collision course with the rest of the world. With Professor Navarro's course, you will receive not only a detailed analysis of the burgeoning Chinese economy, but a long-range overview of the risks facing the world because of China's unsustainable rate of development. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Waking Dragon Subtitle: The Emerging Chinese Economy and Its Impact on the World Author: Peter Navarro Narrator: Peter Navarro Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-18-08 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening series of lectures, business professor and best-selling author Peter Navarro dissects the coming China wars and their implications for all mankind. China's predatory economic policies are not just about inexpensive goods pricing out the competition. China's rapid economic growth has serious implications for issues ranging from oil prices and energy security to global warming and environmental pollution - and from U.S. political independence and financial market stability to hot-war military conflict. Napoleon once said, "Let China sleep, for when she wakes, she will shake the world." Over the last 30 years, China has not merely risen from its slumber; its economic growth rate has been nothing short of astounding. Through this incredible growth process, China has now emerged as the powerhouse of global production. It sells to the world at competition-crushing low prices, often undercutting foreign competitors by 50 percent or more, and we as consumers benefit greatly. Unfortunately, this story doesn't end with a cornucopia of cheap Chinese goods. Rather, it is a story about how the rapid and often chaotic industrialization of the most populous country on the planet has put China on a collision course with the rest of the world. With Professor Navarro's course, you will receive not only a detailed analysis of the burgeoning Chinese economy, but a long-range overview of the risks facing the world because of China's unsustainable rate of development. Members Reviews: Political Propaganda! What would have made The Modern Scholar better? This work has a badly hidden message, namely the advocating for the west to go to war with China. The idea seems to be, that sooner or later a war will be both necessary and desirable. The Modern Scholar-series should, as usually is the case, be informative and objective, without a trace of any political agenda. This episode makes one question the truthfulnes of the rest of the series. What do you think your next listen will be? The Best of Franz Kafka's Short Stories Would you listen to another book narrated by the narrator? No! What character would you cut from The Modern Scholar? Peter Navarro's personal opinion. Any additional comments? I am a big fan of The Modern Scholar-series, but 'Waking Dragon: The Emerging Chinese Economy and Its Impact on the World' was a huge disappointment. A Rant This is unexpected in what is supposed to be a scholarly discussion or rather education. It turns out to be more of a sermon or a rant or at best propaganda that would be better suited to appear on Fox. It makes Tom Friedman appear fair and balanced. Modern scholar owes it to its listeners to do justice to this topic by making available a more well rounded analysis of China. Too American Much American Jingoism While Navarro raises a number of interesting points about China during the course of his lectures -- moreso in the last half, I should note -- he very deliberately bookends each of his lectures with hawkish, overly simplistic and pro-American rhetoric. Navarro frequently engages in rhetoric to the effect of "China is a bogeyman and threat to America" without making any real effort to provide context. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Forex-A-Beginners-Guide-to-Forex-Audiobook/B073C4Z5K4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Forex: A Beginner's Guide to Forex Subtitle: Uncover the Secrets of Forex: A Beginners Guide to Trading, Book 4 Author: Andrew Johnson Narrator: Mark Smeltzer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 06-28-17 Publisher: Andrew Johnson Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is written by trading expert Andrew Johnson. It is doing very well on Amazon and CreateSpace. It is dominating in its categories. Some big promotions are coming up for this book and the series. This is a great opportunity to get involved before the promotion. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrew Johnson) Wed, 28 Jun 2017 01:50:01 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Forex-A-Beginners-Guide-to-Forex-Audiobook/B073C4Z5K4 thebookvoice.com 01:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Forex: A Beginner's Guide to Forex Subtitle: Uncover the Secrets of Forex: A Beginners Guide to Trading, Book 4 Author: Andrew Johnson Narrator: Mark Smeltzer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 06-28-17 Publisher: Andrew Johnson Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is written by trading expert Andrew Johnson. It is doing very well on Amazon and CreateSpace. It is dominating in its categories. Some big promotions are coming up for this book and the series. This is a great opportunity to get involved before the promotion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Forex: A Beginner's Guide to Forex Subtitle: Uncover the Secrets of Forex: A Beginners Guide to Trading, Book 4 Author: Andrew Johnson Narrator: Mark Smeltzer Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 06-28-17 Publisher: Andrew Johnson Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is written by trading expert Andrew Johnson. It is doing very well on Amazon and CreateSpace. It is dominating in its categories. Some big promotions are coming up for this book and the series. This is a great opportunity to get involved before the promotion. Members Reviews: Great Introduction to Forex Going into this audiobook, I knew just about nothing about Forex. After listening to this book, I believe I now have a good introductory grasp of it. Johnson is a great writer in that he takes a complex topic and explains it in simple terms for beginners to understand. Mark Smeltzer has a really good voice and knows how to express the facts and guidance. I always appreciate a book that delves into the history of a topic because it helps answer the questions, What is this and why does it matter? Johnson also gives advice on what NOT to do when trading, which is also always appreciated. I definitely recommend this book. Get into Foreign Exchange with this Great Guide Starting with the history of FOREX and trudging forward, this guide is a great insight to not only learning about FOREX, but also allowing you to understand how it works so that you can get the most out of your trades. Written by stock guide expert Andrew Johnson, his guides are very informative without making your eyes glaze over. The narrator Mark Smeltzer has a clear and concise voice that is easy to listen to. This guide will take you through the various strategies and helps you understand what your personal needs are to succeed in this market. Definitely a must read for anyone who wants to learn about FOREX. A solid introduction to FOREX! Where does Forex: A Beginner's Guide to Forex rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? Andrew Johnson's stock market and trading guides are really fantastic! If you are interested in getting started with the Foreign Exchange or just learning more about what it is, this is a great place to start. Johnson covers the ins and outs of what Forex is and how it began as well as how to be successful as a Forex trader. He also goes over several different strategies and trading tips. You'll want to refer back to this one! I highly recommend this and Andrew Johnson's other guides. Good information This book is a how to guide on the somewhat complicated action of trading stocks in Forex. The author does an incredible job of showing the different strategies in order to get the best trades and how to avoid pitfalls. Each chapter has a different method to use, and the resources are incredibly useful. Trading in forex may seem hard at first, but with the help of this book you will be a master in no time. The fact that you can use this book even if you have been trading for a long time is really encouraging. There is something here for everyone. So much information! It was great to finally be able to understand FOREX! I highly recommend this guide to anyone wanting to get into the foreign exchange market. Mr. Johnson has created a detailed guide that is very clear and understandable. He includes the history of FOREX which helps the reader or listener understand how some of the strategies and decisions brought the market to its present state. Mr. Johnson provides users with the tools like strategies and knowledge they need to make informed decisions about the currency market. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Century-of-Anarchy-Audiobook/B014GAVZ4E Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Century of Anarchy Subtitle: Neutral Moresnet through the Revisionist Lens Author: Peter C Earle Narrator: Timothy McKean Format: Unabridged Length: 38 mins Language: English Release date: 08-26-15 Publisher: Listen and Think Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Could a community without a central government avoid descending into chaos and rampant criminality? Could its economy grow and thrive without the intervening regulatory hand of the state? Could disputes between citizens be settled if there existed no state monopoly on legal judgments? Apparently, the answers to these questions are yes, yes, and yes. Indeed, if the strange and little-known case of the condominium of Neutral Moresnet - a tiny wedge of disputed territory in northwestern Europe - acts as our guide, we must conclude that statelessness is not only possible but beneficial to progress, carrying profound advantages over coercive bureaucracies. The remarkable enterprise that was Moresnet was an unintended consequence of the Napoleonic Wars (1803 - 1815). Created as a triangle of neutral territory between Prussia and the Netherlands by the Congress of Vienna, Moresnet encapsulates the archetype of market anarchy. Hidden in its history, we find privately produced, commodity-backed money; competing avenues for the administration of justice; negligible - and, it seems, entirely avoidable - taxes and fees; few, if any, regulations; a defense force without a standing military; open borders (however unintentionally); and an irrepressibly entrepreneurial spirit. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter C Earle) Wed, 26 Aug 2015 16:56:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Century-of-Anarchy-Audiobook/B014GAVZ4E thebookvoice.com 00:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Century of Anarchy Subtitle: Neutral Moresnet through the Revisionist Lens Author: Peter C Earle Narrator: Timothy McKean Format: Unabridged Length: 38 mins Language: English Release date: 08-26-15 Publisher: Listen and Think Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Could a community without a central government avoid descending into chaos and rampant criminality? Could its economy grow and thrive without the intervening regulatory hand of the state? Could disputes between citizens be settled if there existed no state monopoly on legal judgments? Apparently, the answers to these questions are yes, yes, and yes. Indeed, if the strange and little-known case of the condominium of Neutral Moresnet - a tiny wedge of disputed territory in northwestern Europe - acts as our guide, we must conclude that statelessness is not only possible but beneficial to progress, carrying profound advantages over coercive bureaucracies. The remarkable enterprise that was Moresnet was an unintended consequence of the Napoleonic Wars (1803 - 1815). Created as a triangle of neutral territory between Prussia and the Netherlands by the Congress of Vienna, Moresnet encapsulates the archetype of market anarchy. Hidden in its history, we find privately produced, commodity-backed money; competing avenues for the administration of justice; negligible - and, it seems, entirely avoidable - taxes and fees; few, if any, regulations; a defense force without a standing military; open borders (however unintentionally); and an irrepressibly entrepreneurial spirit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Century of Anarchy Subtitle: Neutral Moresnet through the Revisionist Lens Author: Peter C Earle Narrator: Timothy McKean Format: Unabridged Length: 38 mins Language: English Release date: 08-26-15 Publisher: Listen and Think Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Could a community without a central government avoid descending into chaos and rampant criminality? Could its economy grow and thrive without the intervening regulatory hand of the state? Could disputes between citizens be settled if there existed no state monopoly on legal judgments? Apparently, the answers to these questions are yes, yes, and yes. Indeed, if the strange and little-known case of the condominium of Neutral Moresnet - a tiny wedge of disputed territory in northwestern Europe - acts as our guide, we must conclude that statelessness is not only possible but beneficial to progress, carrying profound advantages over coercive bureaucracies. The remarkable enterprise that was Moresnet was an unintended consequence of the Napoleonic Wars (1803 - 1815). Created as a triangle of neutral territory between Prussia and the Netherlands by the Congress of Vienna, Moresnet encapsulates the archetype of market anarchy. Hidden in its history, we find privately produced, commodity-backed money; competing avenues for the administration of justice; negligible - and, it seems, entirely avoidable - taxes and fees; few, if any, regulations; a defense force without a standing military; open borders (however unintentionally); and an irrepressibly entrepreneurial spirit. Members Reviews: A fantastic piece of obscure but important history Would you consider the audio edition of A Century of Anarchy to be better than the print version? I would say that the two should go hand in hand. I hope the Kindle becomes Whyspersynch enabled. What other book might you compare A Century of Anarchy to and why? I would compare it to "Beyond Democracy" by Frank Karsten, because they both challenge the legitimizing narratives used by states to justify their existence. Which character as performed by Timothy McKean was your favorite? Moresnet's "Minister of War". Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? It made me very sad hearing the story of how Moresnet was eventually occupied and dissolved. Any additional comments? This is a short but important work that should be of interest to those who are interested, not only in history, but political economy and social change. In our present age of nationalism and increased centralization, Moresnet provides a stateless model for a decentralized, alternative future. Imagine a Moresnet with high speed Internet, Bitcoin and 3D printers! Insightful, short book on a semi-stateless society What made the experience of listening to A Century of Anarchy the most enjoyable? The narrator did a great job with this fun, insightful, short book on the quirky, serendipitous, inspiring history of a briefly semi-stateless place: Moresnet. What did you like best about this story? The fact that the size and prosperity of the community kept growing over time, while the size, scope and importance of what little government it had kept shrinking. Which character as performed by Timothy McKean was your favorite? This was non-fiction, show this doesn't really apply. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? The loss of their independence in the end. Any additional comments? Well worth listening to! Very thought provoking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Full-Catastrophe-Audiobook/B016QRL5J0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Full Catastrophe Author: James Angelos Narrator: Peter Cross Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-15 Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, small Greece, often associated with ancient philosophers and marble ruins, whitewashed villages and cerulean seas, has been at the center of a debt crisis that has sown economic and social ruin, spurred panic in international markets, and tested Europe's decades-old project of forging a closer union. In The Full Catastrophe, James Angelos makes sense of the contrasting images of Greece, a nation both romanticized for its classical past and castigated for its dysfunctional present. It goes beyond the transient coverage in the daily headlines to deliver an enduring and absorbing portrait of modern Greece. biacuaduc@gmail.com (James Angelos) Mon, 19 Oct 2015 18:35:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Full-Catastrophe-Audiobook/B016QRL5J0 thebookvoice.com 10:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Full Catastrophe Author: James Angelos Narrator: Peter Cross Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-15 Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, small Greece, often associated with ancient philosophers and marble ruins, whitewashed villages and cerulean seas, has been at the center of a debt crisis that has sown economic and social ruin, spurred panic in international markets, and tested Europe's decades-old project of forging a closer union. In The Full Catastrophe, James Angelos makes sense of the contrasting images of Greece, a nation both romanticized for its classical past and castigated for its dysfunctional present. It goes beyond the transient coverage in the daily headlines to deliver an enduring and absorbing portrait of modern Greece. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Full Catastrophe Author: James Angelos Narrator: Peter Cross Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-15 Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, small Greece, often associated with ancient philosophers and marble ruins, whitewashed villages and cerulean seas, has been at the center of a debt crisis that has sown economic and social ruin, spurred panic in international markets, and tested Europe's decades-old project of forging a closer union. In The Full Catastrophe, James Angelos makes sense of the contrasting images of Greece, a nation both romanticized for its classical past and castigated for its dysfunctional present. It goes beyond the transient coverage in the daily headlines to deliver an enduring and absorbing portrait of modern Greece. Members Reviews: An insightful book The book is an account of the pathologies of the Greek state (and society) that are at the root of the financial crisis. The author is the son of Greek immigrants in the U.S. and not only he speaks Greek, he is also quite knowledgeable of Greek culture and history. The book consists mostly of interviews with ordinary people and that makes for lively reading. In essence, it is a sequence of case studies that provide an insight into the way Greeks think and act. One of the cases deals with the large number of supposedly blind people in the island of Zakynthos. It turns out that the local ophthalmologist (the only one on the island) certified healthy people as blind (so they could receive disability benefits) in exchange for bribes. Sadly, visually impaired people who could not afford to pay bribes were ignored (story on p. 49). I found the observations quite accurate (I was born and lived in Greece during the first 26 years of my life). My favorite quote (p. 145) is one expressed by a person who had just lost his job: "It is a communistic capitalism which gives people a small slice of state money so they will shut up and continue to bear the stealing" (of state money by those in power). While Greece emerged from Ottoman rule more than 150 years ago, Ottoman traditions still influence attitudes. Those in power do not care for those governed and, in turn, the latter view the state as the enemy. Hence the widespread tax evasion, etc. (Story on p. 35 and elsewhere.) Interesting book for current events in Greece This book gives an interesting set of viewpoints into the ongoing Greek "tragedy". I bought the book because I was strongly against the Greek bailouts; A lot of people rang up huge debts and now didn't want to pay their creditors. Greece needed to leave the Euro. I felt going in that the author, being a Greek-American and having spent copious time in Greece, would provide counterpoints to my initial hostility towards Greece. I came away with the same conclusion I had entered with: Greece needed to leave the Euro. However, my reasons became more nuanced than simple creditor/debtor issues. They needed to leave, not just do to lack of payback of debts. They needed time, as a people and as a country, to learn to live without the constant oversight (or overbearing) of others. Though painful I think this will forge a country worthy of its out-sized historical place in western civilization. Through the author's eyes, I saw a country that had its share of self-delusions (we all do) and behaviors born of their history over the past hundreds of years. The current tax dodging and corruption are a product of nearly constant outsider control of their governments. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fallen-Giant-Audiobook/B002V1AELQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fallen Giant Subtitle: The Amazing Story of Hank Greenberg and the History of AIG Author: Ronald Shelp Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 08-31-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In Fallen Giant, author Ron Shelp - who worked within the AIG organization for more than a decade - sheds light on AIG, the company, and Hank Greenberg, the man. Through in-depth research, candid interviews, and firsthand experiences, Shelp provides a detailed look at how AIG was originally created and reveals how Greenberg's unrelenting drive to be the best may have led to his untimely departure from AIG. ©2006 Ron Shelp and Al Ehrbar; (P)2009 Audible, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ronald Shelp) Mon, 31 Aug 2009 12:10:05 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fallen-Giant-Audiobook/B002V1AELQ thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fallen Giant Subtitle: The Amazing Story of Hank Greenberg and the History of AIG Author: Ronald Shelp Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 08-31-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In Fallen Giant, author Ron Shelp - who worked within the AIG organization for more than a decade - sheds light on AIG, the company, and Hank Greenberg, the man. Through in-depth research, candid interviews, and firsthand experiences, Shelp provides a detailed look at how AIG was originally created and reveals how Greenberg's unrelenting drive to be the best may have led to his untimely departure from AIG. ©2006 Ron Shelp and Al Ehrbar; (P)2009 Audible, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fallen Giant Subtitle: The Amazing Story of Hank Greenberg and the History of AIG Author: Ronald Shelp Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 08-31-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In Fallen Giant, author Ron Shelp - who worked within the AIG organization for more than a decade - sheds light on AIG, the company, and Hank Greenberg, the man. Through in-depth research, candid interviews, and firsthand experiences, Shelp provides a detailed look at how AIG was originally created and reveals how Greenberg's unrelenting drive to be the best may have led to his untimely departure from AIG. ©2006 Ron Shelp and Al Ehrbar; (P)2009 Audible, Inc. Members Reviews: Two books in one The first "book" here is on C.V. Starr's remarkable life and his founding of AIG, and plays across a canvas of most of the 20th century and the planet. Very little is said technically about insurance. It is a broad personal and corporate story. Starr was from northern California; the company that became AIG was formed in Shanghai, China and is a "reverse multinational." The second "book" centers on the author's own experiences as a close insider at the top of AIG under Starr's successor, Hank Greenberg, another amazing person. This is laced with personal details and a "you are there" feel, almost gossipy at moments, of a strikingly lavish corporate lifestyle: private golf courses, art collections, fancy dinners, weekend homes, etc. But the story weaves in and out of bigger topics such as AIG's influence at high levels of US government, and with foreign governments. I was dazzled with how a company like this opened doors and pulled strings in our society and others. It basically runs through Greenberg's departure from AIG, before the circa-2008 "meltdown" and swaps fiasco story fully took hold (a pretty good book on that is "Fatal Risk"). The AIG saga continues. More histories would be welcome -- perhaps more critical of Greenberg, perhaps with more business details as such. Poorly written and poorly narrated Any additional comments? It is not hard to believe that the authro is not a writter, but an ex-insurance executive. This story is disjointed and lacks any compelling pace. Additionally, the narrator voice is too sugary and lacks depth. The book does a good job of telling about CV Starr, Also, because it is the only book about Hank Greenburg, other than a book Mr. Greenburg wrote, it might be worth reading. Also, way too much about all the lawsuits. Interesting AIG story from an earlier insider Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? AIG's story breaks into the amazing decades of building and growth, and the half decade of destruction and government rescue. If you read enough about the latter part, this book may introduce you in more detail to the time before the Greenberg was ousted. What did you like best about this story? The author has quite a few anecdotes and inside information from the early days. Even if he mentions several times that General MacArthur's cook worked for Mr Starr later... Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? No, most of the books I am listening during my commute in the morning and evenings. This one was easy to put down after 30 mins and easy to pick up again after a good night's sleep... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Frugal-Superpower-Audiobook/B0041T8D64 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Frugal Superpower Subtitle: America's Leadership in a Cash-Strapped Era Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: Christopher Hurt Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this incisive new book, Michael Mandelbaum argues that the era marked by an expansive American foreign policy is coming to an end. During the seven decades from the U.S. entry into World War II in 1941 to the present, economic constraints rarely limited what the United States did in the world. Now that will change. The country's soaring deficits, fueled by the huge costs of the financial crash and of its entitlement programs - Social Security and Medicare - will compel a more modest American international presence. In assessing the consequences of this new, less expensive foreign policy, Mandelbaum, one of America's leading foreign policy experts, describes the policies the United States will have to discontinue; assesses the potential threats from China, Russia, and Iran; and recommends a new policy, centered on a reduction in the nation's dependence on foreign oil, which can do for America and the world in the 21st century what the containment of the Soviet Union did in the 20th. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Mandelbaum) Fri, 03 Sep 2010 17:22:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Frugal-Superpower-Audiobook/B0041T8D64 thebookvoice.com 04:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Frugal Superpower Subtitle: America's Leadership in a Cash-Strapped Era Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: Christopher Hurt Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this incisive new book, Michael Mandelbaum argues that the era marked by an expansive American foreign policy is coming to an end. During the seven decades from the U.S. entry into World War II in 1941 to the present, economic constraints rarely limited what the United States did in the world. Now that will change. The country's soaring deficits, fueled by the huge costs of the financial crash and of its entitlement programs - Social Security and Medicare - will compel a more modest American international presence. In assessing the consequences of this new, less expensive foreign policy, Mandelbaum, one of America's leading foreign policy experts, describes the policies the United States will have to discontinue; assesses the potential threats from China, Russia, and Iran; and recommends a new policy, centered on a reduction in the nation's dependence on foreign oil, which can do for America and the world in the 21st century what the containment of the Soviet Union did in the 20th. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Frugal Superpower Subtitle: America's Leadership in a Cash-Strapped Era Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: Christopher Hurt Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this incisive new book, Michael Mandelbaum argues that the era marked by an expansive American foreign policy is coming to an end. During the seven decades from the U.S. entry into World War II in 1941 to the present, economic constraints rarely limited what the United States did in the world. Now that will change. The country's soaring deficits, fueled by the huge costs of the financial crash and of its entitlement programs - Social Security and Medicare - will compel a more modest American international presence. In assessing the consequences of this new, less expensive foreign policy, Mandelbaum, one of America's leading foreign policy experts, describes the policies the United States will have to discontinue; assesses the potential threats from China, Russia, and Iran; and recommends a new policy, centered on a reduction in the nation's dependence on foreign oil, which can do for America and the world in the 21st century what the containment of the Soviet Union did in the 20th. Members Reviews: Two years and how much has changed Dr. Mandelbaum examines the U.S. role in foreign affairs after the financial crisis of 2008. He clearly outlines that the effect of the aging U.S. population and the growth of domestic entitlements will impact our foreign policy. He expects that the growth of our debt and entitlement programs will inhibit the vigor of our foreign policy. In support of this, he cites a speech by President Obama at West Point on December 1, 2009, that cited economic constraints limiting U.S. military involvement abroad. In Dr. Mandelbaum's first chapter, he examines the effect of U.S. debt, entitlement spending and inflation on foreign policy. He then looks at our demographics where we have an aging population holding beliefs in their rights to entitlement with almost religious fervor, my words, not his. The U.S. looks really sad until he looks at Japan, Europe, Russia and, soon, even China. Two short years after the book's publication and even Japanese companies are beginning to relocate much of their businesses out of the home islands; Europe's experiment with a common currency is running headlong into the costs imposed by its socialist framework, Russia is having governmental legitimacy problems created by an all-female band and China seems to be having serious internal political disputes among factions of its ruling elites. So, once again, the U.S. may have the best-looking house in a run-down neighborhood. Dr. Mandelbaum argues that our economic constraints may be useful in that it will discourage profligate use of American power. He offers examples of unwise use of such power by the Clinton and George W. Bush administrations. If you are not familiar with the history of the growth of American power, this is a good review. He makes the argument that most other countries do not actively oppose the use of American power since in many respects other countries benefit from the use of such power. Keeping the sea lanes open, reducing the likelihood of major military conflict in Europe and East Asia, and generally trying to keep order works to the benefit of most countries. China may challenge the U.S. throughout much of the globe. But China has its own serious internal limitations arising from a large and impoverished portion of its populace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Principles-of-Macroeconomics-8-e-Audiobook/B003NH4AO4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Principles of Macroeconomics, 8/e Author: Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Principles of Macroeconomics, 8/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Karl E. Case) Fri, 09 Sep 2011 15:36:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Principles-of-Macroeconomics-8-e-Audiobook/B003NH4AO4 thebookvoice.com 08:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Principles of Macroeconomics, 8/e Author: Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Principles of Macroeconomics, 8/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Principles of Macroeconomics, 8/e Author: Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Principles of Macroeconomics, 8/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. Members Reviews: Excellent Macroeconomics Audiobook This wasn't the textbook for my MBA Macroeconomics course, but the audiobook was an excellent accompaniment to my textbook. I was able to find matching chapters and learn the content quite easily. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economics-A-Beginners-Guide-to-Economics-Audiobook/B01HH8XWMK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economics: A Beginner's Guide to Economics Author: Jordan Koma Narrator: Phil Kouwe Format: Unabridged Length: 33 mins Language: English Release date: 06-24-16 Publisher: Project KT Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economics makes the world go-round, whether you realize it or not. The world economy has a real effect on your daily life, and a better understanding of the principles at play in things like taxation and inflation can, quite literally, save you money every day. If you are interested in learning more, then Economics: A Beginner's Guide to Economics is just what you have been looking for. Retailers follow a predictable pattern related directly to core economic concepts like supply and demand, competition, and a broad idea of what drives consumer behavior. Even if you never plan on being an economist or doing anything more than investing in your company's 401K, having an insight into how the other side thinks can in turn help you get the most out of any situation where you are trading money in exchange for goods or services. Inside, you will find a wide variety of complex economic ideas broken down into easy-to-understand chunks, complete with examples as needed, to ensure everything is as easy to absorb as possible. You work hard for your money. Do yourself a favor and understand the system - your bank account will thank you. Inside, you will find: Don't miss the opportunity to learn about how economics works today! biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jordan Koma) Fri, 24 Jun 2016 15:19:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economics-A-Beginners-Guide-to-Economics-Audiobook/B01HH8XWMK thebookvoice.com 00:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economics: A Beginner's Guide to Economics Author: Jordan Koma Narrator: Phil Kouwe Format: Unabridged Length: 33 mins Language: English Release date: 06-24-16 Publisher: Project KT Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economics makes the world go-round, whether you realize it or not. The world economy has a real effect on your daily life, and a better understanding of the principles at play in things like taxation and inflation can, quite literally, save you money every day. If you are interested in learning more, then Economics: A Beginner's Guide to Economics is just what you have been looking for. Retailers follow a predictable pattern related directly to core economic concepts like supply and demand, competition, and a broad idea of what drives consumer behavior. Even if you never plan on being an economist or doing anything more than investing in your company's 401K, having an insight into how the other side thinks can in turn help you get the most out of any situation where you are trading money in exchange for goods or services. Inside, you will find a wide variety of complex economic ideas broken down into easy-to-understand chunks, complete with examples as needed, to ensure everything is as easy to absorb as possible. You work hard for your money. Do yourself a favor and understand the system - your bank account will thank you. Inside, you will find: Don't miss the opportunity to learn about how economics works today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economics: A Beginner's Guide to Economics Author: Jordan Koma Narrator: Phil Kouwe Format: Unabridged Length: 33 mins Language: English Release date: 06-24-16 Publisher: Project KT Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economics makes the world go-round, whether you realize it or not. The world economy has a real effect on your daily life, and a better understanding of the principles at play in things like taxation and inflation can, quite literally, save you money every day. If you are interested in learning more, then Economics: A Beginner's Guide to Economics is just what you have been looking for. Retailers follow a predictable pattern related directly to core economic concepts like supply and demand, competition, and a broad idea of what drives consumer behavior. Even if you never plan on being an economist or doing anything more than investing in your company's 401K, having an insight into how the other side thinks can in turn help you get the most out of any situation where you are trading money in exchange for goods or services. Inside, you will find a wide variety of complex economic ideas broken down into easy-to-understand chunks, complete with examples as needed, to ensure everything is as easy to absorb as possible. You work hard for your money. Do yourself a favor and understand the system - your bank account will thank you. Inside, you will find: Don't miss the opportunity to learn about how economics works today! Members Reviews: Great read. It is a simple yet comprehensive take on economics main ideas.The concepts that make up economics are well articulated in this book. Disapointing pamphlet A beginner's book to economics looks like a text book for fresh men when you read the discription. It is howver only 27 pages and contains a couple of defenitions of economic concepts. In my opinion it is not a guide, it is a pamphlet with information ready available on the web. I will send it back, I regret that I ordered it. An essential read for beginners This book proves to be very informative in presenting the different ideas used in Economics. I particularly enjoyed reading about the concept of Supply and Demand. For anyone interested to venture in the world of business, this book will help you get started. Each topic is presented in quality writing, making it easier for readers to understand fundamentals of Economics. Good beginners guide to Economics. Economics is a very vast subject, I am surprised how the author has covered all the important and basic parts of economics. This book is very good for beginners. This book had explain economics and its variables in simple language and straight forward. I enjoyed the topic âwho controls your money?â which was very interesting. Overall this book is very good and it is very easy to understand. Anyone who wants to know about economics can get this book. You will also get to know about opportunity cost and how to calculate it. The only problem in this book is that it lacks diagrams. I feel that economics is incomplete without diagram. Nice book Most of the reviews for the book are fake This book is 27 pages long, and the information is easily available on any website. The reason I am giving this book 1 star however is because I feel the need to warn other potential buyers that most of the reviews on this book are paid reviews and are fake. Honey Sue, Kelly Petersen and Alessandra Rosi posted almost identical reviews, starting off the bat with the same grammatical error "very informing book". https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Number-That-Killed-Us-Audiobook/B008R9RIWY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Number That Killed Us Subtitle: A Story of Modern Banking, Flawed Mathematics, and a Big Financial Crisis Author: Pablo Triana Narrator: Mark Ashby Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-02-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A critical look at the risk measurement tool that has repeatedly hurt the financial world The Number That Killed Us finally tells the "greatest story never told": how a mysterious financial risk measurement model has ruled the world for the past two decades and how it has repeatedly, and severely, caused market, economic, and social turmoil. This model was the key factor behind the unleashing of the cataclysmic credit crisis that erupted in 2007 and which the effects are still being felt around the world. The Number That Killed Us is the first and only book to thoroughly explain this hitherto-uncovered phenomenon, making it the key reference for truly understanding why the malaise took place. The very number financial institutions and regulators use to measure risk (Vale at Risk/VaR) has masked it, allowing firms to leverage up their speculative bets to unimaginable levels. VaR sanctioned and allowed the monstrously geared toxic punts that sank Wall Street, and the world, during the latest crisis. We can confidently say that VaR was the culprit. In The Number That Killed Us, derivatives expert Pablo Triana takes you through the development of VaR and shows how its inevitable structural flaws allowed banks to take on even greater risks. The precise role of VaR in igniting the latest crisis is thoroughly covered, including in-depth analysis of how and why regulators, by falling in love with the tool, condemned us to chaos. Uncritically embraced worldwide for way too long, VaR is, in the face of such destruction, just starting to be examined as problematic, and in this book Triana (long an open critic of the tool's role in encouraging mayhem) uncovers exactly why it makes our financial world a more dangerous place. If we care for our safety, we should let VaR go. The very risk measurement tool that was intended to contain risk allowed financial firms to blindly take on more. The model that was supposed to save us condemned us to misery. The Number That Killed Us reveals how this has happened and what needs to be done to correct the situation. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Pablo Triana) Thu, 02 Aug 2012 21:12:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Number-That-Killed-Us-Audiobook/B008R9RIWY thebookvoice.com 11:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Number That Killed Us Subtitle: A Story of Modern Banking, Flawed Mathematics, and a Big Financial Crisis Author: Pablo Triana Narrator: Mark Ashby Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-02-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A critical look at the risk measurement tool that has repeatedly hurt the financial world The Number That Killed Us finally tells the "greatest story never told": how a mysterious financial risk measurement model has ruled the world for the past two decades and how it has repeatedly, and severely, caused market, economic, and social turmoil. This model was the key factor behind the unleashing of the cataclysmic credit crisis that erupted in 2007 and which the effects are still being felt around the world. The Number That Killed Us is the first and only book to thoroughly explain this hitherto-uncovered phenomenon, making it the key reference for truly understanding why the malaise took place. The very number financial institutions and regulators use to measure risk (Vale at Risk/VaR) has masked it, allowing firms to leverage up their speculative bets to unimaginable levels. VaR sanctioned and allowed the monstrously geared toxic punts that sank Wall Street, and the world, during the latest crisis. We can confidently say that VaR was the culprit. In The Number That Killed Us, derivatives expert Pablo Triana takes you through the development of VaR and shows how its inevitable structural flaws allowed banks to take on even greater risks. The precise role of VaR in igniting the latest crisis is thoroughly covered, including in-depth analysis of how and why regulators, by falling in love with the tool, condemned us to chaos. Uncritically embraced worldwide for way too long, VaR is, in the face of such destruction, just starting to be examined as problematic, and in this book Triana (long an open critic of the tool's role in encouraging mayhem) uncovers exactly why it makes our financial world a more dangerous place. If we care for our safety, we should let VaR go. The very risk measurement tool that was intended to contain risk allowed financial firms to blindly take on more. The model that was supposed to save us condemned us to misery. The Number That Killed Us reveals how this has happened and what needs to be done to correct the situation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Number That Killed Us Subtitle: A Story of Modern Banking, Flawed Mathematics, and a Big Financial Crisis Author: Pablo Triana Narrator: Mark Ashby Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-02-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A critical look at the risk measurement tool that has repeatedly hurt the financial world The Number That Killed Us finally tells the "greatest story never told": how a mysterious financial risk measurement model has ruled the world for the past two decades and how it has repeatedly, and severely, caused market, economic, and social turmoil. This model was the key factor behind the unleashing of the cataclysmic credit crisis that erupted in 2007 and which the effects are still being felt around the world. The Number That Killed Us is the first and only book to thoroughly explain this hitherto-uncovered phenomenon, making it the key reference for truly understanding why the malaise took place. The very number financial institutions and regulators use to measure risk (Vale at Risk/VaR) has masked it, allowing firms to leverage up their speculative bets to unimaginable levels. VaR sanctioned and allowed the monstrously geared toxic punts that sank Wall Street, and the world, during the latest crisis. We can confidently say that VaR was the culprit. In The Number That Killed Us, derivatives expert Pablo Triana takes you through the development of VaR and shows how its inevitable structural flaws allowed banks to take on even greater risks. The precise role of VaR in igniting the latest crisis is thoroughly covered, including in-depth analysis of how and why regulators, by falling in love with the tool, condemned us to chaos. Uncritically embraced worldwide for way too long, VaR is, in the face of such destruction, just starting to be examined as problematic, and in this book Triana (long an open critic of the tool's role in encouraging mayhem) uncovers exactly why it makes our financial world a more dangerous place. If we care for our safety, we should let VaR go. The very risk measurement tool that was intended to contain risk allowed financial firms to blindly take on more. The model that was supposed to save us condemned us to misery. The Number That Killed Us reveals how this has happened and what needs to be done to correct the situation. Members Reviews: Very informative look at 2008 financial crisis Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? already have recommended this audiobook What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative? If you can take the numbers and the math, the author goes in depth, then a much clearer picture of the world financial system comes into focus. It also provides a better perspective on evaluating legislation like Dodd-Frank and SEC rules to understand if the rule makers really understand the underlying causes of a system that affects us all. Politically unbiased, this book is about greed and the manipulation of the financial system to benefit the few at the expense of the many. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Murder-Business-Audiobook/B0036INA9G Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Murder Business Subtitle: How the Media Turns Crime into Entertainment and Subverts Justice Author: Mark Fuhrman Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 11-13-09 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Media and law enforcement work at cross-purposes. Law enforcement wants to solve a case as fast as possible and puts the guilty behind bars. The media wants a case to drag on as long as humanly possible and do all they can to extricate every last bit of drama, drop by bloody drop, in order to hold the attention of the millions of viewers who have gotten hooked. Law enforcement must abide by rules. The media make their own rules, and even then break them or find ways to work loopholes into them. All that matters is ratings. If people knew how it's done - how the media seduce, buy, bribe and corrupt, like an inevitable, malignant cancer on a murder investigation - they might be too sickened to buy the nexy ticket to the carnival. The unfortunate truth is that today, each murder has many victims, and high-profile murders can hurt innocent people who get burned by the spotlight, whether or not they sought it out themselves. Fuhrman learned that firsthand as a police witness in the O. J. Simpson trial, a wrenching experience that showed how the criminal justice system can be manipulated by money, power, politics and fame. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Fuhrman) Fri, 13 Nov 2009 02:20:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Murder-Business-Audiobook/B0036INA9G thebookvoice.com 06:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Murder Business Subtitle: How the Media Turns Crime into Entertainment and Subverts Justice Author: Mark Fuhrman Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 11-13-09 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Media and law enforcement work at cross-purposes. Law enforcement wants to solve a case as fast as possible and puts the guilty behind bars. The media wants a case to drag on as long as humanly possible and do all they can to extricate every last bit of drama, drop by bloody drop, in order to hold the attention of the millions of viewers who have gotten hooked. Law enforcement must abide by rules. The media make their own rules, and even then break them or find ways to work loopholes into them. All that matters is ratings. If people knew how it's done - how the media seduce, buy, bribe and corrupt, like an inevitable, malignant cancer on a murder investigation - they might be too sickened to buy the nexy ticket to the carnival. The unfortunate truth is that today, each murder has many victims, and high-profile murders can hurt innocent people who get burned by the spotlight, whether or not they sought it out themselves. Fuhrman learned that firsthand as a police witness in the O. J. Simpson trial, a wrenching experience that showed how the criminal justice system can be manipulated by money, power, politics and fame. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Murder Business Subtitle: How the Media Turns Crime into Entertainment and Subverts Justice Author: Mark Fuhrman Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 11-13-09 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Media and law enforcement work at cross-purposes. Law enforcement wants to solve a case as fast as possible and puts the guilty behind bars. The media wants a case to drag on as long as humanly possible and do all they can to extricate every last bit of drama, drop by bloody drop, in order to hold the attention of the millions of viewers who have gotten hooked. Law enforcement must abide by rules. The media make their own rules, and even then break them or find ways to work loopholes into them. All that matters is ratings. If people knew how it's done - how the media seduce, buy, bribe and corrupt, like an inevitable, malignant cancer on a murder investigation - they might be too sickened to buy the nexy ticket to the carnival. The unfortunate truth is that today, each murder has many victims, and high-profile murders can hurt innocent people who get burned by the spotlight, whether or not they sought it out themselves. Fuhrman learned that firsthand as a police witness in the O. J. Simpson trial, a wrenching experience that showed how the criminal justice system can be manipulated by money, power, politics and fame. Members Reviews: Great book for the budding Criminologist I got this book for research on an assignment into the media's influences on crime. The information in regards to that was limited although the stories were interesting. The apparently mishandling of cases us jaw dropping in some stories. Here kids are great read. The narrative is superb too although he had a way if pronouncing investigation that is unique. ng Astoundingly hypercritical What can I say - My Fuhrman works for FOX NEWS and spends most of this book criticizing the other TV channels for being one sided and unethical in the way they report stories. It was breathtakingly unbelievable. He constantly defends himself and talks up FOX (yes, FOX NEWS) for their unwaivering support of the victims and their sensitive approach to terrible stories of murder and assault. His description of how some other 'reporters' (he considers himself a crack reporter) have treated some people with mental health issues is terrible, however I've watched FOX for quite some time, as much as I can stomach at least, and the way *they* treat pretty much anyone who they believe is not exactly the same as them blows anyone else out the water. I would not recommend anyone, under any circumstances read or listen to this book/ audiobook/ kindle book/ excerpt in a magazine. Unless of course you are a white-lovin', gun totten' half wit who gets off on lies and almost hilarious deception. The Murder sBusiness 4+ star The book moves quickly and keeps the listener awake. Mr. Fuhrman needs to write more books just for those of us who enjoy true crime stories. Why didn't Mr. Fuhrman mention the gloves? I listened twice and gloves weren't mentioned. The most curious part of the case. Also why didn't Mr. F ever mention Christopher Darden, the second chair of the offense? So biased it is breathtaking What disappointed you about The Murder Business? The guy who wrote it works fir FOX NEWS, so spends most of the book accusing other networks of manipulation, one-sided reporting and political bias. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Financing-SMEs-Audiobook/B076B46B8S Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Financing SMEs Author: Hussein Elasrag Narrator: Chris Bennett Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 10-11-17 Publisher: Hussein Elasrag Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The lack of funding is one of the most important constraints faced by SMEs. Marketing and administrative barriers, the lack of an integrated accounting system, shortage of trained manpower, institutional constraints and government legislation are also limitations faced by the SMEs. This book will try to give hints and insights into this, and to present some of the Islamic financial instruments that are being supplied by the market for the financing of SMEs. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Hussein Elasrag) Wed, 11 Oct 2017 09:53:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Financing-SMEs-Audiobook/B076B46B8S thebookvoice.com 02:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Financing SMEs Author: Hussein Elasrag Narrator: Chris Bennett Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 10-11-17 Publisher: Hussein Elasrag Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The lack of funding is one of the most important constraints faced by SMEs. Marketing and administrative barriers, the lack of an integrated accounting system, shortage of trained manpower, institutional constraints and government legislation are also limitations faced by the SMEs. This book will try to give hints and insights into this, and to present some of the Islamic financial instruments that are being supplied by the market for the financing of SMEs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Financing SMEs Author: Hussein Elasrag Narrator: Chris Bennett Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 10-11-17 Publisher: Hussein Elasrag Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The lack of funding is one of the most important constraints faced by SMEs. Marketing and administrative barriers, the lack of an integrated accounting system, shortage of trained manpower, institutional constraints and government legislation are also limitations faced by the SMEs. This book will try to give hints and insights into this, and to present some of the Islamic financial instruments that are being supplied by the market for the financing of SMEs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Money-Sound-Unsound-Audiobook/B014JPW4B4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Money, Sound, & Unsound Author: Joseph T. Salerno Narrator: Philip D. Moore Format: Unabridged Length: 23 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Listen and Think Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ludwig von Mises said there can never be too much of a good theory. Salerno proves it in this sweeping and nearly comprehensive audiobook on applied Austrian monetary theory. He uses the Mises/Rothbard theory of money to reinterpret historical episodes, reevaluate the history of thought, closely examine the Federal Reserve policy, seek out cause and effect in business cycles, provide a new understanding of war and social unrest, and clarify the relationship between the state and the central bank. But it's not just about the past. He presents a great model for the future, too, with essays on how to tell real from fake gold standards, how to calculate the money supply and follow what the Fed is up to, and how to reform the international monetary system to keep money from the destructive hands of the state. This book might be considered an intermediate text on the topic. If you've experienced Menger, Rothbard, Mises, or Hayek's takes on the topic of money and you want to know what's next, this is your answer. Joseph Salerno is the master of the subject, the quality of money, which is too rarely raised and demonstrates absolute virtuosity in this listen. As he makes clear, money is either absolutely sound (meaning part of the market order) or it is headed on that slide toward destruction. In the final commentary section, Salerno directly addresses modern monetary madness and speculates on the future. This listen covers nearly 30 years of important contributions by Salerno. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joseph T. Salerno) Tue, 15 Sep 2015 22:38:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Money-Sound-Unsound-Audiobook/B014JPW4B4 thebookvoice.com 23:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Money, Sound, & Unsound Author: Joseph T. Salerno Narrator: Philip D. Moore Format: Unabridged Length: 23 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Listen and Think Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ludwig von Mises said there can never be too much of a good theory. Salerno proves it in this sweeping and nearly comprehensive audiobook on applied Austrian monetary theory. He uses the Mises/Rothbard theory of money to reinterpret historical episodes, reevaluate the history of thought, closely examine the Federal Reserve policy, seek out cause and effect in business cycles, provide a new understanding of war and social unrest, and clarify the relationship between the state and the central bank. But it's not just about the past. He presents a great model for the future, too, with essays on how to tell real from fake gold standards, how to calculate the money supply and follow what the Fed is up to, and how to reform the international monetary system to keep money from the destructive hands of the state. This book might be considered an intermediate text on the topic. If you've experienced Menger, Rothbard, Mises, or Hayek's takes on the topic of money and you want to know what's next, this is your answer. Joseph Salerno is the master of the subject, the quality of money, which is too rarely raised and demonstrates absolute virtuosity in this listen. As he makes clear, money is either absolutely sound (meaning part of the market order) or it is headed on that slide toward destruction. In the final commentary section, Salerno directly addresses modern monetary madness and speculates on the future. This listen covers nearly 30 years of important contributions by Salerno. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Money, Sound, & Unsound Author: Joseph T. Salerno Narrator: Philip D. Moore Format: Unabridged Length: 23 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Listen and Think Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ludwig von Mises said there can never be too much of a good theory. Salerno proves it in this sweeping and nearly comprehensive audiobook on applied Austrian monetary theory. He uses the Mises/Rothbard theory of money to reinterpret historical episodes, reevaluate the history of thought, closely examine the Federal Reserve policy, seek out cause and effect in business cycles, provide a new understanding of war and social unrest, and clarify the relationship between the state and the central bank. But it's not just about the past. He presents a great model for the future, too, with essays on how to tell real from fake gold standards, how to calculate the money supply and follow what the Fed is up to, and how to reform the international monetary system to keep money from the destructive hands of the state. This book might be considered an intermediate text on the topic. If you've experienced Menger, Rothbard, Mises, or Hayek's takes on the topic of money and you want to know what's next, this is your answer. Joseph Salerno is the master of the subject, the quality of money, which is too rarely raised and demonstrates absolute virtuosity in this listen. As he makes clear, money is either absolutely sound (meaning part of the market order) or it is headed on that slide toward destruction. In the final commentary section, Salerno directly addresses modern monetary madness and speculates on the future. This listen covers nearly 30 years of important contributions by Salerno. Members Reviews: Informative, but dry This book is a thorough defense of Austrian economics, but so thorough that it is not for a beginner. Many of the chapters were written with an academic audience so some terms, such as arbitrage are used without being defined. I would recommend the hard copy of the book, but the combination of the very monotone narration, coupled with inability to highlight and return to parts not immediately understood made it difficult to get lasting value as an audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Big-Picture-Economics-Audiobook/B00KN86TMM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Big Picture Economics Subtitle: How to Navigate the New Global Economy Author: Joel Naroff, Ron Scherer Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 07-08-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Navigate the economy with this insightful new book The world is awash with economic information. Governments release reports. Pundits give their interpretation on television. And the stock market may go its own way, confusing everyone. How can you better understand what it means for you? Big Picture Economics, a new book by award-winning columnist and futurist Joel Naroff and veteran journalist Ron Scherer, says the thread that ties everything together is "context". The authors show how consumers, business, the Federal Reserve, and government take into account what's going on around them to make critical decisions like buying new products, building new factories, changing interest rates, or setting budget goals. The book provides a clear roadmap to understanding the whole story behind the global economy. Big Picture Economics helps listeners understand how context impacts decisions and decision-makers: Technology, such as intelligent drones to wearable computers, are changing the future. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joel Naroff) Tue, 08 Jul 2014 07:05:34 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Big-Picture-Economics-Audiobook/B00KN86TMM thebookvoice.com 08:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Big Picture Economics Subtitle: How to Navigate the New Global Economy Author: Joel Naroff, Ron Scherer Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 07-08-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Navigate the economy with this insightful new book The world is awash with economic information. Governments release reports. Pundits give their interpretation on television. And the stock market may go its own way, confusing everyone. How can you better understand what it means for you? Big Picture Economics, a new book by award-winning columnist and futurist Joel Naroff and veteran journalist Ron Scherer, says the thread that ties everything together is "context". The authors show how consumers, business, the Federal Reserve, and government take into account what's going on around them to make critical decisions like buying new products, building new factories, changing interest rates, or setting budget goals. The book provides a clear roadmap to understanding the whole story behind the global economy. Big Picture Economics helps listeners understand how context impacts decisions and decision-makers: Technology, such as intelligent drones to wearable computers, are changing the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Big Picture Economics Subtitle: How to Navigate the New Global Economy Author: Joel Naroff, Ron Scherer Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 07-08-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Navigate the economy with this insightful new book The world is awash with economic information. Governments release reports. Pundits give their interpretation on television. And the stock market may go its own way, confusing everyone. How can you better understand what it means for you? Big Picture Economics, a new book by award-winning columnist and futurist Joel Naroff and veteran journalist Ron Scherer, says the thread that ties everything together is "context". The authors show how consumers, business, the Federal Reserve, and government take into account what's going on around them to make critical decisions like buying new products, building new factories, changing interest rates, or setting budget goals. The book provides a clear roadmap to understanding the whole story behind the global economy. Big Picture Economics helps listeners understand how context impacts decisions and decision-makers: Technology, such as intelligent drones to wearable computers, are changing the future. Members Reviews: I am a bit underwhelmed, but not dismayed I would retitle this, "lots of anecdotes in recent economic times, and maybe some useful stories and terminology for general background understanding." I do not find the repeated term "context" which jumps up willy-nilly, to lend any useful rigorous meaning or traction to understanding the twists and turns that have occurred. But for a person who has not followed this area closely over the last several years, there may be some useful info here. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Ultimate-Obama-Survival-Guide-Audiobook/B00CAWP2ZO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide Subtitle: How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon Author: Wayne Allyn Root Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 04-15-13 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Build your wealth, protect your faith and family, and secure your freedom. Dont just survive Obama - learn how to outsmart his big-government socialist system andthrive! Wayne Allyn Root is no stranger to risks and challenges. From his career as a businessman and television host to his emergence as a mega-pundit on virtually every major news outlet, Root has learned how to turn setbacks into success and adversity into prosperity. And youre going to need his expertise as you and your family tackle the biggest challenge facing Americans today: Barack Obamas second term in the White House. First, Root delivers the cold hard facts: How Obama is working to steal your liberty, your hard-earned cash, and your opportunities, and where he has already got a leg up on his redistributionist, anti-personal-freedom agenda while no one was looking. Then he takes you on a tour of the practical, real-life ways you can fight back, not just in the ballot box but in your bank account, on your tax forms, at your church, in your home, in your schools, and at your doctors office. Hes not just talking about political activism; hes giving you the step-by-step instructions you need to protect yourself and your family right now from the Obama invasion of every aspect of your life. The Ultimate Obama Survival Guideisnt just about survival. Its about how to thrive despite all odds, no matter what Obama throws at us next. Critic Reviews: "At a time of suffocating political correctness and damaging crackpot economic theories, particularly at the Federal Reserve, Wayne Allyn Root comes out with both guns blazing! He gets it on preserving freedom and enhancing the opportunity to better oneself and to get ahead." (Steve Forbes) "President Obama, look out. Theres a new sheriff in town, and hes not afraid to speak his mindloudly. Wayne Allyn Root is a living, breathing Capitalist Evangelist. Wayne shows you how to beat Obama at his own game, how to protect your assets and prosper during the next four years. Bravo Wayne!" (Mike Huckabee) "Wayne Root is one libertarian I like! (Because hes left his childish games behind and become a full-fledged conservative.) InThe Ultimate Obama Survival GuideWayne dissects the coming economic collapse under his old Columbia college classmate Obama and shows you how to capitalize and prosper through hell." (Ann Coulter) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Wayne Allyn Root) Mon, 15 Apr 2013 19:37:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Ultimate-Obama-Survival-Guide-Audiobook/B00CAWP2ZO thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide Subtitle: How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon Author: Wayne Allyn Root Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 04-15-13 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Build your wealth, protect your faith and family, and secure your freedom. Dont just survive Obama - learn how to outsmart his big-government socialist system andthrive! Wayne Allyn Root is no stranger to risks and challenges. From his career as a businessman and television host to his emergence as a mega-pundit on virtually every major news outlet, Root has learned how to turn setbacks into success and adversity into prosperity. And youre going to need his expertise as you and your family tackle the biggest challenge facing Americans today: Barack Obamas second term in the White House. First, Root delivers the cold hard facts: How Obama is working to steal your liberty, your hard-earned cash, and your opportunities, and where he has already got a leg up on his redistributionist, anti-personal-freedom agenda while no one was looking. Then he takes you on a tour of the practical, real-life ways you can fight back, not just in the ballot box but in your bank account, on your tax forms, at your church, in your home, in your schools, and at your doctors office. Hes not just talking about political activism; hes giving you the step-by-step instructions you need to protect yourself and your family right now from the Obama invasion of every aspect of your life. The Ultimate Obama Survival Guideisnt just about survival. Its about how to thrive despite all odds, no matter what Obama throws at us next. Critic Reviews: "At a time of suffocating political correctness and damaging crackpot economic theories, particularly at the Federal Reserve, Wayne Allyn Root comes out with both guns blazing! He gets it on preserving freedom and enhancing the opportunity to better oneself and to get ahead." (Steve Forbes) "President Obama, look out. Theres a new sheriff in town, and hes not afraid to speak his mindloudly. Wayne Allyn Root is a living, breathing Capitalist Evangelist. Wayne shows you how to beat Obama at his own game, how to protect your assets and prosper during the next four years. Bravo Wayne!" (Mike Huckabee) "Wayne Root is one libertarian I like! (Because hes left his childish games behind and become a full-fledged conservative.) InThe Ultimate Obama Survival GuideWayne dissects the coming economic collapse under his old Columbia college classmate Obama and shows you how to capitalize and prosper through hell." (Ann Coulter) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide Subtitle: How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon Author: Wayne Allyn Root Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 04-15-13 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Build your wealth, protect your faith and family, and secure your freedom. Dont just survive Obama - learn how to outsmart his big-government socialist system andthrive! Wayne Allyn Root is no stranger to risks and challenges. From his career as a businessman and television host to his emergence as a mega-pundit on virtually every major news outlet, Root has learned how to turn setbacks into success and adversity into prosperity. And youre going to need his expertise as you and your family tackle the biggest challenge facing Americans today: Barack Obamas second term in the White House. First, Root delivers the cold hard facts: How Obama is working to steal your liberty, your hard-earned cash, and your opportunities, and where he has already got a leg up on his redistributionist, anti-personal-freedom agenda while no one was looking. Then he takes you on a tour of the practical, real-life ways you can fight back, not just in the ballot box but in your bank account, on your tax forms, at your church, in your home, in your schools, and at your doctors office. Hes not just talking about political activism; hes giving you the step-by-step instructions you need to protect yourself and your family right now from the Obama invasion of every aspect of your life. The Ultimate Obama Survival Guideisnt just about survival. Its about how to thrive despite all odds, no matter what Obama throws at us next. Critic Reviews: "At a time of suffocating political correctness and damaging crackpot economic theories, particularly at the Federal Reserve, Wayne Allyn Root comes out with both guns blazing! He gets it on preserving freedom and enhancing the opportunity to better oneself and to get ahead." (Steve Forbes) "President Obama, look out. Theres a new sheriff in town, and hes not afraid to speak his mindloudly. Wayne Allyn Root is a living, breathing Capitalist Evangelist. Wayne shows you how to beat Obama at his own game, how to protect your assets and prosper during the next four years. Bravo Wayne!" (Mike Huckabee) "Wayne Root is one libertarian I like! (Because hes left his childish games behind and become a full-fledged conservative.) InThe Ultimate Obama Survival GuideWayne dissects the coming economic collapse under his old Columbia college classmate Obama and shows you how to capitalize and prosper through hell." (Ann Coulter) Members Reviews: Not what I have expected. Or did i ? What did you like best about The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide? What did you like least? There basically three parts to the book. Part 1: Obama does everything to kill/destroy small businesses; Part 2: to survive Obama's quest to destroy small businesses. . . . start a small business. ??? (makes sense, doesn't it?);Part 3: if you worth one million, two million or better yet a cool one billion dollars, then buy gold, 1000 acres land, profitable farms, authentic arts (ie. Picasso or Kandinsky), private islands, etc. While at it, the author provides "very useful" recommendation to build yourself a shelter and stock it with "bare" necessities such as: gold, 1000 acres land, profitable farms, authentic arts (ie. Picasso or Kandinsky), private islands, etc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Secret-Life-of-Money-Audiobook/B00AMNEAEM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Secret Life of Money Subtitle: How Money Can Be Food for the Soul Author: Tad Crawford Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 12-31-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Secret Life of Money leads listeners on a fascinating journey to uncover the sources of our monetary desires, and by understanding why money has the power to obsess us, free ourselves from destructive patterns and discover riches of the soul. This wide-ranging treatment of how money secretly influences our lives includes chapters on the many forms of money, why money is so easily worshipped, why money sometimes feels more important than life, hoarding money, the source of riches, inheritance, and the stock market. Crawford, a teller of entertaining tales, gathers stories and myths from around the world that help us understand why money is so much more than the useful tool that we may think it to be. Editorial Reviews: Crawford's reflection on the spiritual and psychological value of money leads the listener into a journey that is rich in detail and insight. The audiobook calls on the listener to understand his or her relationship with wealth and shed the ruinous obsession with money that is so common in today's society. Fleet Cooper's performance is captivating; his voice is soft and inviting, making Crawford's anecdotes all the more accessible. The Secret Life of Money goes beyond a commonplace study of the utility of money; it presents the listener with a sweeping look at the literary and mythological history of monetary exchange, enhancing the argument that money is not the only form of wealth. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tad Crawford) Mon, 31 Dec 2012 03:13:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Secret-Life-of-Money-Audiobook/B00AMNEAEM thebookvoice.com 08:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Secret Life of Money Subtitle: How Money Can Be Food for the Soul Author: Tad Crawford Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 12-31-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Secret Life of Money leads listeners on a fascinating journey to uncover the sources of our monetary desires, and by understanding why money has the power to obsess us, free ourselves from destructive patterns and discover riches of the soul. This wide-ranging treatment of how money secretly influences our lives includes chapters on the many forms of money, why money is so easily worshipped, why money sometimes feels more important than life, hoarding money, the source of riches, inheritance, and the stock market. Crawford, a teller of entertaining tales, gathers stories and myths from around the world that help us understand why money is so much more than the useful tool that we may think it to be. Editorial Reviews: Crawford's reflection on the spiritual and psychological value of money leads the listener into a journey that is rich in detail and insight. The audiobook calls on the listener to understand his or her relationship with wealth and shed the ruinous obsession with money that is so common in today's society. Fleet Cooper's performance is captivating; his voice is soft and inviting, making Crawford's anecdotes all the more accessible. The Secret Life of Money goes beyond a commonplace study of the utility of money; it presents the listener with a sweeping look at the literary and mythological history of monetary exchange, enhancing the argument that money is not the only form of wealth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Secret Life of Money Subtitle: How Money Can Be Food for the Soul Author: Tad Crawford Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 12-31-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Secret Life of Money leads listeners on a fascinating journey to uncover the sources of our monetary desires, and by understanding why money has the power to obsess us, free ourselves from destructive patterns and discover riches of the soul. This wide-ranging treatment of how money secretly influences our lives includes chapters on the many forms of money, why money is so easily worshipped, why money sometimes feels more important than life, hoarding money, the source of riches, inheritance, and the stock market. Crawford, a teller of entertaining tales, gathers stories and myths from around the world that help us understand why money is so much more than the useful tool that we may think it to be. Editorial Reviews: Crawford's reflection on the spiritual and psychological value of money leads the listener into a journey that is rich in detail and insight. The audiobook calls on the listener to understand his or her relationship with wealth and shed the ruinous obsession with money that is so common in today's society. Fleet Cooper's performance is captivating; his voice is soft and inviting, making Crawford's anecdotes all the more accessible. The Secret Life of Money goes beyond a commonplace study of the utility of money; it presents the listener with a sweeping look at the literary and mythological history of monetary exchange, enhancing the argument that money is not the only form of wealth. Members Reviews: A little different approach to the history and importance of money within a culture. In the past I have read several books on money issues; however, this is the most unusual book I have ever read on money. This 289 page hardback cover book (The Secret life of money: teaching tales of spending, receiving, saving, and owing by Tad Crawford) covers the history of money from the ancient Gods mythology to the more contemporary use of value exchange such as the stock market and credit cards. This interesting and informative book is organized into nine detailed chapters which include the following topics: the many forms of money, the almighty dollar, money and sacrifice, hoarding money, the source of riches, inheritance, and indebtedness, changing symbols and bulls and bears. There are numerous ancient mythological tales to emphasize the various points the author is attempting to make in each chapter. It is clear to me that the author seems to either be conflicted about the value of money in a society or actually sees it as some necessary evil. To me, money is merely a method to barter. In ancient times before, and even after a more practical method was developed to pay for goods, one would barter in order to trade goods. I think the Goddess Moneta would approve of the more modern use of money. In any case, even though I did not care for the authorâs view of money I did learn a lot of historical significant information and thought this book was a good read. Rating: 4 Stars. Joseph J. Truncale (Author: Tactical principles of the most effective combative systems). Great overview This is a casual but deep reflection on the meaning of money. Too often people start thinking about this question as if money were pure greed. To really wrap your mind around such a complex concept find a copy of this book and read it. The antecdotes really bring out some of the more subtle meanings between the way people react to one another, which is the basic role of money. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Open-Audiobook/B074G3NWW4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Open Author: David Price Narrator: Han Hills Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-17 Publisher: Crux Publishing Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: What makes a global corporation give away its prized intellectual property? Why are Ivy League universities allowing anyone to take their courses for free? What drives a farmer in rural Africa to share his secrets with his competitors? Find out. A collection of hactivists, hobbyists, forum-users, and maverick leaders are leading a quiet but unstoppable revolution. They are sharing everything they know, and turning knowledge into action in ways that were unimaginable even a decade ago. Driven by technology, and shaped by common values, going open has transformed the way we live. It's not so much a question of if our workplaces, schools, and colleges go open, but when. Packed with advice, this entertaining listen by learning futurist, David Price, argues that open is not only affecting how we are choosing to live, but that it's going to be the difference between success and failure in the future. biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Price) Thu, 03 Aug 2017 21:51:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Open-Audiobook/B074G3NWW4 thebookvoice.com 08:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Open Author: David Price Narrator: Han Hills Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-17 Publisher: Crux Publishing Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: What makes a global corporation give away its prized intellectual property? Why are Ivy League universities allowing anyone to take their courses for free? What drives a farmer in rural Africa to share his secrets with his competitors? Find out. A collection of hactivists, hobbyists, forum-users, and maverick leaders are leading a quiet but unstoppable revolution. They are sharing everything they know, and turning knowledge into action in ways that were unimaginable even a decade ago. Driven by technology, and shaped by common values, going open has transformed the way we live. It's not so much a question of if our workplaces, schools, and colleges go open, but when. Packed with advice, this entertaining listen by learning futurist, David Price, argues that open is not only affecting how we are choosing to live, but that it's going to be the difference between success and failure in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Open Author: David Price Narrator: Han Hills Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-17 Publisher: Crux Publishing Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: What makes a global corporation give away its prized intellectual property? Why are Ivy League universities allowing anyone to take their courses for free? What drives a farmer in rural Africa to share his secrets with his competitors? Find out. A collection of hactivists, hobbyists, forum-users, and maverick leaders are leading a quiet but unstoppable revolution. They are sharing everything they know, and turning knowledge into action in ways that were unimaginable even a decade ago. Driven by technology, and shaped by common values, going open has transformed the way we live. It's not so much a question of if our workplaces, schools, and colleges go open, but when. Packed with advice, this entertaining listen by learning futurist, David Price, argues that open is not only affecting how we are choosing to live, but that it's going to be the difference between success and failure in the future. Members Reviews: New/Old way of thinking I am a teacher with 26 years of experience. I went to a clinic where it was suggested that I read this book. I added it to my list of books about two years ago and promptly filed it away. I should point out that in the past four years I've become a Technology Integration Specialist, but that's not what prompted me to read this book. To loosely quote the author "don't be afraid of failure", I did not know that my phone would read to me. I know the tech person should've known that, anyway I was able to go over this book while taking care of my farm animals. It has really opened my eyes to the possibilities of what I can do with my students and teachers. Be forewarned this is gonna put your formal learning and teaching on its ear. But it will be worth it. Are you Passionate about sharing your learning and learning from others? Read this book! Once I picked up this book, I couldnât put it down. I liked the contrast between business and education and appreciated the direct links between these two fields as an educator. If educators donât look outside of school, how are we going to adequately prepare students for the workforce? As I read this book I felt like I was having a conversation with the author. The author weaves many examples from both business and education and balances those examples with personal stories which kept me engaged as a reader. I found the authorâs style very easy to read. One thing I really appreciated about this book, especially as an educator, was that the author drew on examples from the US, UK, and Australia. It was helpful to read about different ideas and examples of successes in different parts of the world. A part of the book that really stuck with me was the chapter on significant learning experiences. We have all had them. I found it powerful to reflect on my own moments of significant learning, thinking about how those moments shaped me as a learner and educator and how I can apply those ideas to my own teaching practices. I highly recommend this book to anyone who is passionate about learning whether that be in an educational setting, the workplace, or in pursuit of your own passions. The Future is Open âDriven by Technology, and shaped by common values, going âOpenâ has transformed the way we live. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B074G5GP7X Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: A Concise History Author: Eric Morse Narrator: Kevin Gisi Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-17 Publisher: Eric Morse Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Understand the history of bitcoin. Bitcoin is a revolutionary new currency...the future of money. Bitcoin is a network protocol and software that makes the currency work. But it is also much more than either of those. Bitcoin is a community with a shared history and experience that new users can't just buy on an exchange or download onto their smartphone. That history and those experiences are vital to understanding the advice given to new users, potential investors, and curious onlookers. Bitcoin: A Concise History is a timeline of bitcoin's defining moments, from before the release of Satoshi Nakamoto's white paper, through scams and scandals of MtGox and Bitcoin Savings and Trust, through the bubbles and the births of popular memes that confuse new users to this day. If you are curious about bitcoin, the currency.... If you are intrigued by bitcoin, the technology.... You must understand bitcoin, the community and its history. You will learn: biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eric Morse) Thu, 03 Aug 2017 05:51:00 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B074G5GP7X thebookvoice.com 01:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: A Concise History Author: Eric Morse Narrator: Kevin Gisi Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-17 Publisher: Eric Morse Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Understand the history of bitcoin. Bitcoin is a revolutionary new currency...the future of money. Bitcoin is a network protocol and software that makes the currency work. But it is also much more than either of those. Bitcoin is a community with a shared history and experience that new users can't just buy on an exchange or download onto their smartphone. That history and those experiences are vital to understanding the advice given to new users, potential investors, and curious onlookers. Bitcoin: A Concise History is a timeline of bitcoin's defining moments, from before the release of Satoshi Nakamoto's white paper, through scams and scandals of MtGox and Bitcoin Savings and Trust, through the bubbles and the births of popular memes that confuse new users to this day. If you are curious about bitcoin, the currency.... If you are intrigued by bitcoin, the technology.... You must understand bitcoin, the community and its history. You will learn: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: A Concise History Author: Eric Morse Narrator: Kevin Gisi Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-17 Publisher: Eric Morse Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Understand the history of bitcoin. Bitcoin is a revolutionary new currency...the future of money. Bitcoin is a network protocol and software that makes the currency work. But it is also much more than either of those. Bitcoin is a community with a shared history and experience that new users can't just buy on an exchange or download onto their smartphone. That history and those experiences are vital to understanding the advice given to new users, potential investors, and curious onlookers. Bitcoin: A Concise History is a timeline of bitcoin's defining moments, from before the release of Satoshi Nakamoto's white paper, through scams and scandals of MtGox and Bitcoin Savings and Trust, through the bubbles and the births of popular memes that confuse new users to this day. If you are curious about bitcoin, the currency.... If you are intrigued by bitcoin, the technology.... You must understand bitcoin, the community and its history. You will learn: Members Reviews: highly recommended The basics about Bitcoin Blockchain was discussed thoroughly in this book which helped me understand it further. I now know how to use it for online purchases which is much more secure than using my credit card which contains my personal information. nice book This book is persistent in terms of giving virtual concepts. You can find it easy and reliable based on how Bitcoin is in demand. The precautions are heuristic however great tips were enclosed to make your platform a better fast start. good to listen I discovered a secured future with the use of bitcoin . its well written with bold letters , easy to read and understand. A Complete Guide A good book to gain an understanding of what Bitcoin is about and a strong indication of Digital Currency's that is trying to catch on the BITCOIN bandwagon and an innovative payment network and a new kind of money and Bitcoin are really a good currency for all Individual Business for all.Plus an excellent recent history of bitcoin and the major players involve, a must-read for anyone trying to educate themselves on this development. Very informative, interesting, and well written. Must listen to it..... The helpful benefit of this book is that it answered my question about mining bitcoin and gave hope to me for its future. I discovered a secured future with the use of bitcoin. You can find it easy and reliable based on how Bitcoin is in demand. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Principles-of-Economics-8-e-Audiobook/B003NHC87K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Principles of Economics, 8/e Author: Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 13 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Principles of Economics, 8/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Karl E. Case) Fri, 09 Sep 2011 21:41:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Principles-of-Economics-8-e-Audiobook/B003NHC87K thebookvoice.com 13:04:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Principles of Economics, 8/e Author: Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 13 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Principles of Economics, 8/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Principles of Economics, 8/e Author: Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 13 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Principles of Economics, 8/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/20-Per-Gallon-Audiobook/B002V168XY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: $20 Per Gallon Subtitle: How the Rise in the Price of Gas Will Change Our Lives for the Better Author: Christopher Steiner Narrator: John Wolfe Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-09 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 66 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Of course, everybody already knows how about gasoline has affected our driving habits. People can't wait to junk their gas-guzzling SUVs for a new Prius. But there are more, not-so-obvious changes on the horizon that Chris Steiner tracks brilliantly in this provocative work. Consider the following societal changes: people who own homes in far-off suburbs will soon realize that there's no longer any market for their houses (reason: nobody wants to live too far away because it's too expensive to commute to work). Telecommuting will begin to expand rapidly. Trains will become the mode of national transportation (as it used to be) as the price of flying becomes prohibitive. Families will begin to migrate southward as the price of heating northern homes in the winter is too pricey. Cheap everyday items that are made of plastic will go away because of the rising price to produce them (plastic is derived from oil). And this is just the beginning of a huge and overwhelming domino effect that our way of life will undergo in the years to come. Steiner, an engineer by training before turning to journalism, sees how this simple but constant rise in oil and gas prices will totally re-structure our lifestyle. But what may be surprising to readers is that all of these changes may not be negative - but actually will usher in some new and very promising aspects of our society. Steiner will probe how the liberation of technology and innovation, triggered by climbing gas prices, will change our lives. The book may start as an alarmist's exercise.... but don't be misled. The future will be exhilarating. Critic Reviews: "[T]he surprising snapshots of the future (where rising gas prices might revitalize Detroit) make for vivid and compelling reading." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christopher Steiner) Wed, 15 Jul 2009 02:23:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/20-Per-Gallon-Audiobook/B002V168XY thebookvoice.com 09:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: $20 Per Gallon Subtitle: How the Rise in the Price of Gas Will Change Our Lives for the Better Author: Christopher Steiner Narrator: John Wolfe Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-09 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 66 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Of course, everybody already knows how about gasoline has affected our driving habits. People can't wait to junk their gas-guzzling SUVs for a new Prius. But there are more, not-so-obvious changes on the horizon that Chris Steiner tracks brilliantly in this provocative work. Consider the following societal changes: people who own homes in far-off suburbs will soon realize that there's no longer any market for their houses (reason: nobody wants to live too far away because it's too expensive to commute to work). Telecommuting will begin to expand rapidly. Trains will become the mode of national transportation (as it used to be) as the price of flying becomes prohibitive. Families will begin to migrate southward as the price of heating northern homes in the winter is too pricey. Cheap everyday items that are made of plastic will go away because of the rising price to produce them (plastic is derived from oil). And this is just the beginning of a huge and overwhelming domino effect that our way of life will undergo in the years to come. Steiner, an engineer by training before turning to journalism, sees how this simple but constant rise in oil and gas prices will totally re-structure our lifestyle. But what may be surprising to readers is that all of these changes may not be negative - but actually will usher in some new and very promising aspects of our society. Steiner will probe how the liberation of technology and innovation, triggered by climbing gas prices, will change our lives. The book may start as an alarmist's exercise.... but don't be misled. The future will be exhilarating. Critic Reviews: "[T]he surprising snapshots of the future (where rising gas prices might revitalize Detroit) make for vivid and compelling reading." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: $20 Per Gallon Subtitle: How the Rise in the Price of Gas Will Change Our Lives for the Better Author: Christopher Steiner Narrator: John Wolfe Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-09 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 66 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Of course, everybody already knows how about gasoline has affected our driving habits. People can't wait to junk their gas-guzzling SUVs for a new Prius. But there are more, not-so-obvious changes on the horizon that Chris Steiner tracks brilliantly in this provocative work. Consider the following societal changes: people who own homes in far-off suburbs will soon realize that there's no longer any market for their houses (reason: nobody wants to live too far away because it's too expensive to commute to work). Telecommuting will begin to expand rapidly. Trains will become the mode of national transportation (as it used to be) as the price of flying becomes prohibitive. Families will begin to migrate southward as the price of heating northern homes in the winter is too pricey. Cheap everyday items that are made of plastic will go away because of the rising price to produce them (plastic is derived from oil). And this is just the beginning of a huge and overwhelming domino effect that our way of life will undergo in the years to come. Steiner, an engineer by training before turning to journalism, sees how this simple but constant rise in oil and gas prices will totally re-structure our lifestyle. But what may be surprising to readers is that all of these changes may not be negative - but actually will usher in some new and very promising aspects of our society. Steiner will probe how the liberation of technology and innovation, triggered by climbing gas prices, will change our lives. The book may start as an alarmist's exercise.... but don't be misled. The future will be exhilarating. Critic Reviews: "[T]he surprising snapshots of the future (where rising gas prices might revitalize Detroit) make for vivid and compelling reading." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Disappointing I have been following this topic and am very glad to have an audio book on the subject. And there is some good stuff here. The concept for organizing the book is clever. And some of the overall thoughts on our future are interesting as well. BUT the book is not a great read. The writing is very inefficient. The author takes a long time to make his points, going into many exhaustive and unnecessary stories, perhaps under the mistaken notion that non-fiction must be colored up to be interesting. The whole book could have been 1/3 as long or less. I also think that Steiner paints a somewhat preposterously smiley face on a ominous future. I wholly agree that, ultimately, a low energy future will be better than what we have now. But getting there from here is another matter. It may well be that mankind will lose billions of people in the change. That won't be happy. Steiner also fails to discuss the gravity of the link between fossil fuel and the economy. It seems evident to me, or at least obvious enough to discuss, that the boom of modern society since the industrial revolution (and the resultant boom in population) has been the result of our ability to find and use fossil fuel. Once this one time "gift" starts to wane, won't the economy and population and the very complexity of society wane as well? We might be on the verge of an very long contraction of industry. The economy may never "recover." Many of us may have no job prospects except to grow food. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Agenda-for-a-New-Economy-Audiobook/B002V010Q0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agenda for a New Economy Subtitle: From Phantom Wealth to Real Wealth Author: David C. Korten Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 09-21-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Our hope lies not with Wall Street, Korten argues, but with Main Street, which creates real wealth from real resources to meet real needs. He outlines an agenda to create a new economy - locally based, community oriented, and devoted to creating a better life for all, not simply increasing profits. It will require changes to how we measure economic success, organize our financial system, even the very way we create money - an agenda Korten summarizes in his version of the economic address to the nation he wishes Barack Obama were able to deliver. biacuaduc@gmail.com (David C. Korten) Mon, 21 Sep 2009 20:06:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Agenda-for-a-New-Economy-Audiobook/B002V010Q0 thebookvoice.com 06:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agenda for a New Economy Subtitle: From Phantom Wealth to Real Wealth Author: David C. Korten Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 09-21-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Our hope lies not with Wall Street, Korten argues, but with Main Street, which creates real wealth from real resources to meet real needs. He outlines an agenda to create a new economy - locally based, community oriented, and devoted to creating a better life for all, not simply increasing profits. It will require changes to how we measure economic success, organize our financial system, even the very way we create money - an agenda Korten summarizes in his version of the economic address to the nation he wishes Barack Obama were able to deliver. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Agenda for a New Economy Subtitle: From Phantom Wealth to Real Wealth Author: David C. Korten Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 09-21-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Our hope lies not with Wall Street, Korten argues, but with Main Street, which creates real wealth from real resources to meet real needs. He outlines an agenda to create a new economy - locally based, community oriented, and devoted to creating a better life for all, not simply increasing profits. It will require changes to how we measure economic success, organize our financial system, even the very way we create money - an agenda Korten summarizes in his version of the economic address to the nation he wishes Barack Obama were able to deliver. Members Reviews: Communist Propaganda What disappointed you about Agenda for a New Economy? Instead of understanding that capitalism isn't the problem it's the people who gain political favor that abuse the system that are the problem. This author wants to create a hippy world instead. Which he can do. all the people who feel like him can go and buy a large plot of land and build that world. However he's not happy with that. He wants everybody to be suffer his utopia. Well one person's utopia is another's hell. The only true utopia is freedom for everyone. Would you ever listen to anything by David C. Korten again? Never never never. I wanted to throw-up so bad listening to is crap. What reaction did this book spark in you? Anger, sadness, disappointment? frist I had hope that he was going to talk about how we need to get back to making things and creating real wealth. But then ANGER for the last 2/3's of the book where he proceeded to spout communistic crap. Any additional comments? I want my credit back. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pipe-Dreams-Audiobook/B078HN9GMV Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Pipe Dreams Subtitle: The Plundering of Iraq's Oil Wealth Author: Erin Banco Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 01-27-18 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: When the Bush Administration invaded Iraq in 2003, it was promised that Iraqi Kurdistan would be developed into one of the most productive oil and natural gas regions in the world, and the profits would be used to win the war and rebuild the country. More than ten years later, those dreams lie in tatters. What happened to the oil wealth? Based on exclusive troves of documents and sources in the Iraqi and U.S. governments, investigative reporter Erin Banco tells the story of how rampant corruption and gross mismanagement have sucked billions upon billions of dollars from Kurdistan's and Iraq's oil coffers - and how local people are suffering as a result. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Erin Banco) Sat, 27 Jan 2018 23:52:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pipe-Dreams-Audiobook/B078HN9GMV thebookvoice.com 03:01:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Pipe Dreams Subtitle: The Plundering of Iraq's Oil Wealth Author: Erin Banco Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 01-27-18 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: When the Bush Administration invaded Iraq in 2003, it was promised that Iraqi Kurdistan would be developed into one of the most productive oil and natural gas regions in the world, and the profits would be used to win the war and rebuild the country. More than ten years later, those dreams lie in tatters. What happened to the oil wealth? Based on exclusive troves of documents and sources in the Iraqi and U.S. governments, investigative reporter Erin Banco tells the story of how rampant corruption and gross mismanagement have sucked billions upon billions of dollars from Kurdistan's and Iraq's oil coffers - and how local people are suffering as a result. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Pipe Dreams Subtitle: The Plundering of Iraq's Oil Wealth Author: Erin Banco Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 01-27-18 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: When the Bush Administration invaded Iraq in 2003, it was promised that Iraqi Kurdistan would be developed into one of the most productive oil and natural gas regions in the world, and the profits would be used to win the war and rebuild the country. More than ten years later, those dreams lie in tatters. What happened to the oil wealth? Based on exclusive troves of documents and sources in the Iraqi and U.S. governments, investigative reporter Erin Banco tells the story of how rampant corruption and gross mismanagement have sucked billions upon billions of dollars from Kurdistan's and Iraq's oil coffers - and how local people are suffering as a result. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Beyond-Bitcoin-Audiobook/B074HC54P9 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beyond Bitcoin Subtitle: How to Reinvent the World with Your Own Currency Author: Adam Savage Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge Jr Format: Unabridged Length: 50 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-17 Publisher: Adam Savage Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've heard of bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies - but they're just the tip of the iceberg. We're about to enter a new era for money in which technology will let anyone create their own currency. Do you own a company? Start your own currency. Do you have a website? Create a currency for your visitors. How about paying people to go to school? All of our current economic models are about to change. This concise guide to the new economy will show you steps to create your own currency, giving you opportunities where others struggle with ad-based models and paywalls. Learn to reward your clients instead of relying on coercive marketing. With a new approach to money, you will be in a position to create your own wealth, improve your community, and magnetize people to your products and services. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Adam Savage) Fri, 04 Aug 2017 23:17:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Beyond-Bitcoin-Audiobook/B074HC54P9 thebookvoice.com 00:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beyond Bitcoin Subtitle: How to Reinvent the World with Your Own Currency Author: Adam Savage Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge Jr Format: Unabridged Length: 50 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-17 Publisher: Adam Savage Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've heard of bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies - but they're just the tip of the iceberg. We're about to enter a new era for money in which technology will let anyone create their own currency. Do you own a company? Start your own currency. Do you have a website? Create a currency for your visitors. How about paying people to go to school? All of our current economic models are about to change. This concise guide to the new economy will show you steps to create your own currency, giving you opportunities where others struggle with ad-based models and paywalls. Learn to reward your clients instead of relying on coercive marketing. With a new approach to money, you will be in a position to create your own wealth, improve your community, and magnetize people to your products and services. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beyond Bitcoin Subtitle: How to Reinvent the World with Your Own Currency Author: Adam Savage Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge Jr Format: Unabridged Length: 50 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-17 Publisher: Adam Savage Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've heard of bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies - but they're just the tip of the iceberg. We're about to enter a new era for money in which technology will let anyone create their own currency. Do you own a company? Start your own currency. Do you have a website? Create a currency for your visitors. How about paying people to go to school? All of our current economic models are about to change. This concise guide to the new economy will show you steps to create your own currency, giving you opportunities where others struggle with ad-based models and paywalls. Learn to reward your clients instead of relying on coercive marketing. With a new approach to money, you will be in a position to create your own wealth, improve your community, and magnetize people to your products and services. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/First-Principles-Audiobook/B00CS8EOGS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: First Principles Subtitle: Five Keys to Restoring America's Prosperity Author: John B. Taylor Narrator: Ken Maxon Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 06-27-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Leading economist John B. Taylors straightforward plan to rebuild Americas economic future by returning to its founding principles. Americas economic future is uncertain. Mired in a long crippling economic slump and hamstrung by bitter partisan debate over the growing debt and the role of government, the nation faces substantial challenges, exacerbated by a dearth of vision and common sense among its leaders. Prominent Stanford economist John B. Taylor brings his steady voice of reason to the discussion with a natural solution: start with the countrys founding principles of economic and political freedom - limited government, rule of law, strong incentives, reliance on markets, a predictable policy framework - and reconstruct its economic foundation from these proven principles. Channeling his high-level experience as both a policymaker and researcher, Taylor then zeroes in on current policy issues - the budget, monetary policy, government regulation, tax reform - and lays out in simple terms bold strategies designed to place the country on sound footing in each of these areas. biacuaduc@gmail.com (John B. Taylor) Thu, 27 Jun 2013 10:60:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/First-Principles-Audiobook/B00CS8EOGS thebookvoice.com 04:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: First Principles Subtitle: Five Keys to Restoring America's Prosperity Author: John B. Taylor Narrator: Ken Maxon Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 06-27-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Leading economist John B. Taylors straightforward plan to rebuild Americas economic future by returning to its founding principles. Americas economic future is uncertain. Mired in a long crippling economic slump and hamstrung by bitter partisan debate over the growing debt and the role of government, the nation faces substantial challenges, exacerbated by a dearth of vision and common sense among its leaders. Prominent Stanford economist John B. Taylor brings his steady voice of reason to the discussion with a natural solution: start with the countrys founding principles of economic and political freedom - limited government, rule of law, strong incentives, reliance on markets, a predictable policy framework - and reconstruct its economic foundation from these proven principles. Channeling his high-level experience as both a policymaker and researcher, Taylor then zeroes in on current policy issues - the budget, monetary policy, government regulation, tax reform - and lays out in simple terms bold strategies designed to place the country on sound footing in each of these areas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: First Principles Subtitle: Five Keys to Restoring America's Prosperity Author: John B. Taylor Narrator: Ken Maxon Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 06-27-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Leading economist John B. Taylors straightforward plan to rebuild Americas economic future by returning to its founding principles. Americas economic future is uncertain. Mired in a long crippling economic slump and hamstrung by bitter partisan debate over the growing debt and the role of government, the nation faces substantial challenges, exacerbated by a dearth of vision and common sense among its leaders. Prominent Stanford economist John B. Taylor brings his steady voice of reason to the discussion with a natural solution: start with the countrys founding principles of economic and political freedom - limited government, rule of law, strong incentives, reliance on markets, a predictable policy framework - and reconstruct its economic foundation from these proven principles. Channeling his high-level experience as both a policymaker and researcher, Taylor then zeroes in on current policy issues - the budget, monetary policy, government regulation, tax reform - and lays out in simple terms bold strategies designed to place the country on sound footing in each of these areas. Members Reviews: Taylor didn't Thread his Themes I bought John Taylor's "First Principles: Five Keys to Restoring America's Prosperity" because George Schulz recommended it to Mitt Romney. I found the book a strong testament to the principles of Friedman and Hayek. Taylor's First Principles, or Five Keys, are listed and partially expanded in his first chapter: Predictable Policy Framework, Rule of Law, Strong Incentives, Reliance on Markets, and Clearly Limited Role of Government. He expands on the first and last two, but he fails to expand Strong Incentives. He equates these principles to economic freedom, and in turn to economic success. With these keys established as themes, I expected the book's structure to follow them even though "Incentives" was only partially introduced. The Table of Contents should have warned me otherwise. The book's structure is narrative, describing the how and why of our present economy with heavy emphasis on the role of Keynesian principles and interventions. Prescriptions for solutions are embedded in each narrative chapter. Although Taylor cites economic freedom frequently as motivation, he consistently misses opportunities to reiterate and reinforce, or thread, the five component themes of his title and first chapter into his narrative chapters. (For more on threading themes, go to [...].) The title of the final paragraph in the last chapter is "What Can Be Done?" This was Taylor's last, and lost, opportunity to return to his five themes. The prescriptive answer to this question is buried in each of the previous narrative chapters. It's a fine book for the narratives that contrast Friedman's and Hayek's principles with Keynes' principles and with current policies. I would have found the book more useful and powerful if Taylor had threaded his themes. A must read - a view we don't receive from the press This is a disturbing book but everyone should review the facts not from the media spin or from an administration that tell falsehoods, coverups and uses deception but from those who were involved at the time. A person might reject this book but only if they have an extreme bias and want to ignore history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Inflated-Audiobook/B00APOQYNS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Inflated Subtitle: How Money and Debt Built the American Dream Author: R. Christopher Whalen Narrator: Jake Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Americans as a whole view themselves as reasonably prudent and sober people when it comes to matters of money, reflecting the puritan roots of the earliest European settlers. Yet as a community, we also seem to believe that we are entitled to a lifestyle that is well-beyond our current income, a tendency that goes back to the earliest days of the United States and particularly to get-rich-quick experiences ranging from the Gold Rush of the 1840s to the real estate bubble of the early 21st Century. Inflated examines this apparent conflict and makes the argument that such a worldview is so ingrained in us that to expect the United States to live in a "deflated" world is simply unrealistic. It skillfully seeks to tell the story of money, inflation, and public debt as enduring (and perhaps endearing) features of American life, rather than something we can one day overcome as our policy makers constantly promise. biacuaduc@gmail.com (R. Christopher Whalen) Wed, 19 Dec 2012 23:58:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Inflated-Audiobook/B00APOQYNS thebookvoice.com 15:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Inflated Subtitle: How Money and Debt Built the American Dream Author: R. Christopher Whalen Narrator: Jake Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Americans as a whole view themselves as reasonably prudent and sober people when it comes to matters of money, reflecting the puritan roots of the earliest European settlers. Yet as a community, we also seem to believe that we are entitled to a lifestyle that is well-beyond our current income, a tendency that goes back to the earliest days of the United States and particularly to get-rich-quick experiences ranging from the Gold Rush of the 1840s to the real estate bubble of the early 21st Century. Inflated examines this apparent conflict and makes the argument that such a worldview is so ingrained in us that to expect the United States to live in a "deflated" world is simply unrealistic. It skillfully seeks to tell the story of money, inflation, and public debt as enduring (and perhaps endearing) features of American life, rather than something we can one day overcome as our policy makers constantly promise. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Inflated Subtitle: How Money and Debt Built the American Dream Author: R. Christopher Whalen Narrator: Jake Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Americans as a whole view themselves as reasonably prudent and sober people when it comes to matters of money, reflecting the puritan roots of the earliest European settlers. Yet as a community, we also seem to believe that we are entitled to a lifestyle that is well-beyond our current income, a tendency that goes back to the earliest days of the United States and particularly to get-rich-quick experiences ranging from the Gold Rush of the 1840s to the real estate bubble of the early 21st Century. Inflated examines this apparent conflict and makes the argument that such a worldview is so ingrained in us that to expect the United States to live in a "deflated" world is simply unrealistic. It skillfully seeks to tell the story of money, inflation, and public debt as enduring (and perhaps endearing) features of American life, rather than something we can one day overcome as our policy makers constantly promise. Members Reviews: US public finance history: clear, cogent walk-thru This book shows its clarity and usefulness, for example, in the clearest yet-seen (of about a dozen I have read) explanation of events from the close of the Civil War through the Gilded Age and Progressive era, from the standpoint of the managing of our currency (for better and worse). Alongside colorful personalities, the background is solidly told, moving across political parties, the development of big corporate business, plays of financial speculators (recognizable in parallel to today's rogues' gallery), various odd policies tried and abandoned, reactions of domestic and foreign players to these (sometimes boneheaded) moves, and so on. The financial panics of that era are very well explained, event by event but never tediously. The delivery is just colorful and personality-driven-enough, alongside good solid narratives connecting all the dots. It is like the ideal amount of sauce to make the food tasty, while still being nutritious. The book sustains this quality and tone throughout. An economics-centric history book can't lack some slant, some point of view. Keynes was so right about most of us laboring intellectually in the shadow of one or another dead economist. Such biases are inherent to history and economics, which are art (frequently artifice) and opinion as much as science. Everything is malleable, in service of some framework (note elsewhere Nassim Taleb's sometimes hilarious critiques of such "Procrustean beds".) To climb in this scholarly and intellectual discipline, I must often somewhat mute my objections for hours, listening for new slants (new to me), and then doing lots of rumination about it all. Here, the author's slant is toward Murray Rothbard's sort of libertarian/Austrian base, but to this author's credit, there is a humility and an open mind and voice that glides over much of what, in Rothbard, surfaces as sharp elbows and ideological rigidity. This author realizes there are other points of view, and that some of them are useful, in the various turns and reversals of messy real life, and these nuanced facets and sub-stories driven by various ideologies and perceptions help explain the (hi)story. As an example, the author gets points for including the preface by Nouriel Roubini in which Roubini openly disagrees with aspects of the author's approach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Down-the-Up-Escalator-Audiobook/B00C5ME3BS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Down the Up Escalator Subtitle: How the 99 Percent Live in the Great Recession Author: Barbara Garson Narrator: Jeanine Kane Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 04-02-13 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: One of our most incisive and committed journalistsauthor of the classic All the Livelong Dayshows us the real human cost of our economic follies. The Great Recession has thrown huge economic challenges at almost all Americans save the super-affluent few, and we are only now beginning to reckon up the human toll it is taking. Down the Up Escalator is an urgent dispatch from the front lines of our vast collective struggle to keep our heads above water and maybe evensomedayget ahead. Garson has interviewed an economically and geographically wide variety of Americans to show the painful waste in all this loss and insecurity, and describe how individuals are coping. Her broader historical focus, though, is on the causes and consequences of the long stagnation of wages and how it has resulted in an increasingly desperate reliance on credit and a series of ever-larger bubblesstocks, technology, real estate. This is no way to run an economy, or a democracy. From the members of the Pink Slip Club in New York, to a California home health-care aide on the eve of eviction, to a subprime mortgage broker who still thinks it could have worked, Down the Up Escalator presents a sobering picture of what happens to a society when it becomes economically organized to benefit only the very rich and the quick-buck speculators. But it also demonstrates the wit and resilience of ordinary Americansand why they deserve so much better than the hand theyve been dealt. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Barbara Garson) Tue, 02 Apr 2013 15:48:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Down-the-Up-Escalator-Audiobook/B00C5ME3BS thebookvoice.com 08:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Down the Up Escalator Subtitle: How the 99 Percent Live in the Great Recession Author: Barbara Garson Narrator: Jeanine Kane Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 04-02-13 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: One of our most incisive and committed journalistsauthor of the classic All the Livelong Dayshows us the real human cost of our economic follies. The Great Recession has thrown huge economic challenges at almost all Americans save the super-affluent few, and we are only now beginning to reckon up the human toll it is taking. Down the Up Escalator is an urgent dispatch from the front lines of our vast collective struggle to keep our heads above water and maybe evensomedayget ahead. Garson has interviewed an economically and geographically wide variety of Americans to show the painful waste in all this loss and insecurity, and describe how individuals are coping. Her broader historical focus, though, is on the causes and consequences of the long stagnation of wages and how it has resulted in an increasingly desperate reliance on credit and a series of ever-larger bubblesstocks, technology, real estate. This is no way to run an economy, or a democracy. From the members of the Pink Slip Club in New York, to a California home health-care aide on the eve of eviction, to a subprime mortgage broker who still thinks it could have worked, Down the Up Escalator presents a sobering picture of what happens to a society when it becomes economically organized to benefit only the very rich and the quick-buck speculators. But it also demonstrates the wit and resilience of ordinary Americansand why they deserve so much better than the hand theyve been dealt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Down the Up Escalator Subtitle: How the 99 Percent Live in the Great Recession Author: Barbara Garson Narrator: Jeanine Kane Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 04-02-13 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: One of our most incisive and committed journalistsauthor of the classic All the Livelong Dayshows us the real human cost of our economic follies. The Great Recession has thrown huge economic challenges at almost all Americans save the super-affluent few, and we are only now beginning to reckon up the human toll it is taking. Down the Up Escalator is an urgent dispatch from the front lines of our vast collective struggle to keep our heads above water and maybe evensomedayget ahead. Garson has interviewed an economically and geographically wide variety of Americans to show the painful waste in all this loss and insecurity, and describe how individuals are coping. Her broader historical focus, though, is on the causes and consequences of the long stagnation of wages and how it has resulted in an increasingly desperate reliance on credit and a series of ever-larger bubblesstocks, technology, real estate. This is no way to run an economy, or a democracy. From the members of the Pink Slip Club in New York, to a California home health-care aide on the eve of eviction, to a subprime mortgage broker who still thinks it could have worked, Down the Up Escalator presents a sobering picture of what happens to a society when it becomes economically organized to benefit only the very rich and the quick-buck speculators. But it also demonstrates the wit and resilience of ordinary Americansand why they deserve so much better than the hand theyve been dealt. Members Reviews: Well researched and written This book explores how middle-class Americans have been left behind in earnings and influence, with personal stories ranging from the deprived to the more affluent living on stock income and savings. All have seen their income reduced; many have lost homes due either to predation or foreclosure. Big banks, however, are continuing "business as usual", including continuing sales of derivatives. Personal stories of Americans during the Great Recession I would recommend this book to anyone wanting to understand the profound impact of the Great Recession and the decline of incomes for the 99% since 1980. She skillfully allows the Americans to express the impact of the past 30 yrs on their families and the lack of upward mobility. These were people who "played by the rules" but the rules kept changing and the economic shifts were persistently anti-worker. The author does a nice job of describing the living standards of Americans in the past 30 yrs. I found this book to be a "good read". Very informative on our e3conomic situation Real people, real problems on the job situation, housing, and savings in these trying times. This book reads like a good novel, easy to understand and helps make sense of the predicament most of us are in. I had read Richard Reich's Aftershock before this book, so had a historical perspective of the last 40+ years. If you want to learn more about the Great Recession, read Garson's book, then follow up with the people she interviews on her blog. A MUST READ Ms. Garson makes understanding the cause and effect of the Great Recession easily understandable. She weaves the information through real-life antidotes coupled with financial facts that any layperson can understand. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Logic-of-Life-Audiobook/B002V1O1F6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Logic of Life Subtitle: The Rational Economics of an Irrational World Author: Tim Harford Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Abridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 01-15-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: But Tim Harford, award-winning journalist and author of the best-selling The Undercover Economist, likes to spring surprises. In this deftly reasoned book, Harford argues that life is logical after all. Under the surface of everyday insanity, hidden incentives are at work, and Harford shows these incentives emerging in the most unlikely places. Using tools ranging from animal experiments to supercomputer simulations, an ambitious new breed of economist is trying to unlock the secrets of society. The Logic of Life is the first book to map out the astonishing insights and frustrating blind spots of this new economics in a way that anyone can enjoy. The Logic of Life presents an X-ray image of human life, stripping away the surface to show us a picture that is revealing, enthralling, and sometimes disturbing. The stories that emerge are not about data or equations but about people: the athlete who survived a shocking murder attempt, the computer geek who beat the hard-bitten poker pros, the economist who defied Henry Kissinger and faked an invasion of Berlin, the king who tried to buy off a revolution. Once you've read this quotable and addictive book, life will never look the same. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tim Harford) Tue, 15 Jan 2008 16:50:05 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Logic-of-Life-Audiobook/B002V1O1F6 thebookvoice.com 06:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Logic of Life Subtitle: The Rational Economics of an Irrational World Author: Tim Harford Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Abridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 01-15-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: But Tim Harford, award-winning journalist and author of the best-selling The Undercover Economist, likes to spring surprises. In this deftly reasoned book, Harford argues that life is logical after all. Under the surface of everyday insanity, hidden incentives are at work, and Harford shows these incentives emerging in the most unlikely places. Using tools ranging from animal experiments to supercomputer simulations, an ambitious new breed of economist is trying to unlock the secrets of society. The Logic of Life is the first book to map out the astonishing insights and frustrating blind spots of this new economics in a way that anyone can enjoy. The Logic of Life presents an X-ray image of human life, stripping away the surface to show us a picture that is revealing, enthralling, and sometimes disturbing. The stories that emerge are not about data or equations but about people: the athlete who survived a shocking murder attempt, the computer geek who beat the hard-bitten poker pros, the economist who defied Henry Kissinger and faked an invasion of Berlin, the king who tried to buy off a revolution. Once you've read this quotable and addictive book, life will never look the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Logic of Life Subtitle: The Rational Economics of an Irrational World Author: Tim Harford Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Abridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 01-15-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: But Tim Harford, award-winning journalist and author of the best-selling The Undercover Economist, likes to spring surprises. In this deftly reasoned book, Harford argues that life is logical after all. Under the surface of everyday insanity, hidden incentives are at work, and Harford shows these incentives emerging in the most unlikely places. Using tools ranging from animal experiments to supercomputer simulations, an ambitious new breed of economist is trying to unlock the secrets of society. The Logic of Life is the first book to map out the astonishing insights and frustrating blind spots of this new economics in a way that anyone can enjoy. The Logic of Life presents an X-ray image of human life, stripping away the surface to show us a picture that is revealing, enthralling, and sometimes disturbing. The stories that emerge are not about data or equations but about people: the athlete who survived a shocking murder attempt, the computer geek who beat the hard-bitten poker pros, the economist who defied Henry Kissinger and faked an invasion of Berlin, the king who tried to buy off a revolution. Once you've read this quotable and addictive book, life will never look the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Terror-Incorporated-Audiobook/B002V1AFQA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Terror, Incorporated Subtitle: Tracing the Dollars Behind the Terror Networks Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Napoleoni describes the "New Economy of Terror", "a fast-growing international economic system with a turnover of about $1.5 trillion [that] is challenging Western hegemony." It is made up of illegal businesses such as arms and narcotics trading and oil and diamond smuggling, as well as charitable donations and legal profits. Napoleoni reveals the interdependency between economies run by armed groups and Western economies. "As in the Crusades, religion is simply a recruitment tool; the real driving force is economics." Critic Reviews: "Avoiding the sometimes inflammatory political and religious rhetoric that characterizes many of the debates about terrorism, Napoleoni offers a sobering look at its economic roots." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Loretta Napoleoni) Thu, 17 Sep 2009 21:29:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Terror-Incorporated-Audiobook/B002V1AFQA thebookvoice.com 12:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Terror, Incorporated Subtitle: Tracing the Dollars Behind the Terror Networks Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Napoleoni describes the "New Economy of Terror", "a fast-growing international economic system with a turnover of about $1.5 trillion [that] is challenging Western hegemony." It is made up of illegal businesses such as arms and narcotics trading and oil and diamond smuggling, as well as charitable donations and legal profits. Napoleoni reveals the interdependency between economies run by armed groups and Western economies. "As in the Crusades, religion is simply a recruitment tool; the real driving force is economics." Critic Reviews: "Avoiding the sometimes inflammatory political and religious rhetoric that characterizes many of the debates about terrorism, Napoleoni offers a sobering look at its economic roots." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Terror, Incorporated Subtitle: Tracing the Dollars Behind the Terror Networks Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Napoleoni describes the "New Economy of Terror", "a fast-growing international economic system with a turnover of about $1.5 trillion [that] is challenging Western hegemony." It is made up of illegal businesses such as arms and narcotics trading and oil and diamond smuggling, as well as charitable donations and legal profits. Napoleoni reveals the interdependency between economies run by armed groups and Western economies. "As in the Crusades, religion is simply a recruitment tool; the real driving force is economics." Critic Reviews: "Avoiding the sometimes inflammatory political and religious rhetoric that characterizes many of the debates about terrorism, Napoleoni offers a sobering look at its economic roots." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Eye-opening This book walks through stories of a lot of individuals and their money and logistical arrangements on the way to major terror operations. The narrator has the perfect sober, rich voice and gravitas to deliver this content. The book really shines when the author pulls back and gives us an overview of the evolving world political economy after the fall of the USSR. While the west was congratulating itself, economic infrastructure all over the former communist-dominated world was withering. Where there had been political discipline (bad as it might have been in its way) and such things as regional arrangements allocating resources such as water, now these little atomized separatist groups were falling back into their enclosed, impoverished little zones. There were huge vacuums opening up in societies, on many levels, with large numbers of low-opportunity youths milling around, with nihilism, desperation and radicalization hovering and ready to take root. Along come the "right" people with money, an ideology, and bingo! Large swaths of the developing world fall into this atomized militia type condition, a breeding ground for radicalism. This is masterfully portrayed along with lots of particulars. This history of course lacks the very latest round of developments, but gives very meaningful history. As a part of my recent studies into money laundering and offshore finance, I was curious about the bank, BCCI, and this history goes that far back (into the 80s), This sort of context vastly improves my understanding of what is happening now. Great Read as always This was an incredibly well researched, and well written book. Napoleoni paints a clear picture of the development and relationships between terror networks, it is also very easy to listen to great narration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Capitalisms-Toxic-Assumptions-Audiobook/B00V3MD3YO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Capitalism's Toxic Assumptions Subtitle: Adam Smith's Seven Deadly Sins Author: Eve Poole Narrator: Christopher Oxford Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 03-26-15 Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In science no one believes the Earth is flat anymore. Economists, on the other hand, haven't budged from their original worldview. Market capitalism depends on seven big ideas: competition, the "invisible hand", utility, agency theory, pricing, shareholder value, and limited liability. These served the world well in the past, but over the years they have become cancerous and are slowly killing the system as a whole. Eve Poole argues that if you zoom in on any of these firm foundations, they start to blur and wobble. Here she offers alternative views for a healthier system. And looking at them together, it becomes clear why we're so stuck. The capitalist system masquerades as a machine programmed by experts, with only economists and governments qualified to tinker with it. But the market is just a mass of messages about supply and demand. The rich world shapes the market in its image because it has more "votes". So if we want to change the way things are, we don't need to wait for the experts; we can start now. In each chapter Poole shows how quiet action by consumers, investors, employees, and employers can make big changes by shifting behaviors and adjusting the way financial "votes" are cast in the market. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eve Poole) Thu, 26 Mar 2015 19:26:37 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Capitalisms-Toxic-Assumptions-Audiobook/B00V3MD3YO thebookvoice.com 06:04:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Capitalism's Toxic Assumptions Subtitle: Adam Smith's Seven Deadly Sins Author: Eve Poole Narrator: Christopher Oxford Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 03-26-15 Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In science no one believes the Earth is flat anymore. Economists, on the other hand, haven't budged from their original worldview. Market capitalism depends on seven big ideas: competition, the "invisible hand", utility, agency theory, pricing, shareholder value, and limited liability. These served the world well in the past, but over the years they have become cancerous and are slowly killing the system as a whole. Eve Poole argues that if you zoom in on any of these firm foundations, they start to blur and wobble. Here she offers alternative views for a healthier system. And looking at them together, it becomes clear why we're so stuck. The capitalist system masquerades as a machine programmed by experts, with only economists and governments qualified to tinker with it. But the market is just a mass of messages about supply and demand. The rich world shapes the market in its image because it has more "votes". So if we want to change the way things are, we don't need to wait for the experts; we can start now. In each chapter Poole shows how quiet action by consumers, investors, employees, and employers can make big changes by shifting behaviors and adjusting the way financial "votes" are cast in the market. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Capitalism's Toxic Assumptions Subtitle: Adam Smith's Seven Deadly Sins Author: Eve Poole Narrator: Christopher Oxford Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 03-26-15 Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In science no one believes the Earth is flat anymore. Economists, on the other hand, haven't budged from their original worldview. Market capitalism depends on seven big ideas: competition, the "invisible hand", utility, agency theory, pricing, shareholder value, and limited liability. These served the world well in the past, but over the years they have become cancerous and are slowly killing the system as a whole. Eve Poole argues that if you zoom in on any of these firm foundations, they start to blur and wobble. Here she offers alternative views for a healthier system. And looking at them together, it becomes clear why we're so stuck. The capitalist system masquerades as a machine programmed by experts, with only economists and governments qualified to tinker with it. But the market is just a mass of messages about supply and demand. The rich world shapes the market in its image because it has more "votes". So if we want to change the way things are, we don't need to wait for the experts; we can start now. In each chapter Poole shows how quiet action by consumers, investors, employees, and employers can make big changes by shifting behaviors and adjusting the way financial "votes" are cast in the market. Members Reviews: A Roadmap to protect against another collapse In 2008 when the Queen spoke to academics at the London School of Economics about the turmoil on the business markets she famously asked "Why did nobody notice it?" The massed ranks of mainly male economists were unable to answer her question. Seven years later despite many worthy books on the financial crisis the worlds community of economists remains incapable of using the evidence of the past to reliably provide any assurance to protect our future from another collapse. Until now. Along has come Dr Poole with a comprehensive reassessment of the flaws in modern capitalism and with a road map to guide the profession away from its worst ills. She has had the nerve (and intellect) to look at the fundamental laws of the dismal science and question them in the light of modern evidence derived from psychology and moral philosophy - remembering always that Adam Smith, the father of the invisible hand, wasnt an economist but was a moral philosopher whose work was taken up and interpreted by economists after he was dead when he couldnt easily answer back. Her conclusions about co-operation and not selfishness being a key aspect in the success of business enterprises should find support from Matt Ridley whose TED talk https://www.google.co.uk/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0CCQQyCkwAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.ted.com%2Ftalks%2Fmatt_ridley_when_ideas_have_sex%3Flanguage%3Den&ei=VfYgVce1OZDPaI-WgeAC&usg=AFQjCNEKToSGP_cOsilmEFltGsYfXaPwAA&sig2=XReqPeu4XFU9bpQD34WOcg&bvm=bv.89947451,d.d2s develops ideas Matt first cited in The Origins of Virtue Most importantly Dr Poole indicates ways in which we could re-engineer our business processes and corporate structures to stop the harm arising from the rampageous beast of raw capitalism whilst preserving all its best features. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-New-Era-in-Banking-Audiobook/B00R3S4RUG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A New Era in Banking Subtitle: The Landscape After the Battle Author: Angel Berges, Mauro F. Guillén, Juan Pedro Moreno, Emilio Ontiveros Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 12-17-14 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The financial crisis that began in 2007 triggered a break with banking practices of the past. Even as the crisis occurred, a broader set of economic, geopolitical, and technological forces were already reshaping the financial industry's transition from the twentieth to the 21st century. While these changes in the financial and global climate have led to a major overhaul of banking regulations and increased scrutiny of banks, they have also revealed opportunities for the development of a banking sector fit for the future. A New Era in Banking: The Landscape After the Battle identifies the main drivers of change at the heart of this wholesale transformation of the financial services industry. It examines the complex challenge for financial institutions to de-risk business models, reconnect with customers, and approach stakeholder value creation. Untangling the severe mutations that have taken place in the banking sector, A New Era in Banking, contextualizes these changes within larger trends that extend beyond the confines of the financial crisis. Banks are more vulnerable than ever to the crosscurrents of economic, demographic, regulatory, and technological change. However, by discussing how banks can operate as flexible, technology-enabled information businesses, A New Era in Banking advocates financial practices based not only on survival, but innovation. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Angel Berges) Wed, 17 Dec 2014 01:22:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-New-Era-in-Banking-Audiobook/B00R3S4RUG thebookvoice.com 05:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A New Era in Banking Subtitle: The Landscape After the Battle Author: Angel Berges, Mauro F. Guillén, Juan Pedro Moreno, Emilio Ontiveros Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 12-17-14 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The financial crisis that began in 2007 triggered a break with banking practices of the past. Even as the crisis occurred, a broader set of economic, geopolitical, and technological forces were already reshaping the financial industry's transition from the twentieth to the 21st century. While these changes in the financial and global climate have led to a major overhaul of banking regulations and increased scrutiny of banks, they have also revealed opportunities for the development of a banking sector fit for the future. A New Era in Banking: The Landscape After the Battle identifies the main drivers of change at the heart of this wholesale transformation of the financial services industry. It examines the complex challenge for financial institutions to de-risk business models, reconnect with customers, and approach stakeholder value creation. Untangling the severe mutations that have taken place in the banking sector, A New Era in Banking, contextualizes these changes within larger trends that extend beyond the confines of the financial crisis. Banks are more vulnerable than ever to the crosscurrents of economic, demographic, regulatory, and technological change. However, by discussing how banks can operate as flexible, technology-enabled information businesses, A New Era in Banking advocates financial practices based not only on survival, but innovation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A New Era in Banking Subtitle: The Landscape After the Battle Author: Angel Berges, Mauro F. Guillén, Juan Pedro Moreno, Emilio Ontiveros Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 12-17-14 Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The financial crisis that began in 2007 triggered a break with banking practices of the past. Even as the crisis occurred, a broader set of economic, geopolitical, and technological forces were already reshaping the financial industry's transition from the twentieth to the 21st century. While these changes in the financial and global climate have led to a major overhaul of banking regulations and increased scrutiny of banks, they have also revealed opportunities for the development of a banking sector fit for the future. A New Era in Banking: The Landscape After the Battle identifies the main drivers of change at the heart of this wholesale transformation of the financial services industry. It examines the complex challenge for financial institutions to de-risk business models, reconnect with customers, and approach stakeholder value creation. Untangling the severe mutations that have taken place in the banking sector, A New Era in Banking, contextualizes these changes within larger trends that extend beyond the confines of the financial crisis. Banks are more vulnerable than ever to the crosscurrents of economic, demographic, regulatory, and technological change. However, by discussing how banks can operate as flexible, technology-enabled information businesses, A New Era in Banking advocates financial practices based not only on survival, but innovation. Members Reviews: Solid, if elementary; some useful bits For those who have followed financial services and the trends in regulation since '08, a lot of this is not new. The narrator, with his blandly casual, unvarying bored yuppie intonations intensifies the feeling at moments of listening to an interminable corporate slide show; every single sentence (no exceptions) begins and ends in the exact same sound registers, and I get the feeling he was just clocking in and picking up a paycheck. The review of recent history was very pedestrian and unimaginative, and I didn't hear anything at all new until some time in the 30th minute. Maybe every half hour I heard something that really made me perk up. The fresher ideas (at least, fresher in my experience, having absorbed many of the big mainstream books on this area) involve thinking in new patterns about future growth and change in this industry. Though few sharp-etched answers are offered, and plenty of bromides are here about honoring all stakeholders (without really digging into how incentive structures can specifically and concretely change to get us there), the listener is invited to consider many directions and niches for banking in the near future, and some opportunities and dangers, from the community level to internationally. I don't regret hearing this one, though I will refrain from much, if any, "wow" response. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/50-Economics-Ideas-You-Really-Need-to-Know-Audiobook/B0085LQC8U Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 50 Economics Ideas You Really Need to Know Author: Edmund Conway Narrator: Nigel Anthony Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 05-31-12 Publisher: Quercus Publishing Plc Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Daily Telegraph economics editor Edmund Conway introduces and explains the central ideas of economics in a series of 50 clear and concise essays. Beginning with an exploration of the basic theories, such as Adam Smiths invisible hand, and concluding with the latest research into the links between wealth and happiness, he sheds light on all the essential topics needed to understand booms and busts, bulls and bears, and the way the world really works. Dont just have it on your desk; get it on your iPod and learn economics the smart way. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Edmund Conway) Thu, 31 May 2012 15:35:39 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/50-Economics-Ideas-You-Really-Need-to-Know-Audiobook/B0085LQC8U thebookvoice.com 06:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 50 Economics Ideas You Really Need to Know Author: Edmund Conway Narrator: Nigel Anthony Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 05-31-12 Publisher: Quercus Publishing Plc Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Daily Telegraph economics editor Edmund Conway introduces and explains the central ideas of economics in a series of 50 clear and concise essays. Beginning with an exploration of the basic theories, such as Adam Smiths invisible hand, and concluding with the latest research into the links between wealth and happiness, he sheds light on all the essential topics needed to understand booms and busts, bulls and bears, and the way the world really works. Dont just have it on your desk; get it on your iPod and learn economics the smart way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 50 Economics Ideas You Really Need to Know Author: Edmund Conway Narrator: Nigel Anthony Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 05-31-12 Publisher: Quercus Publishing Plc Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Daily Telegraph economics editor Edmund Conway introduces and explains the central ideas of economics in a series of 50 clear and concise essays. Beginning with an exploration of the basic theories, such as Adam Smiths invisible hand, and concluding with the latest research into the links between wealth and happiness, he sheds light on all the essential topics needed to understand booms and busts, bulls and bears, and the way the world really works. Dont just have it on your desk; get it on your iPod and learn economics the smart way. Members Reviews: Economics by the numbers Good brief reviews of key concepts in Economics and business. Obviously not enough here to become an expert on any one topic but a good high level summary of each topic. A reasonable introduction to the ideas of Economic A perfectly functional basic introduction to economics ideas. Lacking in any depth, but what does one expect with 50 distinct chapters crammed into a relatively short book? The style of the writing is not too grating, and it is well enough told. However, I don't think it is a patch on Tim Harford's 'The Undercover Economist Strikes Back', and I'd recommend that instead of this if you want a simple, entertaining introduction. Excellent book if you are interested in economics The narrater was very good. The chapters are interesting and to the point. Good read. Great introduction to economics Very digestible as chapters were short and too the point. complicated concepts were broken down and always backed up with easy to understand examples. Has definitely boosted my interest in economics for further reading (and listening). Technical principles, easy to consume structure Topics were covered with examples and stories that helped you understand and remember. With a nice summary of each economic idea. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blockchain-Audiobook/B072DVST5K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain Subtitle: The Technological Revolution That Will Change the World Author: Craig Cooper Narrator: R. Paul Matty Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 04-27-17 Publisher: Cooper Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Heard of bitcoin? Blockchain is actually far more than bitcoin. In fact, blockchain is hailed as the second coming of the Internet. Even in its infancy stage, it is taking the world by storm. The banks, the accounting firms and the financial companies are taking it seriously. But what is it and how does it affect us in our lives or our jobs? Is blockchain just another hyped up bubble or is it going to stay for real? Follow us through this book to understand blockchain and you decide whether it will affect us. This book will provide views from different perspective and hopes to let listeners understand the good and bad of the blockchain. After listening to the book, one should have a sound idea of what blockchain is and why is it such a huge phenomenon! biacuaduc@gmail.com (Craig Cooper) Thu, 27 Apr 2017 09:58:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blockchain-Audiobook/B072DVST5K thebookvoice.com 02:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain Subtitle: The Technological Revolution That Will Change the World Author: Craig Cooper Narrator: R. Paul Matty Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 04-27-17 Publisher: Cooper Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Heard of bitcoin? Blockchain is actually far more than bitcoin. In fact, blockchain is hailed as the second coming of the Internet. Even in its infancy stage, it is taking the world by storm. The banks, the accounting firms and the financial companies are taking it seriously. But what is it and how does it affect us in our lives or our jobs? Is blockchain just another hyped up bubble or is it going to stay for real? Follow us through this book to understand blockchain and you decide whether it will affect us. This book will provide views from different perspective and hopes to let listeners understand the good and bad of the blockchain. After listening to the book, one should have a sound idea of what blockchain is and why is it such a huge phenomenon! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain Subtitle: The Technological Revolution That Will Change the World Author: Craig Cooper Narrator: R. Paul Matty Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 04-27-17 Publisher: Cooper Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Heard of bitcoin? Blockchain is actually far more than bitcoin. In fact, blockchain is hailed as the second coming of the Internet. Even in its infancy stage, it is taking the world by storm. The banks, the accounting firms and the financial companies are taking it seriously. But what is it and how does it affect us in our lives or our jobs? Is blockchain just another hyped up bubble or is it going to stay for real? Follow us through this book to understand blockchain and you decide whether it will affect us. This book will provide views from different perspective and hopes to let listeners understand the good and bad of the blockchain. After listening to the book, one should have a sound idea of what blockchain is and why is it such a huge phenomenon! Members Reviews: An absolute gift to mankind Notice: 1. This book is not about Bitcoin. It is about Blockchain, of which Bitcoin is but one application. 2. I havent even finished it yet, but I just can not wait to review this audiobook! If you ever heard of the term dumbing it down. Or, perhaps they should have titled it Blockchain for Dummies. What is a block? What is a chain? What is block chain? What is Blockchain? What is cryptography? What is currency? What is crypto currency? This is how simple theyve broken it down, using also awesome analogies such as explaining Bitcoin to my grandmother using a normal dollar note as a block. Now I understand the real utility of Blockchain technology and why it is nearly guaranteed to change the way a whole lot of industries do business. This book is an absolute gift to mankind The worse narrated book I have listen to! I couldn't even get past chapter 2 with this book. The narrator is terrible. I will never buy another book that he narrates. Ruined by the narrator Couldn't finish this because of the terrible narration but someone who clearly does not have a clue what he is talking about. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Great-American-Foreclosure-Story-Audiobook/B00DO39GIM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Great American Foreclosure Story Subtitle: The Struggle for Justice and a Place to Call Home Author: Paul Kiel Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 07-30-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: ProPublicas mesmerizing and groundbreaking look at the national housing crisis, told through the lens of one woman whose story came to exemplify it. Sheila Ramoss story mirrors the lives of millions of Americans who have lost their homes since the beginning of the housing crisis in 2007. The Great American Foreclosure Story details with clarity and empathy the road that led Ramos and so many like her toward financial ruin. Once the owner of a small business and a home, Ramos fell on hard times. Predatory lending and denied loan-modification applications eventually sent her and her three grandchildren packing, leaving behind their house in Florida and winding up in a tent outside of Ramoss faraway hometown. Alongside Ramoss story are additional investigations by ProPublica reporter Paul Kiel and his colleagues Olga Pierce and Cora Currier documenting the systematic failures at banks, mortgage servicers, and government watchdogs that have exacerbated the countrys most severe foreclosure crisis since the Great Depression. Drawing from whistleblower testimonies, extensive homeowner databases, and a trove of underlying data, The Great American Foreclosure Story is a comprehensive and unrivaled look at the housing crisis, and its continuing human toll. Editorial Reviews: Since the foreclosure crisis began in 2008, nearly 4 million Americans have lost their homes. Foreclosures, as author Paul Kiel points out in his riveting The Great American Foreclosure Story, "is failure". How did America allow failure on such a grand scale? Performed as an impassioned but reasonable plea by Gregory St. John, Kiels piece of long-form reportage uses one homeowner, Sheila Ramos, as a vehicle through which listeners may have a firsthand experience of foreclosures horrors. In one year, Ramos went from a three bedroom house with her three grandchildren to squatting in a tent outside city limits. The Great American Foreclosure Story is a nightmare of predatory lending, denied loans, and government failure, and is a significant contribution to understanding American experience today. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Kiel) Tue, 30 Jul 2013 04:51:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Great-American-Foreclosure-Story-Audiobook/B00DO39GIM thebookvoice.com 02:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Great American Foreclosure Story Subtitle: The Struggle for Justice and a Place to Call Home Author: Paul Kiel Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 07-30-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: ProPublicas mesmerizing and groundbreaking look at the national housing crisis, told through the lens of one woman whose story came to exemplify it. Sheila Ramoss story mirrors the lives of millions of Americans who have lost their homes since the beginning of the housing crisis in 2007. The Great American Foreclosure Story details with clarity and empathy the road that led Ramos and so many like her toward financial ruin. Once the owner of a small business and a home, Ramos fell on hard times. Predatory lending and denied loan-modification applications eventually sent her and her three grandchildren packing, leaving behind their house in Florida and winding up in a tent outside of Ramoss faraway hometown. Alongside Ramoss story are additional investigations by ProPublica reporter Paul Kiel and his colleagues Olga Pierce and Cora Currier documenting the systematic failures at banks, mortgage servicers, and government watchdogs that have exacerbated the countrys most severe foreclosure crisis since the Great Depression. Drawing from whistleblower testimonies, extensive homeowner databases, and a trove of underlying data, The Great American Foreclosure Story is a comprehensive and unrivaled look at the housing crisis, and its continuing human toll. Editorial Reviews: Since the foreclosure crisis began in 2008, nearly 4 million Americans have lost their homes. Foreclosures, as author Paul Kiel points out in his riveting The Great American Foreclosure Story, "is failure". How did America allow failure on such a grand scale? Performed as an impassioned but reasonable plea by Gregory St. John, Kiels piece of long-form reportage uses one homeowner, Sheila Ramos, as a vehicle through which listeners may have a firsthand experience of foreclosures horrors. In one year, Ramos went from a three bedroom house with her three grandchildren to squatting in a tent outside city limits. The Great American Foreclosure Story is a nightmare of predatory lending, denied loans, and government failure, and is a significant contribution to understanding American experience today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Great American Foreclosure Story Subtitle: The Struggle for Justice and a Place to Call Home Author: Paul Kiel Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 07-30-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: ProPublicas mesmerizing and groundbreaking look at the national housing crisis, told through the lens of one woman whose story came to exemplify it. Sheila Ramoss story mirrors the lives of millions of Americans who have lost their homes since the beginning of the housing crisis in 2007. The Great American Foreclosure Story details with clarity and empathy the road that led Ramos and so many like her toward financial ruin. Once the owner of a small business and a home, Ramos fell on hard times. Predatory lending and denied loan-modification applications eventually sent her and her three grandchildren packing, leaving behind their house in Florida and winding up in a tent outside of Ramoss faraway hometown. Alongside Ramoss story are additional investigations by ProPublica reporter Paul Kiel and his colleagues Olga Pierce and Cora Currier documenting the systematic failures at banks, mortgage servicers, and government watchdogs that have exacerbated the countrys most severe foreclosure crisis since the Great Depression. Drawing from whistleblower testimonies, extensive homeowner databases, and a trove of underlying data, The Great American Foreclosure Story is a comprehensive and unrivaled look at the housing crisis, and its continuing human toll. Editorial Reviews: Since the foreclosure crisis began in 2008, nearly 4 million Americans have lost their homes. Foreclosures, as author Paul Kiel points out in his riveting The Great American Foreclosure Story, "is failure". How did America allow failure on such a grand scale? Performed as an impassioned but reasonable plea by Gregory St. John, Kiels piece of long-form reportage uses one homeowner, Sheila Ramos, as a vehicle through which listeners may have a firsthand experience of foreclosures horrors. In one year, Ramos went from a three bedroom house with her three grandchildren to squatting in a tent outside city limits. The Great American Foreclosure Story is a nightmare of predatory lending, denied loans, and government failure, and is a significant contribution to understanding American experience today. Members Reviews: READ THIS BOOK TO WATCH THE HOUSING MARKET IMPLODE FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF A SINGLE INDIVIDUAL CAUGHT IN AN ECONOMIC STORM! I try to be fair in all my reviews so I always re-evaluate myself before writing a review in hopes I keep objectivity. I am an autistic man who was told he is and was retarded or defective all my life. When I read about otherwise normal people in poverty making really bad investment and or realestate decisions, even I wouldn't make I immediately think WOW they are so beyond retarded. It's taken me a while to realize that good people of sound mind often make horrible decisions I know enough to avoid. The main character in The Great American Foreclosure Story made some really horrible decisions that I would have never made. If you read The Great American Foreclosure Story with only the cold light of logic as your guide, the main character sounds like a damn fool who deserved to lose her money. It is only a compassionate reading of The Great American Foreclosure Story that unlocks the human side of the foreclosure. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Fifteen-Biggest-Lies-About-the-Economy-Audiobook/B00AI0GSX0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fifteen Biggest Lies About the Economy Subtitle: And Everything Else the Right Doesn't Want You to Know About Taxes, Jobs, and Corporate America Author: Joshua Holland Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-12 Publisher: Turner Publishing Company Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: AlterNet editor Joshua Holland demolishes the Right's biggest and most outrageous myths about the economy. Taxes kill growth. Labor unions hurt their members. Government regulation destroys jobs. These are just a few of the biggest lies in the web of misinformation spun by conservatives and the chamber of commerce. Holland's book dissects each malicious fiction to show how the Right is just plain wrong on the economy, wrong on jobs, wrong on the deficit, wrong on taxes, wrong on trade. With the economy set to be the driving issue before and after the 2010 midterm elections, The Fifteen Biggest Lies about the Economy sets the record straight on every part of the conservatives' economic agenda. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joshua Holland) Wed, 05 Dec 2012 04:10:49 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Fifteen-Biggest-Lies-About-the-Economy-Audiobook/B00AI0GSX0 thebookvoice.com 09:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fifteen Biggest Lies About the Economy Subtitle: And Everything Else the Right Doesn't Want You to Know About Taxes, Jobs, and Corporate America Author: Joshua Holland Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-12 Publisher: Turner Publishing Company Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: AlterNet editor Joshua Holland demolishes the Right's biggest and most outrageous myths about the economy. Taxes kill growth. Labor unions hurt their members. Government regulation destroys jobs. These are just a few of the biggest lies in the web of misinformation spun by conservatives and the chamber of commerce. Holland's book dissects each malicious fiction to show how the Right is just plain wrong on the economy, wrong on jobs, wrong on the deficit, wrong on taxes, wrong on trade. With the economy set to be the driving issue before and after the 2010 midterm elections, The Fifteen Biggest Lies about the Economy sets the record straight on every part of the conservatives' economic agenda. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fifteen Biggest Lies About the Economy Subtitle: And Everything Else the Right Doesn't Want You to Know About Taxes, Jobs, and Corporate America Author: Joshua Holland Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-12 Publisher: Turner Publishing Company Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: AlterNet editor Joshua Holland demolishes the Right's biggest and most outrageous myths about the economy. Taxes kill growth. Labor unions hurt their members. Government regulation destroys jobs. These are just a few of the biggest lies in the web of misinformation spun by conservatives and the chamber of commerce. Holland's book dissects each malicious fiction to show how the Right is just plain wrong on the economy, wrong on jobs, wrong on the deficit, wrong on taxes, wrong on trade. With the economy set to be the driving issue before and after the 2010 midterm elections, The Fifteen Biggest Lies about the Economy sets the record straight on every part of the conservatives' economic agenda. Members Reviews: Good fodder for arguing with conservatives. The full title of this book is "The Fifteen Biggest Lies about the Economy and Everything Else the Right Doesn't Want You to Know about Taxes, Jobs, and Corporate America," which, I'm sure you will agree, is something of a mouthful. Written by a senior writer-editor at Alternet, this is a solidly Leftist book. Which is fine by me. The lies, in order, each given a chapter, are: ...that limited government means anything would be better for you, personally. ...that America is still the land of opportunity. ...that modern markets exist without government. ...that tax cuts are a magic bullet for the economy. ...that there is a budget apocalypse just over the horizon. ...that women choose motherhood over work (or vice versa). ...that we have, or had (pre-Obamacare), the greatest health care in the world. ...that those poor oppressed corporations need saving from that socialist Obama. ...that environmental activist want to ruin the economy. ...that more progressive governments are always on the brink of bankruptcy. ...that a border-crossing Mexican stole your job. ...that the U.S. economy is a postracial meritocracy. ...that organized labor is corrupt, lazy, and an artifact of a different age. ...that corporations want fewer rules and everyone else is an isolationist Luddite. This last one is fascinating; Holland shows in detail how "Free Trade" agreements are bad for both developed and developing economies. Actually, they're all fascinating, and together they debunk a lot of the crap the Right's noise machine puts out daily. It's readable, fairly dense with examples and numbers, and thoroughly feetnoted. I recommend it to anyone with a "conservative" friend. (Note: this book is five years old; some of its facts need updating before use in argument.) A must-read for all frazzled liberals and the dwindling middle class If you are tired of listening to your plumber rant on using Rush Limbaugh's or FOX news lies-repeated-so-often-they-become-facts, this book will give you all the ammo you need to know to counter any verbal onslaught. Tackling every aspect of life in the USA using historical perspective, compact analysis, precise statistics, and wry wit, this easy to read paperback will refresh your spirit and give you the big picture you need to make important political decisions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blockchain-Audiobook/B074PV3L9M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain Subtitle: Beginners Guide to Understanding the Revolutional Technology Behind Bitcoin! Author: Daniel Kilsby Narrator: Mark Rossman Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-16-17 Publisher: Daniel Kilsby Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Are you ready to discover the secrets of blockchain technology? Would you like to learn what the blockchain is and how it can be used in the financial world, as well as in non-financial sectors of industry? If you answered "Yes!" then this is the book for you! Using terminology that is aimed at a non-technical reader, it gives those without a tech background an opportunity to understand how the blockchain works and how it will change the lives of everyone in the entire world. Never before has there been a way to safely and securely transmit data that is not only easily, the most accurate and tamper-proof, but also the fastest and most efficient method of any type of data transfer that has ever been imagined. You will learn: It also covers: The author takes listeners through a brief history of cryptography and how data encryption evolves into blockchain technologies, bitcoin, and distributed ledgers. With easy to use examples and easy to follow writing, listeners with any level of technical ability will be able to easily understand how it works and how it can and will impact their lives. This is not some possible future, no science fiction novel. This is reality. This is now. This is blockchain. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel Kilsby) Wed, 16 Aug 2017 20:39:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blockchain-Audiobook/B074PV3L9M thebookvoice.com 01:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain Subtitle: Beginners Guide to Understanding the Revolutional Technology Behind Bitcoin! Author: Daniel Kilsby Narrator: Mark Rossman Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-16-17 Publisher: Daniel Kilsby Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Are you ready to discover the secrets of blockchain technology? Would you like to learn what the blockchain is and how it can be used in the financial world, as well as in non-financial sectors of industry? If you answered "Yes!" then this is the book for you! Using terminology that is aimed at a non-technical reader, it gives those without a tech background an opportunity to understand how the blockchain works and how it will change the lives of everyone in the entire world. Never before has there been a way to safely and securely transmit data that is not only easily, the most accurate and tamper-proof, but also the fastest and most efficient method of any type of data transfer that has ever been imagined. You will learn: It also covers: The author takes listeners through a brief history of cryptography and how data encryption evolves into blockchain technologies, bitcoin, and distributed ledgers. With easy to use examples and easy to follow writing, listeners with any level of technical ability will be able to easily understand how it works and how it can and will impact their lives. This is not some possible future, no science fiction novel. This is reality. This is now. This is blockchain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain Subtitle: Beginners Guide to Understanding the Revolutional Technology Behind Bitcoin! Author: Daniel Kilsby Narrator: Mark Rossman Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 08-16-17 Publisher: Daniel Kilsby Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Are you ready to discover the secrets of blockchain technology? Would you like to learn what the blockchain is and how it can be used in the financial world, as well as in non-financial sectors of industry? If you answered "Yes!" then this is the book for you! Using terminology that is aimed at a non-technical reader, it gives those without a tech background an opportunity to understand how the blockchain works and how it will change the lives of everyone in the entire world. Never before has there been a way to safely and securely transmit data that is not only easily, the most accurate and tamper-proof, but also the fastest and most efficient method of any type of data transfer that has ever been imagined. You will learn: It also covers: The author takes listeners through a brief history of cryptography and how data encryption evolves into blockchain technologies, bitcoin, and distributed ledgers. With easy to use examples and easy to follow writing, listeners with any level of technical ability will be able to easily understand how it works and how it can and will impact their lives. This is not some possible future, no science fiction novel. This is reality. This is now. This is blockchain. Members Reviews: even worse, a theoretical chain as the basis for examination A blockchain is enigmatic, yet itâs the hottest thing in Fintech. How is it that we are flooded with wild claims about what blockchains can do, but very few books can describe them in a coherent way. This is my top choice for basics of blockchain. A lot of people try to disparage bitcoinâs blockchain, but letâs not forget bitcoinâs blockchain is the oldest, the most secure, the most stable, and it holds the most value. Itâs only rational to use bitcoinâs blockchain as the standard by which to judge others. Itâd be counterproductive to use a less successful chain or, even worse, a theoretical chain as the basis for examination. Kindly know where to start in order to avoid future mistakes. Bitcoin is becoming one of the accepted currencies around the ... Bitcoin is becoming one of the accepted currencies around the world and its acceptance is increasing daily.The book will help you understand the technology and principles guiding Blockchain and you can maximize profit while trading with Blockchain. Highly recommend that book for everyone! Well written book, everything is good explained about how it works, how to register wallet, keep Bitcoins secure, investing, trading. really funny way - âBitcoins are made when one bit and one coin love each other very muchâ Informative! Very informative. The blockchain is a global database used in the bitcoin system which records all transactions that have taken place in the Bitcoin network. It also keeps track of new bitcoins as they are generated as well. The goal of this is to teach the reader all that he/she needs to know about the blockchain technology and how to dive right into it to enjoy the benefits that stems from this particular technology. An understandable explanation of block chain technology and crypto-currencies This ebook would have benefitted from graphics, tighter/more cohesive content organization and a good editor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Philanthropy-Matters-Audiobook/B00CHRB7QU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Why Philanthropy Matters Subtitle: How the Wealthy Give, and What It Means for Our Economic Well-Being Author: Zoltan J. Acs Narrator: David Rapkin Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 05-10-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Philanthropy has long been a distinctive feature of American culture, but its crucial role in the economic well-being of the nation - and the world - has remained largely unexplored. Why Philanthropy Matters takes an in-depth look at philanthropy as an underappreciated force in capitalism, measures its critical influence on the free-market system, and demonstrates how American philanthropy could serve as a model for the productive reinvestment of wealth in other countries. Factoring in philanthropic cycles that help balance the economy, Zoltan Acs offers a richer picture of capitalism, and a more accurate backdrop for considering policies that would promote the capitalist system for the good of all. Examining the dynamics of American-style capitalism since the eighteenth century, Acs argues that philanthropy achieves three critical outcomes. It deals with the question of what to do with wealth - keep it, tax it, or give it away. It complements government in creating public goods. And, by focusing on education, science, and medicine, philanthropy has a positive effect on economic growth and productivity. Acs describes how individuals such as Benjamin Franklin, Andrew Carnegie, Bill Gates, and Oprah Winfrey have used their wealth to establish institutions and promote knowledge, and Acs shows how philanthropy has given an edge to capitalism by promoting vital forces - like university research - necessary for technological innovation, economic equality, and economic security. Philanthropy also serves as a guide for countries with less flexible capitalist institutions, and Acs makes the case for a larger, global philanthropic culture. Providing a new perspective on the development of capitalism, Why Philanthropy Matters highlights philanthropy's critical links to the economic progress, health, and future of the United States - and beyond. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Zoltan J. Acs) Fri, 10 May 2013 01:42:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Philanthropy-Matters-Audiobook/B00CHRB7QU thebookvoice.com 07:02:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Why Philanthropy Matters Subtitle: How the Wealthy Give, and What It Means for Our Economic Well-Being Author: Zoltan J. Acs Narrator: David Rapkin Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 05-10-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Philanthropy has long been a distinctive feature of American culture, but its crucial role in the economic well-being of the nation - and the world - has remained largely unexplored. Why Philanthropy Matters takes an in-depth look at philanthropy as an underappreciated force in capitalism, measures its critical influence on the free-market system, and demonstrates how American philanthropy could serve as a model for the productive reinvestment of wealth in other countries. Factoring in philanthropic cycles that help balance the economy, Zoltan Acs offers a richer picture of capitalism, and a more accurate backdrop for considering policies that would promote the capitalist system for the good of all. Examining the dynamics of American-style capitalism since the eighteenth century, Acs argues that philanthropy achieves three critical outcomes. It deals with the question of what to do with wealth - keep it, tax it, or give it away. It complements government in creating public goods. And, by focusing on education, science, and medicine, philanthropy has a positive effect on economic growth and productivity. Acs describes how individuals such as Benjamin Franklin, Andrew Carnegie, Bill Gates, and Oprah Winfrey have used their wealth to establish institutions and promote knowledge, and Acs shows how philanthropy has given an edge to capitalism by promoting vital forces - like university research - necessary for technological innovation, economic equality, and economic security. Philanthropy also serves as a guide for countries with less flexible capitalist institutions, and Acs makes the case for a larger, global philanthropic culture. Providing a new perspective on the development of capitalism, Why Philanthropy Matters highlights philanthropy's critical links to the economic progress, health, and future of the United States - and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Why Philanthropy Matters Subtitle: How the Wealthy Give, and What It Means for Our Economic Well-Being Author: Zoltan J. Acs Narrator: David Rapkin Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 05-10-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Philanthropy has long been a distinctive feature of American culture, but its crucial role in the economic well-being of the nation - and the world - has remained largely unexplored. Why Philanthropy Matters takes an in-depth look at philanthropy as an underappreciated force in capitalism, measures its critical influence on the free-market system, and demonstrates how American philanthropy could serve as a model for the productive reinvestment of wealth in other countries. Factoring in philanthropic cycles that help balance the economy, Zoltan Acs offers a richer picture of capitalism, and a more accurate backdrop for considering policies that would promote the capitalist system for the good of all. Examining the dynamics of American-style capitalism since the eighteenth century, Acs argues that philanthropy achieves three critical outcomes. It deals with the question of what to do with wealth - keep it, tax it, or give it away. It complements government in creating public goods. And, by focusing on education, science, and medicine, philanthropy has a positive effect on economic growth and productivity. Acs describes how individuals such as Benjamin Franklin, Andrew Carnegie, Bill Gates, and Oprah Winfrey have used their wealth to establish institutions and promote knowledge, and Acs shows how philanthropy has given an edge to capitalism by promoting vital forces - like university research - necessary for technological innovation, economic equality, and economic security. Philanthropy also serves as a guide for countries with less flexible capitalist institutions, and Acs makes the case for a larger, global philanthropic culture. Providing a new perspective on the development of capitalism, Why Philanthropy Matters highlights philanthropy's critical links to the economic progress, health, and future of the United States - and beyond. Members Reviews: Very little relevance to the title. Is there anything you would change about this book? As there little relevance in the book to the title, it is quite dissapointing in terms of content as it hovers broadly over a wide scope of subjects ranging from the historic development of the US economy to the evolution and current needs of the education system... with occasional links back to Philanthropy. Would you recommend Why Philanthropy Matters to your friends? Why or why not? I would not recommend this book as a relevant piece of litterature concerning contemporary Philanthropy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Reputation-Game-Audiobook/B075QPFL82 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Reputation Game Author: Rupert Younger, David Waller Narrator: Mark Topping Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 10-05-17 Publisher: Whole Story Audiobooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Through pioneering research and interviews with a host of major figures, ranging from Jay-Z and LinkedIn cofounder Reid Hoffman to Bernie Madoff and Man Booker Prize-winning Hilary Mantel, Waller and Younger reveal the key mechanisms that make and remake our reputations, providing the essential guide to the most important game in business and in life. Critic Reviews: "You'll learn why reputations are more valuable than money; you'll learn how they're built and tended and enriched; and how, if neglected, they can catastrophically implode." (Sir Martin Sorrell, CEO WPP) "This book shows us that no matter who you are, your industry or hustle, reputational capital is at the centre of success or failure." (Steve Stoute, CEO Translation LLC) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rupert Younger) Thu, 05 Oct 2017 06:51:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Reputation-Game-Audiobook/B075QPFL82 thebookvoice.com 09:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Reputation Game Author: Rupert Younger, David Waller Narrator: Mark Topping Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 10-05-17 Publisher: Whole Story Audiobooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Through pioneering research and interviews with a host of major figures, ranging from Jay-Z and LinkedIn cofounder Reid Hoffman to Bernie Madoff and Man Booker Prize-winning Hilary Mantel, Waller and Younger reveal the key mechanisms that make and remake our reputations, providing the essential guide to the most important game in business and in life. Critic Reviews: "You'll learn why reputations are more valuable than money; you'll learn how they're built and tended and enriched; and how, if neglected, they can catastrophically implode." (Sir Martin Sorrell, CEO WPP) "This book shows us that no matter who you are, your industry or hustle, reputational capital is at the centre of success or failure." (Steve Stoute, CEO Translation LLC) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Reputation Game Author: Rupert Younger, David Waller Narrator: Mark Topping Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 10-05-17 Publisher: Whole Story Audiobooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Through pioneering research and interviews with a host of major figures, ranging from Jay-Z and LinkedIn cofounder Reid Hoffman to Bernie Madoff and Man Booker Prize-winning Hilary Mantel, Waller and Younger reveal the key mechanisms that make and remake our reputations, providing the essential guide to the most important game in business and in life. Critic Reviews: "You'll learn why reputations are more valuable than money; you'll learn how they're built and tended and enriched; and how, if neglected, they can catastrophically implode." (Sir Martin Sorrell, CEO WPP) "This book shows us that no matter who you are, your industry or hustle, reputational capital is at the centre of success or failure." (Steve Stoute, CEO Translation LLC) Members Reviews: and for doing better for their clients than the competition Your reputation and that of your company are more valuable than money. We are all playing with both of these reputations, so knowing how the game works â its rules and winning strategies are essential. The reason I have always noted the qualifications of the authors of the books I review, is because there are so many books available of widely varying quality. If the issue is critical to business success, the authorâs gravitas is in that area is essential. The authors of The Reputation Game tick all the boxes: Waller wrote for the Financial Times, and currently consults to companies and governments on reputational issues. Younger is the founder director of Oxford Universityâs Centre for Corporate Reputation. Reputation is different from marketing, PR, branding, status or image. What others say about us will affect our ability to achieve, even if what they say is nothing more than gossip. You will need to clarify the kind of reputation you want, for doing what, and with whom. Goldman Sachs, for example, is simultaneously reviled and revered. The reason for this contradiction lies in the simple fact that we all have multiple reputations, each of them for something, with someone. Goldmanâs success is built on the quality of their (generously rewarded) people, and for doing better for their clients than the competition. The bank will only become concerned with criticism from politicians and regulators, which might have implications for its business. âThere are three âdiceâ in the reputation game,â the authors explain, âbehaviours, networks and narratives.â Your behaviour, and that of your company, send signals about what others can expect from you. But behaviour and reputation are always intermediated by perception. The Mafiaâs reputation for violence forced customers to fall into line, and violent families accumulated significantly more wealth and territory than the peaceful ones. However, over time the mobâs need to carry out the beatings, arson attacks and even murders necessary to maintain their reputation, declined. The perception matters enough. The Special Air Service (SAS) is perceived to be one of the most effective fighting forces in the world. This small team of ruthless, highly trained soldiers could be more effective than an entire regiment. Their reputation has material value. It attracts the very best soldiers in the British Army, and acts as a valuable psychological deterrent for the enemy. There are two parts to the behaviour component of reputation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B0741SSWFZ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: A Simple Introduction Author: Eric Morse Narrator: Kevin Gisi Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-17 Publisher: Eric Morse Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Understand the basics of bitcoin. Bitcoin is a revolutionary digital currency that is transforming money as we know it, but understanding it can be daunting for the average user. Not anymore! This book strips away the complexity and teaches the basics of bitcoin in simple, easy-to-understand language. It is not a textbook. It is a non-technical primer that answers the most common and important questions new users have about bitcoin. No jargon. No technobabble. No previous technical knowledge required. Answers you will find in this book: And you won't feel like you're learning another language or getting a degree in computer science! Prerequisites: None! If you have ever bought anything online, you already have what it takes to understand this book and learn the basics of bitcoin. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eric Morse) Thu, 20 Jul 2017 14:20:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B0741SSWFZ thebookvoice.com 01:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: A Simple Introduction Author: Eric Morse Narrator: Kevin Gisi Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-17 Publisher: Eric Morse Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Understand the basics of bitcoin. Bitcoin is a revolutionary digital currency that is transforming money as we know it, but understanding it can be daunting for the average user. Not anymore! This book strips away the complexity and teaches the basics of bitcoin in simple, easy-to-understand language. It is not a textbook. It is a non-technical primer that answers the most common and important questions new users have about bitcoin. No jargon. No technobabble. No previous technical knowledge required. Answers you will find in this book: And you won't feel like you're learning another language or getting a degree in computer science! Prerequisites: None! If you have ever bought anything online, you already have what it takes to understand this book and learn the basics of bitcoin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: A Simple Introduction Author: Eric Morse Narrator: Kevin Gisi Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-17 Publisher: Eric Morse Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Understand the basics of bitcoin. Bitcoin is a revolutionary digital currency that is transforming money as we know it, but understanding it can be daunting for the average user. Not anymore! This book strips away the complexity and teaches the basics of bitcoin in simple, easy-to-understand language. It is not a textbook. It is a non-technical primer that answers the most common and important questions new users have about bitcoin. No jargon. No technobabble. No previous technical knowledge required. Answers you will find in this book: And you won't feel like you're learning another language or getting a degree in computer science! Prerequisites: None! If you have ever bought anything online, you already have what it takes to understand this book and learn the basics of bitcoin. Members Reviews: excellent book Excellent book! I have to admit that I never heard of Bitcoin and how you can make money with them. The author's guide explains exactly what Bitcoin is, how it works and how you can obtain Bitcoin, store them safely, spend, and invest them. Keep in mind that this is not one of those get rich quick scheme. It takes hard work to implement the whole concept, but it's legit and easy to understand. I highly recommend this to beginner. Such a great resource! Informative This book covers everything you could want to know about the technical aspects Bitcoin. Well written, easy to read, and covers the key concepts you need to know. So far, this is the best book I have ever read on the subject. I thoroughly enjoyed this book. This is definitely the Bitcoin book to get if you are interested in the inner workings of Bitcoin. Surprised How Easy It Was ... This book was so good! It was an easy read, and I was surprised how easy it was to understand the whole Bitcoin concept. I don't know this author, but I'm going to see if he's written anything else on the subject. If you have no clue what Bitcoin is or are new to the whole concept of cryptocurrency, I'd definitely recommend that you start here. Excellent beginners introduction I really appreciated this quick read on introducing the world of Bitcoin. I learned a lot from it and feel I am better informed. It is definitely a simple introduction which has led me to want to learn more. I hope the author considers taking on the task of writing a book at the next intermediary level. Although I appreciated the recommendations he made for getting further info online at the end of the book. worthwhile read. I knew nothing about Bitcoins before picking up this book. I know a lot more now and understanding the subject a bit more leaves me better informed about this relatively new and slightly worrying phenomenon. I found the book to be a worthwhile read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Fight-Is-Our-Fight-Audiobook/B071QWFH49 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Fight Is Our Fight Subtitle: The Battle to Save Working People Author: Elizabeth Warren Narrator: Elizabeth Warren Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 05-04-17 Publisher: HarperCollins Publishers Limited Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: 'Nevertheless, she persisted' has become a rallying cry for millions of those fed up with phony promises and governments that no longer serve their people. In this passionate, inspiring book, fiery US senator and best-selling author Elizabeth Warren argues for a fair future for ordinary working people. Join the fight! Senator Elizabeth Warren has long been an outspoken champion of working people, and by the time the people of Massachusetts elected her in 2012, she had become one of the country's leading progressive voices. Now, at a perilous moment for our nation, she has written a book that is at once an illuminating account of how, after the wreckage of the Great Depression, a society was built that offered opportunity, a scathing indictment of those who have spent the past 35 years undermining working families and a rousing call to action. Warren grew up in Oklahoma, and she's never forgotten how difficult it was for her mother and father to hold on at the ragged edge of the lower middle class. An educational system that offered opportunities for all made it possible for her to achieve her dream of going to college, becoming a teacher, and, later, attending law school. But now, for many, these kinds of opportunities are gone, and a government that once looked out for working families is instead captive to the rich and powerful. Seventy-five years ago, President Franklin Roosevelt and his New Deal ushered in an age of widespread prosperity; in the 1980s President Ronald Reagan reversed course and sold the country on the disastrous fiction called trickle-down economics. Now, with the election of Donald Trump - a con artist who promised to drain the swamp of special interests and then surrounded himself with billionaires and lobbyists - the middle class is being pushed ever closer to collapse. Written in the candid, high-spirited voice that is Warren's trademark, This Fight Is Our Fight tells eye-opening stories about her battles in the Senate and vividly describes the experiences of hardworking people who have too often been given the short end of the stick. Elizabeth Warren has had enough of phony promises and a government that no longer serves its people - she won't sit down, she won't be silenced, and she will fight back. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Elizabeth Warren) Thu, 04 May 2017 03:42:38 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Fight-Is-Our-Fight-Audiobook/B071QWFH49 thebookvoice.com 10:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Fight Is Our Fight Subtitle: The Battle to Save Working People Author: Elizabeth Warren Narrator: Elizabeth Warren Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 05-04-17 Publisher: HarperCollins Publishers Limited Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: 'Nevertheless, she persisted' has become a rallying cry for millions of those fed up with phony promises and governments that no longer serve their people. In this passionate, inspiring book, fiery US senator and best-selling author Elizabeth Warren argues for a fair future for ordinary working people. Join the fight! Senator Elizabeth Warren has long been an outspoken champion of working people, and by the time the people of Massachusetts elected her in 2012, she had become one of the country's leading progressive voices. Now, at a perilous moment for our nation, she has written a book that is at once an illuminating account of how, after the wreckage of the Great Depression, a society was built that offered opportunity, a scathing indictment of those who have spent the past 35 years undermining working families and a rousing call to action. Warren grew up in Oklahoma, and she's never forgotten how difficult it was for her mother and father to hold on at the ragged edge of the lower middle class. An educational system that offered opportunities for all made it possible for her to achieve her dream of going to college, becoming a teacher, and, later, attending law school. But now, for many, these kinds of opportunities are gone, and a government that once looked out for working families is instead captive to the rich and powerful. Seventy-five years ago, President Franklin Roosevelt and his New Deal ushered in an age of widespread prosperity; in the 1980s President Ronald Reagan reversed course and sold the country on the disastrous fiction called trickle-down economics. Now, with the election of Donald Trump - a con artist who promised to drain the swamp of special interests and then surrounded himself with billionaires and lobbyists - the middle class is being pushed ever closer to collapse. Written in the candid, high-spirited voice that is Warren's trademark, This Fight Is Our Fight tells eye-opening stories about her battles in the Senate and vividly describes the experiences of hardworking people who have too often been given the short end of the stick. Elizabeth Warren has had enough of phony promises and a government that no longer serves its people - she won't sit down, she won't be silenced, and she will fight back. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Fight Is Our Fight Subtitle: The Battle to Save Working People Author: Elizabeth Warren Narrator: Elizabeth Warren Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 05-04-17 Publisher: HarperCollins Publishers Limited Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: 'Nevertheless, she persisted' has become a rallying cry for millions of those fed up with phony promises and governments that no longer serve their people. In this passionate, inspiring book, fiery US senator and best-selling author Elizabeth Warren argues for a fair future for ordinary working people. Join the fight! Senator Elizabeth Warren has long been an outspoken champion of working people, and by the time the people of Massachusetts elected her in 2012, she had become one of the country's leading progressive voices. Now, at a perilous moment for our nation, she has written a book that is at once an illuminating account of how, after the wreckage of the Great Depression, a society was built that offered opportunity, a scathing indictment of those who have spent the past 35 years undermining working families and a rousing call to action. Warren grew up in Oklahoma, and she's never forgotten how difficult it was for her mother and father to hold on at the ragged edge of the lower middle class. An educational system that offered opportunities for all made it possible for her to achieve her dream of going to college, becoming a teacher, and, later, attending law school. But now, for many, these kinds of opportunities are gone, and a government that once looked out for working families is instead captive to the rich and powerful. Seventy-five years ago, President Franklin Roosevelt and his New Deal ushered in an age of widespread prosperity; in the 1980s President Ronald Reagan reversed course and sold the country on the disastrous fiction called trickle-down economics. Now, with the election of Donald Trump - a con artist who promised to drain the swamp of special interests and then surrounded himself with billionaires and lobbyists - the middle class is being pushed ever closer to collapse. Written in the candid, high-spirited voice that is Warren's trademark, This Fight Is Our Fight tells eye-opening stories about her battles in the Senate and vividly describes the experiences of hardworking people who have too often been given the short end of the stick. Elizabeth Warren has had enough of phony promises and a government that no longer serves its people - she won't sit down, she won't be silenced, and she will fight back. Members Reviews: Ace! Really clearly explains how America got to where it is, and tries to deal with these issues & how to work for change. Also has strong parallels with the political situation in the UK too https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Spitzer-Lecture-Paul-Krugman-Audiobook/B0031ATMMS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Spitzer Lecture - Paul Krugman Subtitle: Whither the Economy Author: Paul Krugman Narrator: Tom Herman Format: Original Recording Length: 1 hr and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 12-22-09 Publisher: 92nd Street Y Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 18 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Not long after Hurricane Katrina, Paul Krugman sat down with Thomas Herman, senior special writer for The Wall Street Journal, at the Y on September 29, 2005 to ponder the question, "Whither the Economy?" You can listen to this amazingly insightful talk, in which Krugman discusses the American economy's day of reckoning, his criticism of the Bush administration and former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan, the housing bubble, and other warning signs of the current financial crisis. ©2005 92nd Street Y; (P)2005 92nd Street Y Editorial Reviews: When retired Wall Street Journal writer Tom Herman introduces economist Paul Krugman to the 92nd Street Y in 2005, he warns the audience that, "If you've come here this evening looking for a warm and reassuring outlook for America, you're in the wrong room". It is true that Krugman was extremely unhappy with the Bush Administration's "cronyism and corruption" at the time of this program, which was recorded about a month after the devastation of Hurricane Katrina. Krugman addresses the "irresponsible" and "dishonest" fiscal policy of the nation, then goes on to outline ways in which the country can prevail. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Krugman) Tue, 22 Dec 2009 08:20:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Spitzer-Lecture-Paul-Krugman-Audiobook/B0031ATMMS thebookvoice.com 01:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Spitzer Lecture - Paul Krugman Subtitle: Whither the Economy Author: Paul Krugman Narrator: Tom Herman Format: Original Recording Length: 1 hr and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 12-22-09 Publisher: 92nd Street Y Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 18 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Not long after Hurricane Katrina, Paul Krugman sat down with Thomas Herman, senior special writer for The Wall Street Journal, at the Y on September 29, 2005 to ponder the question, "Whither the Economy?" You can listen to this amazingly insightful talk, in which Krugman discusses the American economy's day of reckoning, his criticism of the Bush administration and former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan, the housing bubble, and other warning signs of the current financial crisis. ©2005 92nd Street Y; (P)2005 92nd Street Y Editorial Reviews: When retired Wall Street Journal writer Tom Herman introduces economist Paul Krugman to the 92nd Street Y in 2005, he warns the audience that, "If you've come here this evening looking for a warm and reassuring outlook for America, you're in the wrong room". It is true that Krugman was extremely unhappy with the Bush Administration's "cronyism and corruption" at the time of this program, which was recorded about a month after the devastation of Hurricane Katrina. Krugman addresses the "irresponsible" and "dishonest" fiscal policy of the nation, then goes on to outline ways in which the country can prevail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Spitzer Lecture - Paul Krugman Subtitle: Whither the Economy Author: Paul Krugman Narrator: Tom Herman Format: Original Recording Length: 1 hr and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 12-22-09 Publisher: 92nd Street Y Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 18 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Not long after Hurricane Katrina, Paul Krugman sat down with Thomas Herman, senior special writer for The Wall Street Journal, at the Y on September 29, 2005 to ponder the question, "Whither the Economy?" You can listen to this amazingly insightful talk, in which Krugman discusses the American economy's day of reckoning, his criticism of the Bush administration and former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan, the housing bubble, and other warning signs of the current financial crisis. ©2005 92nd Street Y; (P)2005 92nd Street Y Editorial Reviews: When retired Wall Street Journal writer Tom Herman introduces economist Paul Krugman to the 92nd Street Y in 2005, he warns the audience that, "If you've come here this evening looking for a warm and reassuring outlook for America, you're in the wrong room". It is true that Krugman was extremely unhappy with the Bush Administration's "cronyism and corruption" at the time of this program, which was recorded about a month after the devastation of Hurricane Katrina. Krugman addresses the "irresponsible" and "dishonest" fiscal policy of the nation, then goes on to outline ways in which the country can prevail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Planet-India-Audiobook/B002V9ZEQ8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Planet India Subtitle: How the Fastest Growing Democracy Is Transforming America and the World Author: Mira Kamdar Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 02-21-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: India is everywhere: Indian studios produce animated features and special effects for Hollywood movies; Indian software manages our health records; and Indian customer-service centers answer our calls. A country of English speakers and a free-market democracy, with the youngest population on Earth, India is not only the fast growing market for the next new thing, but a source for the technological innovation that will drive the global economy. Yet India is also in a race against time to bring the benefits of the 21st century to the 800 million Indians who live on less than $2 per day. And it must do so in a way that is environmentally sustainable and politically viable on a scale never before achieved. If India succeeds, it will not only save itself, it may save us all. If it fails, we will all suffer. As goes India, so goes the world. Like China, Inc., Planet India captures and catalyzes the growing interest in this rising power. With in-depth research, interviews, and provocative analysis, Mira Kamdar offers a penetrating view of India and its cultural and economic impact on the United States and the world. From Bollywood to the Indian diaspora to India's effect on global politics, she reports on the people, companies, and places shaping the new India. Kamdar examines the challenges India faces while celebrating India's tremendous vitality and the opportunities this Asian democracy has to shape its own and all of our destinies. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mira Kamdar) Wed, 21 Feb 2007 14:35:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Planet-India-Audiobook/B002V9ZEQ8 thebookvoice.com 11:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Planet India Subtitle: How the Fastest Growing Democracy Is Transforming America and the World Author: Mira Kamdar Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 02-21-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: India is everywhere: Indian studios produce animated features and special effects for Hollywood movies; Indian software manages our health records; and Indian customer-service centers answer our calls. A country of English speakers and a free-market democracy, with the youngest population on Earth, India is not only the fast growing market for the next new thing, but a source for the technological innovation that will drive the global economy. Yet India is also in a race against time to bring the benefits of the 21st century to the 800 million Indians who live on less than $2 per day. And it must do so in a way that is environmentally sustainable and politically viable on a scale never before achieved. If India succeeds, it will not only save itself, it may save us all. If it fails, we will all suffer. As goes India, so goes the world. Like China, Inc., Planet India captures and catalyzes the growing interest in this rising power. With in-depth research, interviews, and provocative analysis, Mira Kamdar offers a penetrating view of India and its cultural and economic impact on the United States and the world. From Bollywood to the Indian diaspora to India's effect on global politics, she reports on the people, companies, and places shaping the new India. Kamdar examines the challenges India faces while celebrating India's tremendous vitality and the opportunities this Asian democracy has to shape its own and all of our destinies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Planet India Subtitle: How the Fastest Growing Democracy Is Transforming America and the World Author: Mira Kamdar Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 02-21-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: India is everywhere: Indian studios produce animated features and special effects for Hollywood movies; Indian software manages our health records; and Indian customer-service centers answer our calls. A country of English speakers and a free-market democracy, with the youngest population on Earth, India is not only the fast growing market for the next new thing, but a source for the technological innovation that will drive the global economy. Yet India is also in a race against time to bring the benefits of the 21st century to the 800 million Indians who live on less than $2 per day. And it must do so in a way that is environmentally sustainable and politically viable on a scale never before achieved. If India succeeds, it will not only save itself, it may save us all. If it fails, we will all suffer. As goes India, so goes the world. Like China, Inc., Planet India captures and catalyzes the growing interest in this rising power. With in-depth research, interviews, and provocative analysis, Mira Kamdar offers a penetrating view of India and its cultural and economic impact on the United States and the world. From Bollywood to the Indian diaspora to India's effect on global politics, she reports on the people, companies, and places shaping the new India. Kamdar examines the challenges India faces while celebrating India's tremendous vitality and the opportunities this Asian democracy has to shape its own and all of our destinies. Members Reviews: Blah, blah, blah There are a few interesting tidbits that from time to time spice up this catalog of vapid nostrums. Find something better to read about India. I highly recommend Shantaram, or something by VS Naipaul. Slanted, but enjoyable You have to take this book with a grain of salt as the author reveals in less-than-objective prose her abject hatred of the Bush administration. Otherwise, the book rounds out the picture painted by the Friedman blockbuster. In its audio form, this book is an easy listen and an excellent educator for the current conditions in the country, dire or otherwise. A traveller's companion I started this book before a trip to India and finished it afterwards. It was so full of information, that I wish I had read it TWICE before I left. This book really opened my eyes to the greatness of the Indian people, and this made my trip a truly memorable experience. Scratching the Surface I thought this book was interesting, but it left a lot of pertinent information out. The sociological issues in India are a lot more important than most people realize. Towards the end of the book the author finally starts to talk about the caste system issues, but ever so slightly. The information is much better than most books, but after researching in West Bengal for a few months, I found this book a little sort on important details. The search continues. mispronounciations abide Sorry to go on and on but it should be noted that in a world where the rigor of political correctness and out of work actors abound that the zombie like reader did not make any attempt to pronounce the names or places correctly at all. This really bothered me, at least they could have done a bit of research to get it right, or better still how about hiring an Indian national... there are plenty of readers who could have pronounced properly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Money-Talks-Audiobook/B018WM0NL8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: When Money Talks Subtitle: The High Price of "Free" Speech and the Selling of Democracy Author: Derek Cressman Narrator: Derek Cressman Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 12-06-15 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Special-interest money is destroying our democratic process. But now that the Citizens United decision has thrown out campaign spending limits as abridgments of free speech, Americans want to know what they can do about it. Derek Cressman gives us the tools, both intellectual and tactical, to fight back. There's nothing inherently unconstitutional in limiting the amount of speech, Cressman insists. We do it all the time - for example, cities control when and where demonstrations can take place or how long people can speak at council meetings. Moreover, he argues that while you choose to patronize Fox News, MSNBC, the New York Times, or the Wall Street Journal, political advertising is forced upon you. It's not really free speech at all - it's paid speech. It's not at all what the Founders had in mind when they wrote the First Amendment. Cressman examines how courts have foiled attempts to limit campaign spending, details what a constitutional amendment limiting paid speech should say, and reveals an overlooked political tool concerned citizens can use to help gain the amendment's passage. Seven times before in our history we have approved constitutional amendments to overturn wrongheaded rulings by the Supreme Court - there's no reason we can't do it again. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Derek Cressman) Sun, 06 Dec 2015 23:51:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Money-Talks-Audiobook/B018WM0NL8 thebookvoice.com 06:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: When Money Talks Subtitle: The High Price of "Free" Speech and the Selling of Democracy Author: Derek Cressman Narrator: Derek Cressman Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 12-06-15 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Special-interest money is destroying our democratic process. But now that the Citizens United decision has thrown out campaign spending limits as abridgments of free speech, Americans want to know what they can do about it. Derek Cressman gives us the tools, both intellectual and tactical, to fight back. There's nothing inherently unconstitutional in limiting the amount of speech, Cressman insists. We do it all the time - for example, cities control when and where demonstrations can take place or how long people can speak at council meetings. Moreover, he argues that while you choose to patronize Fox News, MSNBC, the New York Times, or the Wall Street Journal, political advertising is forced upon you. It's not really free speech at all - it's paid speech. It's not at all what the Founders had in mind when they wrote the First Amendment. Cressman examines how courts have foiled attempts to limit campaign spending, details what a constitutional amendment limiting paid speech should say, and reveals an overlooked political tool concerned citizens can use to help gain the amendment's passage. Seven times before in our history we have approved constitutional amendments to overturn wrongheaded rulings by the Supreme Court - there's no reason we can't do it again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: When Money Talks Subtitle: The High Price of "Free" Speech and the Selling of Democracy Author: Derek Cressman Narrator: Derek Cressman Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 12-06-15 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Special-interest money is destroying our democratic process. But now that the Citizens United decision has thrown out campaign spending limits as abridgments of free speech, Americans want to know what they can do about it. Derek Cressman gives us the tools, both intellectual and tactical, to fight back. There's nothing inherently unconstitutional in limiting the amount of speech, Cressman insists. We do it all the time - for example, cities control when and where demonstrations can take place or how long people can speak at council meetings. Moreover, he argues that while you choose to patronize Fox News, MSNBC, the New York Times, or the Wall Street Journal, political advertising is forced upon you. It's not really free speech at all - it's paid speech. It's not at all what the Founders had in mind when they wrote the First Amendment. Cressman examines how courts have foiled attempts to limit campaign spending, details what a constitutional amendment limiting paid speech should say, and reveals an overlooked political tool concerned citizens can use to help gain the amendment's passage. Seven times before in our history we have approved constitutional amendments to overturn wrongheaded rulings by the Supreme Court - there's no reason we can't do it again. Members Reviews: Not to miss book on money in politics Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? I like that the author had a positive message of how we can overturn Citizens United https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Social-Security-Medicare-Food-Stamps-Minimum-Wage-MORE-Audiobook/B00BSEEA9E Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Social Security, Medicare, Food Stamps, Minimum Wage & MORE Author: Byron Goines Narrator: Byron Goines Format: Unabridged Length: 48 mins Language: English Release date: 03-12-13 Publisher: Byron Goines Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Byron Goines examines the effect various entitlement programs have on the stimulation of the economy and proves cuts would hurt rather than help economic recovery. This book is a must-read packed with information everyone should know as Byron Goines examines Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, the Affordable Care Act, Unemployment, Food Stamps, Pell Grants and entitlement programs in general, along with an examination of the current minimum wage proposal of $9 per hour by President Barack Obama. Trickle-down economics (supply-side economics) and trickle-up economics (demand-side economics) are also examined in depth as Byron Goines lays out a hypothesis for economic stimulation which is currently being utilized to some extent within the context of entitlement programs. This book is a must-listen for everyone wondering about the truth concerning entitlement programs, the economy and more. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Byron Goines) Tue, 12 Mar 2013 13:57:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Social-Security-Medicare-Food-Stamps-Minimum-Wage-MORE-Audiobook/B00BSEEA9E thebookvoice.com 00:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Social Security, Medicare, Food Stamps, Minimum Wage & MORE Author: Byron Goines Narrator: Byron Goines Format: Unabridged Length: 48 mins Language: English Release date: 03-12-13 Publisher: Byron Goines Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Byron Goines examines the effect various entitlement programs have on the stimulation of the economy and proves cuts would hurt rather than help economic recovery. This book is a must-read packed with information everyone should know as Byron Goines examines Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, the Affordable Care Act, Unemployment, Food Stamps, Pell Grants and entitlement programs in general, along with an examination of the current minimum wage proposal of $9 per hour by President Barack Obama. Trickle-down economics (supply-side economics) and trickle-up economics (demand-side economics) are also examined in depth as Byron Goines lays out a hypothesis for economic stimulation which is currently being utilized to some extent within the context of entitlement programs. This book is a must-listen for everyone wondering about the truth concerning entitlement programs, the economy and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Social Security, Medicare, Food Stamps, Minimum Wage & MORE Author: Byron Goines Narrator: Byron Goines Format: Unabridged Length: 48 mins Language: English Release date: 03-12-13 Publisher: Byron Goines Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Byron Goines examines the effect various entitlement programs have on the stimulation of the economy and proves cuts would hurt rather than help economic recovery. This book is a must-read packed with information everyone should know as Byron Goines examines Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, the Affordable Care Act, Unemployment, Food Stamps, Pell Grants and entitlement programs in general, along with an examination of the current minimum wage proposal of $9 per hour by President Barack Obama. Trickle-down economics (supply-side economics) and trickle-up economics (demand-side economics) are also examined in depth as Byron Goines lays out a hypothesis for economic stimulation which is currently being utilized to some extent within the context of entitlement programs. This book is a must-listen for everyone wondering about the truth concerning entitlement programs, the economy and more. Members Reviews: Basically an anti conservative rant Which would be fine if not full of misrepresentations. He applies the Bible incorrectly, implies entitlements are never abused (or even used) by non-taxpayers, and goes on an on and on about how horrible life would be if all entitlement programs ceased. (It would be horrid- but that's never been proposed-so that is not the issue). It's Obama stroking, therefore has minimal useful information aside from explaining how the programs do stimulate the economy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Essentials-of-Economics-Audiobook/B003MWXDNO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Essentials of Economics Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony P. O'Brien Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 08-24-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Essentials of Economics and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Glenn Hubbard) Wed, 24 Aug 2011 08:55:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Essentials-of-Economics-Audiobook/B003MWXDNO thebookvoice.com 07:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Essentials of Economics Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony P. O'Brien Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 08-24-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Essentials of Economics and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Essentials of Economics Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony P. O'Brien Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 08-24-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Essentials of Economics and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-Influence-Audiobook/B0032CVE6M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Influence Subtitle: What Happens When Other Countries Have the Money Author: Stephen S. Cohen, J. Bradford DeLong Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 12-30-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: At the end of World War II, America had all the money and all the power. Now, after the Great Crash of 2008, America is cash poor. In The End of Influence, world-renowned economists Stephen Cohen and Brad DeLong argue that this loss will have grave consequences for Americas standing in the world, even as it opens up new opportunities for a new multilateralism. Our new era will be marked by a loss of American power to dictate foreign policy, a loss of American soft cultural power, and a loss of entrepreneurial innovation worldwide. An essential read for business executives and connoisseurs of world politics alike, The End of Influence exposes these alarming trendsand tells us what we can do to maintain stability in the world. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen S. Cohen) Wed, 30 Dec 2009 22:39:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-Influence-Audiobook/B0032CVE6M thebookvoice.com 04:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Influence Subtitle: What Happens When Other Countries Have the Money Author: Stephen S. Cohen, J. Bradford DeLong Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 12-30-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: At the end of World War II, America had all the money and all the power. Now, after the Great Crash of 2008, America is cash poor. In The End of Influence, world-renowned economists Stephen Cohen and Brad DeLong argue that this loss will have grave consequences for Americas standing in the world, even as it opens up new opportunities for a new multilateralism. Our new era will be marked by a loss of American power to dictate foreign policy, a loss of American soft cultural power, and a loss of entrepreneurial innovation worldwide. An essential read for business executives and connoisseurs of world politics alike, The End of Influence exposes these alarming trendsand tells us what we can do to maintain stability in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Influence Subtitle: What Happens When Other Countries Have the Money Author: Stephen S. Cohen, J. Bradford DeLong Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 12-30-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: At the end of World War II, America had all the money and all the power. Now, after the Great Crash of 2008, America is cash poor. In The End of Influence, world-renowned economists Stephen Cohen and Brad DeLong argue that this loss will have grave consequences for Americas standing in the world, even as it opens up new opportunities for a new multilateralism. Our new era will be marked by a loss of American power to dictate foreign policy, a loss of American soft cultural power, and a loss of entrepreneurial innovation worldwide. An essential read for business executives and connoisseurs of world politics alike, The End of Influence exposes these alarming trendsand tells us what we can do to maintain stability in the world. Members Reviews: Now I get it! While this book deals with the specific topic of the shifting of power within the global economy, it served as a great education for me on the interconnectedness of world markets in general. I'm an active retail investor who spends a lot of time trying to decipher the sound bytes on "money TV" including references to "Dollar Strength", "Fiscal & Monetary Policy" & "Sovereign Dept" in order to form an opinion about Market direction. While we can't all have the background in economics that some of the TV commentary assumes, this book serves as a useful and interesting primer on some difficult, convoluted economic concepts. I have to admit, there are times when I catch myself pondering a concept in one sentence, only to miss the next sentence completely. A second listen should help (or a finger on the pause button). There is humor in the writing which sometimes is hard to pick out due to the even tone with which this book is read, but this is a thoughtful, intelligent and extremely useful book. It is devoid of hyperbole and sensationalism, which I appreciated. The facts are compelling enough on their own and I enjoyed this book very much. WANT TO UNDERSTAND THE WORLD NOW?? Would you consider the audio edition of The End of Influence to be better than the print version? Pragmatic, unflinching discussion of what is happening NOW in terms of the rise of the rest of the world, especially China and India-- and the implications for the United States. THIS IS NOT A "sky-is-falling" diatribe on the decline of America. THIS BOOK SHOULD BE REQUIRED READING FOR EVERY AMERICAN AND ESPECIALLY ALL AMERICAN POLITICIANS. What other book might you compare The End of Influence to and why? America needs to understand that a great source of its vitality has always been new immigrants. Recognize this fact and embrace a worldview that is not a "zero-sum" game. Learn the lessons from the rise and fall of the British Empire. Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? Brilliant, succint description of what is going on in the world and the opportunities it presents for America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whatever-It-Takes-Audiobook/B002V8MW1O Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Whatever It Takes Subtitle: Illegal Immigration, Border Security, and the War on Terror Author: J.D. Hayworth, Joseph J. Eule Narrator: J.D. Hayworth Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 02-10-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In Whatever It Takes, you'll learn how illegal immigration steals jobs from American workers and reduces their pay, how illegal immigrants often take advantage of health and education benefits at the expense of American citizens, how illegal immigrants are hastening the downfall of Social Security, and how can we prevent the next 9/11. biacuaduc@gmail.com (J.D. Hayworth) Fri, 10 Feb 2006 11:08:25 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whatever-It-Takes-Audiobook/B002V8MW1O thebookvoice.com 06:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Whatever It Takes Subtitle: Illegal Immigration, Border Security, and the War on Terror Author: J.D. Hayworth, Joseph J. Eule Narrator: J.D. Hayworth Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 02-10-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In Whatever It Takes, you'll learn how illegal immigration steals jobs from American workers and reduces their pay, how illegal immigrants often take advantage of health and education benefits at the expense of American citizens, how illegal immigrants are hastening the downfall of Social Security, and how can we prevent the next 9/11. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Whatever It Takes Subtitle: Illegal Immigration, Border Security, and the War on Terror Author: J.D. Hayworth, Joseph J. Eule Narrator: J.D. Hayworth Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 02-10-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In Whatever It Takes, you'll learn how illegal immigration steals jobs from American workers and reduces their pay, how illegal immigrants often take advantage of health and education benefits at the expense of American citizens, how illegal immigrants are hastening the downfall of Social Security, and how can we prevent the next 9/11. Members Reviews: Fantastic!!! This book was fantastic and is a must listen!!! I have now listened to over 50 books, and 'Whatever It Takes' has proven to be one of the fastest and most enjoyable listens. J.D. Hayworth and Joseph Eule have complied in one place all of the major compelling illegal immigration arguments and present the issues in detail. The book presents a clear critical thinking approach that identifies the root cause of the increasing problems that face all US Citizens (crime, tax, health care, etc.), what the primary recommended solutions are, and finally the resulting effects that the recommended actions would produce -all based on verifiable empirical facts and not opinion. Though from my perception the majority of the book is focusing on the identification of the illegal immigration problems with only a small portion devoted to the authors recommended solutions. This makes perfect sense due to the enormity of the pro-illegal immigration influences in our society today 'Not what is best for America, but what is best for them', and the ease of which this problem can be fixed via what ever it takes to 'secure our borders' now! I'll even buy President Bush and Senator McCain copies to listen to, they need it. A must listen! If you're an American citizen with even the slightest concern for the welfare of our country, then your need to listen to this book. JD Hayworth does an excellent job bringing example after example of how illegal immigration is destroying our once great country. Even more appauling, is the fact that our elected officials do nothing to stop it. Again, Hayworth provides shocking details here that leave you wondering in disbelief. Crime, jobs, employment, health care, fiscal impacts, the drain on education,,, the list goes on and on as Hayworth bring to light the very sad truths of all these topics. As a resident of a border state, I see firsthand what he is talking about. Unfortunately, everything he says, is absolutely true. This book will leave you angry, frustrated, and very disappointed with the political process our government takes with Mexico. The book is well presented as Hayworth does an excellent job of narrating. I wish I could give this book more stars. Illegal Immigration and the War on Terror Open borders not only allows the invasion from our Mexican neighbors but is the passage way terrorists take coming up through South America where many radical Islamic groups have set up training camps and indoctrination centers. These terrorists simply join in with groups of illegal Mexicans crossing the border. Securing our borders not only will stop the invasion but will keep Americans safe from terrorists. Numbers USA lays out the case for reducing legal immigration as well as stopping illegal immigration in the name of saving what is left of our national identity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Up-and-Out-of-Poverty-Audiobook/B002V02BY0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Up and Out of Poverty Subtitle: The Social Marketing Solution Author: Phillip Kotler, Nancy R. Lee Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-16-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You'll learn how to apply advanced marketing strategies and techniques to systematically put in place the conditions poor people need to escape poverty. Through real case studies, you'll learn how these marketing techniques can help promote health, education, community building, personal motivation, and more. For 30 years, the authors' social marketing techniques have been successfully applied to health care, environmental protection, family planning, and many other social challenges. Now, Kotler and Lee apply them to the largest challenge of all: global poverty. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Phillip Kotler) Thu, 16 Jul 2009 22:35:40 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Up-and-Out-of-Poverty-Audiobook/B002V02BY0 thebookvoice.com 08:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Up and Out of Poverty Subtitle: The Social Marketing Solution Author: Phillip Kotler, Nancy R. Lee Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-16-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You'll learn how to apply advanced marketing strategies and techniques to systematically put in place the conditions poor people need to escape poverty. Through real case studies, you'll learn how these marketing techniques can help promote health, education, community building, personal motivation, and more. For 30 years, the authors' social marketing techniques have been successfully applied to health care, environmental protection, family planning, and many other social challenges. Now, Kotler and Lee apply them to the largest challenge of all: global poverty. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Up and Out of Poverty Subtitle: The Social Marketing Solution Author: Phillip Kotler, Nancy R. Lee Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-16-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You'll learn how to apply advanced marketing strategies and techniques to systematically put in place the conditions poor people need to escape poverty. Through real case studies, you'll learn how these marketing techniques can help promote health, education, community building, personal motivation, and more. For 30 years, the authors' social marketing techniques have been successfully applied to health care, environmental protection, family planning, and many other social challenges. Now, Kotler and Lee apply them to the largest challenge of all: global poverty. Members Reviews: Where is the PDF file I liked the audiobook , though I'm trying to find the PDF file which is spouse to be with it according to the narrator , apically that it is produced by AUdible a how-to manual This book is a how to manual. The authors present very specific tools, that properly used, can help inform the development of a strategy to fix some kind of social problem. What was nice about the approach is they have taken the same tools that are used in the business world, and showed how they could apply to areas ranging from fighting malaria to getting patients to take their full course of tuberculosis medicine. You may want to print the related pdfs and have them nearby while listening, because they are referred to several times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Fair-Trade-Scandal-Audiobook/B00N2ZIKL6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fair Trade Scandal Subtitle: Marketing Poverty to Benefit the Rich Author: Ndongo Sylla Narrator: Don Bratschie Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 08-28-14 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This critical account of the fair trade movement explores the vast gap between the rhetoric of fair trade and its practical results for poor countries, particularly those of Africa. In the Global North, fair trade often is described as a revolutionary tool for transforming the lives of millions across the globe. The growth in sales for fair trade products has been dramatic in recent years, but most of the benefit has accrued to the already wealthy merchandisers at the top of the value chain rather than to the poor producers at the bottom. By distinguishing local impact from global impact, Sylla exposes the inequity built into the system and the resulting misallocation of the fair trade premium paid by consumers. The Fair Trade Scandal is an empirically based critique of both fair trade and traditional free trade; it is the more important for exploring the problems of both from the perspective of the peoples of the Global South, the ostensible beneficiaries of the fair trade system. Critic Reviews: "Ndongo Samba Sylla has given the answer to [the fair trade] question by conducting a very thorough research, an in-depth survey, and a critical reading of the literature on the subject..." (Samir Amin, author of The People's Spring: The Future of the Arab Revolution) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ndongo Sylla) Thu, 28 Aug 2014 09:57:11 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Fair-Trade-Scandal-Audiobook/B00N2ZIKL6 thebookvoice.com 06:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fair Trade Scandal Subtitle: Marketing Poverty to Benefit the Rich Author: Ndongo Sylla Narrator: Don Bratschie Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 08-28-14 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This critical account of the fair trade movement explores the vast gap between the rhetoric of fair trade and its practical results for poor countries, particularly those of Africa. In the Global North, fair trade often is described as a revolutionary tool for transforming the lives of millions across the globe. The growth in sales for fair trade products has been dramatic in recent years, but most of the benefit has accrued to the already wealthy merchandisers at the top of the value chain rather than to the poor producers at the bottom. By distinguishing local impact from global impact, Sylla exposes the inequity built into the system and the resulting misallocation of the fair trade premium paid by consumers. The Fair Trade Scandal is an empirically based critique of both fair trade and traditional free trade; it is the more important for exploring the problems of both from the perspective of the peoples of the Global South, the ostensible beneficiaries of the fair trade system. Critic Reviews: "Ndongo Samba Sylla has given the answer to [the fair trade] question by conducting a very thorough research, an in-depth survey, and a critical reading of the literature on the subject..." (Samir Amin, author of The People's Spring: The Future of the Arab Revolution) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fair Trade Scandal Subtitle: Marketing Poverty to Benefit the Rich Author: Ndongo Sylla Narrator: Don Bratschie Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 08-28-14 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This critical account of the fair trade movement explores the vast gap between the rhetoric of fair trade and its practical results for poor countries, particularly those of Africa. In the Global North, fair trade often is described as a revolutionary tool for transforming the lives of millions across the globe. The growth in sales for fair trade products has been dramatic in recent years, but most of the benefit has accrued to the already wealthy merchandisers at the top of the value chain rather than to the poor producers at the bottom. By distinguishing local impact from global impact, Sylla exposes the inequity built into the system and the resulting misallocation of the fair trade premium paid by consumers. The Fair Trade Scandal is an empirically based critique of both fair trade and traditional free trade; it is the more important for exploring the problems of both from the perspective of the peoples of the Global South, the ostensible beneficiaries of the fair trade system. Critic Reviews: "Ndongo Samba Sylla has given the answer to [the fair trade] question by conducting a very thorough research, an in-depth survey, and a critical reading of the literature on the subject..." (Samir Amin, author of The People's Spring: The Future of the Arab Revolution) Members Reviews: strictly a policy analysis If your interest is all about policy, this book is for you. If you want to get a better understanding of the dynamics of fair trade and the producer and consumer levels, the book falls way short. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Casino-Moscow-Audiobook/B00D946QCK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Casino Moscow Subtitle: A Tale of Greed and Adventure on Capitalism's Wildest Frontier Author: Matthew Brzezinski Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-17-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Having awakened from its communist slumber, Russia in the roaring '90s is a place where everything and everyone is for sale and fortunes can be made and lost overnight. Into this maelstrom steps rookie Wall Street Journal reporter Matthew Brzezinski. Assigned to make sense of the financial markets, he is instantly plunged into the crazed world of Russian capitalism, where corrupt Moscow bankers and American carpetbaggers preside over the greatest boom and bust in international financial history. Brzezinski knows he's in over his head; what he comes to realize is that "so is the entire country". The government of Boris Yeltsin is under the thumb of seven powerful men known as "the oligarchs", and a crime boss from Chechnya - even as his homeland is under siege by Russian troops - has set himself up as one of Moscow's most powerful warlords. Meanwhile, the gap between haves and have-nots is widening into an abyss. Among Moscow's elite, solid-gold bathroom fixtures are de rigueur, while in Vladivostok, the last stop on the Trans-Siberian railway, local citizens must buy water by the pail from Russian mafia chieftains. Brzezinski's irreverent, swashbuckling account captures the greed and desperation of the time. He bribes his way aboard a Russian submarine. He survives a freak radiation spike at Chernobyl and travels 400 miles on a private plane for lunch with a gorgeous robber baroness. He's set upon by Ukrainian thugs, who leave him tied with electrical cord in a bathtub. Fortified with vodka, he crashes ultranationalist Vladimir Zhirinovsky's birthday party. And he visits a camp of "Young Pioneers", in which children play an elaborate game to learn the principles of a free market - with disastrous results that foretell the chaos in store for the Russian economy. Just as Liar's Poker shone a torch on investment banking in the '80s, Casino Moscow paints a lurid, hilarious picture of a capitalist market gone haywire and an era marked by boundless hope and despair. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Brzezinski) Wed, 17 Jul 2013 09:46:57 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Casino-Moscow-Audiobook/B00D946QCK thebookvoice.com 12:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Casino Moscow Subtitle: A Tale of Greed and Adventure on Capitalism's Wildest Frontier Author: Matthew Brzezinski Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-17-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Having awakened from its communist slumber, Russia in the roaring '90s is a place where everything and everyone is for sale and fortunes can be made and lost overnight. Into this maelstrom steps rookie Wall Street Journal reporter Matthew Brzezinski. Assigned to make sense of the financial markets, he is instantly plunged into the crazed world of Russian capitalism, where corrupt Moscow bankers and American carpetbaggers preside over the greatest boom and bust in international financial history. Brzezinski knows he's in over his head; what he comes to realize is that "so is the entire country". The government of Boris Yeltsin is under the thumb of seven powerful men known as "the oligarchs", and a crime boss from Chechnya - even as his homeland is under siege by Russian troops - has set himself up as one of Moscow's most powerful warlords. Meanwhile, the gap between haves and have-nots is widening into an abyss. Among Moscow's elite, solid-gold bathroom fixtures are de rigueur, while in Vladivostok, the last stop on the Trans-Siberian railway, local citizens must buy water by the pail from Russian mafia chieftains. Brzezinski's irreverent, swashbuckling account captures the greed and desperation of the time. He bribes his way aboard a Russian submarine. He survives a freak radiation spike at Chernobyl and travels 400 miles on a private plane for lunch with a gorgeous robber baroness. He's set upon by Ukrainian thugs, who leave him tied with electrical cord in a bathtub. Fortified with vodka, he crashes ultranationalist Vladimir Zhirinovsky's birthday party. And he visits a camp of "Young Pioneers", in which children play an elaborate game to learn the principles of a free market - with disastrous results that foretell the chaos in store for the Russian economy. Just as Liar's Poker shone a torch on investment banking in the '80s, Casino Moscow paints a lurid, hilarious picture of a capitalist market gone haywire and an era marked by boundless hope and despair. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Casino Moscow Subtitle: A Tale of Greed and Adventure on Capitalism's Wildest Frontier Author: Matthew Brzezinski Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-17-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Having awakened from its communist slumber, Russia in the roaring '90s is a place where everything and everyone is for sale and fortunes can be made and lost overnight. Into this maelstrom steps rookie Wall Street Journal reporter Matthew Brzezinski. Assigned to make sense of the financial markets, he is instantly plunged into the crazed world of Russian capitalism, where corrupt Moscow bankers and American carpetbaggers preside over the greatest boom and bust in international financial history. Brzezinski knows he's in over his head; what he comes to realize is that "so is the entire country". The government of Boris Yeltsin is under the thumb of seven powerful men known as "the oligarchs", and a crime boss from Chechnya - even as his homeland is under siege by Russian troops - has set himself up as one of Moscow's most powerful warlords. Meanwhile, the gap between haves and have-nots is widening into an abyss. Among Moscow's elite, solid-gold bathroom fixtures are de rigueur, while in Vladivostok, the last stop on the Trans-Siberian railway, local citizens must buy water by the pail from Russian mafia chieftains. Brzezinski's irreverent, swashbuckling account captures the greed and desperation of the time. He bribes his way aboard a Russian submarine. He survives a freak radiation spike at Chernobyl and travels 400 miles on a private plane for lunch with a gorgeous robber baroness. He's set upon by Ukrainian thugs, who leave him tied with electrical cord in a bathtub. Fortified with vodka, he crashes ultranationalist Vladimir Zhirinovsky's birthday party. And he visits a camp of "Young Pioneers", in which children play an elaborate game to learn the principles of a free market - with disastrous results that foretell the chaos in store for the Russian economy. Just as Liar's Poker shone a torch on investment banking in the '80s, Casino Moscow paints a lurid, hilarious picture of a capitalist market gone haywire and an era marked by boundless hope and despair. Members Reviews: Wild east, a country rebuilding Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? Yes. I enjoyed this book. it takes place primarily in 1996-97, and was written in 2001. Reading this after the most recent events in the Ukraine/Crimea, it is astounding how so many things can happen. The opulence and the inflation and the fortunes won, lost, and held on to for dear life... quite compelling. I know very little about banking, and these portions are definitely confusing and harder to follow, but overall, this book was a good read. Any additional comments? This book is an interesting look into a country that has been a bit of an enigma to me. The narrator was a good choice as well. I think I would have wished a bit more personal touches to this book, but that's a minor quibble in a suspenseful chronicle... I can't imagine a life where hefty bribes are the only way to get things done. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stuffed-An-Insiders-Look-at-Whos-Really-Making-America-Fat-and-How-the-Food-Industry-Can-Fix-It-Audiobook/B0064EL15Y Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stuffed: An Insider's Look at Who's (Really) Making America Fat and How the Food Industry Can Fix It Author: Hank Cardello, Doug Garr Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-11 Publisher: HarperCollins Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: For more than 30 years, Hank Cardello was an executive and adviser to some of the largest food and beverage corporations in the world. For more than 30 years, he watched as corporate profits - and America's waistlines - ballooned: fattening consumers meant fattening profits. Now, in this fascinating and timely book, Cardello offers a behind-the-scenes look at the business of food, providing an insider's account of food company practices, failed government regulations, and misleading media coverage that have combined to place us in the middle of a national obesity epidemic. With insights culled from Cardello's time in the food industry, Stuffed explores how food companies have spent the last 50 years largely ignoring healthier fare in the name of their bottom lines while pushing consumers toward "convenience" food and supersize portions without considering the health consequences. From grocery aisles to restaurant booths to boardrooms, Cardello reveals the hidden forces that have long shaped your supermarket purchases and menu selections. He examines the black-and-white mind-set that has produced the carefully targeted marketing strategies that have maximized profits for the food industry and led to weight gain for you. But Cardello makes clear that the food companies should not take all the blame. They are merely a cog in a larger system that's broken, and here Cardello illustrates how the government and the media have only made it harder for Americans to make nutritious choices. Highlighting both bit players and high-profile voices of change, Cardello explains the fundamental risks to one-size-fits-all regulatory solutions and the bigger dangers posed by letting the food pundits confuse the health conversation. More than simply a chronicle of how we got here, Stuffed also puts forth a groundbreaking blueprint for the future of the food industry. In debunking the common myth that "healthier" has to mean higher costs and unpalatable tastes, Cardello provides novel but concrete steps that food companies can take to fatten their profits and slim down their customers. In addition, he stresses the realistic role that consumers must play in America's new health equation, explaining that unless they demand healthier food with their wallets, America will continue to tip the scales for years to come. Critic Reviews: "Former food-industry executive and current anti-obesity advocate Cardello calls on his erstwhile colleagues to become custodians of their customers' well-being....the point zings home: The food industry knows how to sell; now it has to sell the right thing." (Kirkus Reviews) "Anyone who is interested in their health and thinks they're educated about nutrition needs to read this book." (Bookbrowse.com) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Hank Cardello) Wed, 09 Nov 2011 13:21:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stuffed-An-Insiders-Look-at-Whos-Really-Making-America-Fat-and-How-the-Food-Industry-Can-Fix-It-Audiobook/B0064EL15Y thebookvoice.com 08:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stuffed: An Insider's Look at Who's (Really) Making America Fat and How the Food Industry Can Fix It Author: Hank Cardello, Doug Garr Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-11 Publisher: HarperCollins Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: For more than 30 years, Hank Cardello was an executive and adviser to some of the largest food and beverage corporations in the world. For more than 30 years, he watched as corporate profits - and America's waistlines - ballooned: fattening consumers meant fattening profits. Now, in this fascinating and timely book, Cardello offers a behind-the-scenes look at the business of food, providing an insider's account of food company practices, failed government regulations, and misleading media coverage that have combined to place us in the middle of a national obesity epidemic. With insights culled from Cardello's time in the food industry, Stuffed explores how food companies have spent the last 50 years largely ignoring healthier fare in the name of their bottom lines while pushing consumers toward "convenience" food and supersize portions without considering the health consequences. From grocery aisles to restaurant booths to boardrooms, Cardello reveals the hidden forces that have long shaped your supermarket purchases and menu selections. He examines the black-and-white mind-set that has produced the carefully targeted marketing strategies that have maximized profits for the food industry and led to weight gain for you. But Cardello makes clear that the food companies should not take all the blame. They are merely a cog in a larger system that's broken, and here Cardello illustrates how the government and the media have only made it harder for Americans to make nutritious choices. Highlighting both bit players and high-profile voices of change, Cardello explains the fundamental risks to one-size-fits-all regulatory solutions and the bigger dangers posed by letting the food pundits confuse the health conversation. More than simply a chronicle of how we got here, Stuffed also puts forth a groundbreaking blueprint for the future of the food industry. In debunking the common myth that "healthier" has to mean higher costs and unpalatable tastes, Cardello provides novel but concrete steps that food companies can take to fatten their profits and slim down their customers. In addition, he stresses the realistic role that consumers must play in America's new health equation, explaining that unless they demand healthier food with their wallets, America will continue to tip the scales for years to come. Critic Reviews: "Former food-industry executive and current anti-obesity advocate Cardello calls on his erstwhile colleagues to become custodians of their customers' well-being....the point zings home: The food industry knows how to sell; now it has to sell the right thing." (Kirkus Reviews) "Anyone who is interested in their health and thinks they're educated about nutrition needs to read this book." (Bookbrowse.com) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stuffed: An Insider's Look at Who's (Really) Making America Fat and How the Food Industry Can Fix It Author: Hank Cardello, Doug Garr Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-11 Publisher: HarperCollins Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: For more than 30 years, Hank Cardello was an executive and adviser to some of the largest food and beverage corporations in the world. For more than 30 years, he watched as corporate profits - and America's waistlines - ballooned: fattening consumers meant fattening profits. Now, in this fascinating and timely book, Cardello offers a behind-the-scenes look at the business of food, providing an insider's account of food company practices, failed government regulations, and misleading media coverage that have combined to place us in the middle of a national obesity epidemic. With insights culled from Cardello's time in the food industry, Stuffed explores how food companies have spent the last 50 years largely ignoring healthier fare in the name of their bottom lines while pushing consumers toward "convenience" food and supersize portions without considering the health consequences. From grocery aisles to restaurant booths to boardrooms, Cardello reveals the hidden forces that have long shaped your supermarket purchases and menu selections. He examines the black-and-white mind-set that has produced the carefully targeted marketing strategies that have maximized profits for the food industry and led to weight gain for you. But Cardello makes clear that the food companies should not take all the blame. They are merely a cog in a larger system that's broken, and here Cardello illustrates how the government and the media have only made it harder for Americans to make nutritious choices. Highlighting both bit players and high-profile voices of change, Cardello explains the fundamental risks to one-size-fits-all regulatory solutions and the bigger dangers posed by letting the food pundits confuse the health conversation. More than simply a chronicle of how we got here, Stuffed also puts forth a groundbreaking blueprint for the future of the food industry. In debunking the common myth that "healthier" has to mean higher costs and unpalatable tastes, Cardello provides novel but concrete steps that food companies can take to fatten their profits and slim down their customers. In addition, he stresses the realistic role that consumers must play in America's new health equation, explaining that unless they demand healthier food with their wallets, America will continue to tip the scales for years to come. Critic Reviews: "Former food-industry executive and current anti-obesity advocate Cardello calls on his erstwhile colleagues to become custodians of their customers' well-being....the point zings home: The food industry knows how to sell; now it has to sell the right thing." (Kirkus Reviews) "Anyone who is interested in their health and thinks they're educated about nutrition needs to read this book." (Bookbrowse.com) Members Reviews: In my opinion, its a choice. Although I found this book really interesting, Mindless Eating remains at the top of my Food-Book heap; that book was great! No one will argue that being informed on the topic of healthy eating wont help you make better choices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Senseless-Panic-Audiobook/B006OP5GJU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Senseless Panic Subtitle: How Washington Failed America Author: William M. Isaac Narrator: Mark F. Smith Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 12-23-11 Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The 1980s opened with the prime interest rate at an astonishing 21.5 percent, leading to a severe recession with unemployment reaching nearly 11 percent. Depression-like conditions befell the agricultural sector, a bubble burst in the energy sector, a rolling real estate recession swept the country, the entire thrift industry was badly insolvent and the major money center banks were loaded with third world debt. Some 3,000 bank and thrifts failed, including nine of Texas 10 largest, and Continental Illinois, which, at the time, was the 7th largest bank in the nation. These severe conditions were not only handled without creating a panic, the economy actually embarked on the longest peacetime expansion in history. In Senseless Panic: How Washington Failed America, William M. Isaac, Chairman of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) during the banking and Ss meltdown that allowed the failure of a comparative handful of institutions to nearly shut down the worlds financial system. The book also tells the rousing story of Isaacs time at the FDIC. With accessible and engaging prose, Isaac: Details the mistakes that led to the panic of 2008 and 2009. Demystifies the conditions America faced in 2008, and Provides a roadmap for avoiding similar shutdowns and panics in the future. Senseless Panic is a provocative, quick-paced, and thoughtful analysis of what went wrong with the nation's banking system and a blunt indictment of United States policy. Critic Reviews: "Washington had better read this book. Bill Isaac is absolutely on target in his acute analysis of what he rightly calls the 'Senseless Panic of 2008.' He was at the center in preventing what could have been an even worse banking debacle back in the 1980s-but it didn't happen, thanks to his level-headed leadership. If Washington politicians ignore Isaac's insights, we will pay a fearful price." (Steve Forbes, Chief Executive Officer, Forbes, Inc.) "Bill Isaac throws down the gauntlet to Bush, Paulson, Obama, and Geithner. Their fixes and bailouts, he argues persuasively, were wrongheaded and very expensive. Learn from past crises and prevent the next collapse, says this experienced and outspoken former bank regulator. Let the real debate within the establishment begin." (Ralph Nader) biacuaduc@gmail.com (William M. Isaac) Fri, 23 Dec 2011 06:16:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Senseless-Panic-Audiobook/B006OP5GJU thebookvoice.com 06:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Senseless Panic Subtitle: How Washington Failed America Author: William M. Isaac Narrator: Mark F. Smith Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 12-23-11 Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The 1980s opened with the prime interest rate at an astonishing 21.5 percent, leading to a severe recession with unemployment reaching nearly 11 percent. Depression-like conditions befell the agricultural sector, a bubble burst in the energy sector, a rolling real estate recession swept the country, the entire thrift industry was badly insolvent and the major money center banks were loaded with third world debt. Some 3,000 bank and thrifts failed, including nine of Texas 10 largest, and Continental Illinois, which, at the time, was the 7th largest bank in the nation. These severe conditions were not only handled without creating a panic, the economy actually embarked on the longest peacetime expansion in history. In Senseless Panic: How Washington Failed America, William M. Isaac, Chairman of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) during the banking and Ss meltdown that allowed the failure of a comparative handful of institutions to nearly shut down the worlds financial system. The book also tells the rousing story of Isaacs time at the FDIC. With accessible and engaging prose, Isaac: Details the mistakes that led to the panic of 2008 and 2009. Demystifies the conditions America faced in 2008, and Provides a roadmap for avoiding similar shutdowns and panics in the future. Senseless Panic is a provocative, quick-paced, and thoughtful analysis of what went wrong with the nation's banking system and a blunt indictment of United States policy. Critic Reviews: "Washington had better read this book. Bill Isaac is absolutely on target in his acute analysis of what he rightly calls the 'Senseless Panic of 2008.' He was at the center in preventing what could have been an even worse banking debacle back in the 1980s-but it didn't happen, thanks to his level-headed leadership. If Washington politicians ignore Isaac's insights, we will pay a fearful price." (Steve Forbes, Chief Executive Officer, Forbes, Inc.) "Bill Isaac throws down the gauntlet to Bush, Paulson, Obama, and Geithner. Their fixes and bailouts, he argues persuasively, were wrongheaded and very expensive. Learn from past crises and prevent the next collapse, says this experienced and outspoken former bank regulator. Let the real debate within the establishment begin." (Ralph Nader) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Senseless Panic Subtitle: How Washington Failed America Author: William M. Isaac Narrator: Mark F. Smith Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 12-23-11 Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The 1980s opened with the prime interest rate at an astonishing 21.5 percent, leading to a severe recession with unemployment reaching nearly 11 percent. Depression-like conditions befell the agricultural sector, a bubble burst in the energy sector, a rolling real estate recession swept the country, the entire thrift industry was badly insolvent and the major money center banks were loaded with third world debt. Some 3,000 bank and thrifts failed, including nine of Texas 10 largest, and Continental Illinois, which, at the time, was the 7th largest bank in the nation. These severe conditions were not only handled without creating a panic, the economy actually embarked on the longest peacetime expansion in history. In Senseless Panic: How Washington Failed America, William M. Isaac, Chairman of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) during the banking and Ss meltdown that allowed the failure of a comparative handful of institutions to nearly shut down the worlds financial system. The book also tells the rousing story of Isaacs time at the FDIC. With accessible and engaging prose, Isaac: Details the mistakes that led to the panic of 2008 and 2009. Demystifies the conditions America faced in 2008, and Provides a roadmap for avoiding similar shutdowns and panics in the future. Senseless Panic is a provocative, quick-paced, and thoughtful analysis of what went wrong with the nation's banking system and a blunt indictment of United States policy. Critic Reviews: "Washington had better read this book. Bill Isaac is absolutely on target in his acute analysis of what he rightly calls the 'Senseless Panic of 2008.' He was at the center in preventing what could have been an even worse banking debacle back in the 1980s-but it didn't happen, thanks to his level-headed leadership. If Washington politicians ignore Isaac's insights, we will pay a fearful price." (Steve Forbes, Chief Executive Officer, Forbes, Inc.) "Bill Isaac throws down the gauntlet to Bush, Paulson, Obama, and Geithner. Their fixes and bailouts, he argues persuasively, were wrongheaded and very expensive. Learn from past crises and prevent the next collapse, says this experienced and outspoken former bank regulator. Let the real debate within the establishment begin." (Ralph Nader) Members Reviews: Quintessential Isaac: Thoughtful, concise, and eminently understandable; essential reading I read Bill Isaac's "Senseless Panic: How Washington Failed America" for a couple of reasons. First, the recent financial spasm was a signal event in the history of the United States financially, sociologically, and we shall see how else. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Macroeconomics-AudioLearn-Follow-Along-Manual-Audiobook/B00BFHDWW0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Macroeconomics AudioLearn Follow Along Manual Subtitle: AudioLearn Economics Series Author: AudioLearn Editors Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've chosen an overview of Macroeconomics. Congratulations! We hope that you'll better understand how Macroeconomics affects you in your daily life. Here is a sneak preview of what topics we will be covering in this AudioLearn overview of macroeconomics. To establish the basics, we will review again the Latin watchword of economics, "Ceteris Paribus". We'll briefly cover some other fallacies of thinking. These mistakes are fundamental to economics as well as to other disciplines. If you already know them, listen again and refresh your thinking. We'll talk briefly about the problem between scarcity and unlimited needs and wants, since that is the underlying problem. As we establish what macroeconomics specifically analyzes, we'll discuss the various goals of achievement that societies have set. We will show how trade can benefit all parties so they can all gain. biacuaduc@gmail.com (AudioLearn Editors) Thu, 14 Feb 2013 04:20:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Macroeconomics-AudioLearn-Follow-Along-Manual-Audiobook/B00BFHDWW0 thebookvoice.com 01:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Macroeconomics AudioLearn Follow Along Manual Subtitle: AudioLearn Economics Series Author: AudioLearn Editors Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've chosen an overview of Macroeconomics. Congratulations! We hope that you'll better understand how Macroeconomics affects you in your daily life. Here is a sneak preview of what topics we will be covering in this AudioLearn overview of macroeconomics. To establish the basics, we will review again the Latin watchword of economics, "Ceteris Paribus". We'll briefly cover some other fallacies of thinking. These mistakes are fundamental to economics as well as to other disciplines. If you already know them, listen again and refresh your thinking. We'll talk briefly about the problem between scarcity and unlimited needs and wants, since that is the underlying problem. As we establish what macroeconomics specifically analyzes, we'll discuss the various goals of achievement that societies have set. We will show how trade can benefit all parties so they can all gain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Macroeconomics AudioLearn Follow Along Manual Subtitle: AudioLearn Economics Series Author: AudioLearn Editors Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: You've chosen an overview of Macroeconomics. Congratulations! We hope that you'll better understand how Macroeconomics affects you in your daily life. Here is a sneak preview of what topics we will be covering in this AudioLearn overview of macroeconomics. To establish the basics, we will review again the Latin watchword of economics, "Ceteris Paribus". We'll briefly cover some other fallacies of thinking. These mistakes are fundamental to economics as well as to other disciplines. If you already know them, listen again and refresh your thinking. We'll talk briefly about the problem between scarcity and unlimited needs and wants, since that is the underlying problem. As we establish what macroeconomics specifically analyzes, we'll discuss the various goals of achievement that societies have set. We will show how trade can benefit all parties so they can all gain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Moving-Millions-Audiobook/B00ANOMNEO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Moving Millions Subtitle: How Coyote Capitalism Fuels Global Immigration Author: Jeffrey Kaye Narrator: John Allen Nelson Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-12 Publisher: Turner Publishing Company Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: On the same day that reporter Jeffrey Kaye visited the Tondo hospital in northwest Manila, members of an employees association wearing hospital uniforms rallied in the outside courtyard demanding pay raises. The nurses at the hospital took home about $261 a month, while in the United States, nurses earn, on average, more than fifteen times that rate of pay. No wonder so many of them leave the Philippines. Between 2000 and 2007, nearly 78,000 qualified nurses left the Philippines to work abroad, but there's more to it than the pull of better wages: Each year the Philippine president hands out Bagong Bayani ("modern-day heroes") awards to the country's "outstanding and exemplary" migrant workers. Migrant labor accounts for the Philippines' second-largest source of export revenue - after electronics - and they ship out nurses like another country might export textiles. In 2008, the Philippines was one of the top-ranking destination countries for remittances, alongside India ($45 billion), China ($34.5 billion), and Mexico ($26.2 billion). Nurses in the Philippines, farmers in Senegal, Dominican factory workers in rural Pennsylvania, even Indian software engineers working in California - all are pieces of a larger system Kaye calls "coyote capitalism". Coyote capitalism is the idea - practiced by many businesses and governments - that people, like other natural resources, are supplies to be shifted around to meet demand. Workers are pushed out, pulled in, and put on the line without consideration of the consequences for economies, communities, or individuals. With a fresh take on a controversial topic, Moving Millions knocks down myth after myth about why immigrants come to America and what role they play in the economy. Jeffrey Kaye is a freelance journalist and special correspondent for PBS NewsHour, for whom he has reported since 1984, covering immigration, housing, health care, urban politics, and other issues. What does it all add up to? America's approach to importing workers looks from the outside like a patchwork of unnecessary laws and regulations, but the machinery of immigration is actually part of a larger, global system that satisfies the needs of businesses and governments, often at the expense of workers in every nation. Drawing on Jeffrey Kaye's travels to places including Mexico, the U.K., the United Arab Emirates, the Philippines, Poland, and Senegal, this book, a healthy alternative to the obsession with migrants' legal status, exposes the dark side of globalization and the complicity of businesses and governments to benefit from the migration of millions of workers. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeffrey Kaye) Fri, 14 Dec 2012 22:50:46 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Moving-Millions-Audiobook/B00ANOMNEO thebookvoice.com 10:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Moving Millions Subtitle: How Coyote Capitalism Fuels Global Immigration Author: Jeffrey Kaye Narrator: John Allen Nelson Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-12 Publisher: Turner Publishing Company Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: On the same day that reporter Jeffrey Kaye visited the Tondo hospital in northwest Manila, members of an employees association wearing hospital uniforms rallied in the outside courtyard demanding pay raises. The nurses at the hospital took home about $261 a month, while in the United States, nurses earn, on average, more than fifteen times that rate of pay. No wonder so many of them leave the Philippines. Between 2000 and 2007, nearly 78,000 qualified nurses left the Philippines to work abroad, but there's more to it than the pull of better wages: Each year the Philippine president hands out Bagong Bayani ("modern-day heroes") awards to the country's "outstanding and exemplary" migrant workers. Migrant labor accounts for the Philippines' second-largest source of export revenue - after electronics - and they ship out nurses like another country might export textiles. In 2008, the Philippines was one of the top-ranking destination countries for remittances, alongside India ($45 billion), China ($34.5 billion), and Mexico ($26.2 billion). Nurses in the Philippines, farmers in Senegal, Dominican factory workers in rural Pennsylvania, even Indian software engineers working in California - all are pieces of a larger system Kaye calls "coyote capitalism". Coyote capitalism is the idea - practiced by many businesses and governments - that people, like other natural resources, are supplies to be shifted around to meet demand. Workers are pushed out, pulled in, and put on the line without consideration of the consequences for economies, communities, or individuals. With a fresh take on a controversial topic, Moving Millions knocks down myth after myth about why immigrants come to America and what role they play in the economy. Jeffrey Kaye is a freelance journalist and special correspondent for PBS NewsHour, for whom he has reported since 1984, covering immigration, housing, health care, urban politics, and other issues. What does it all add up to? America's approach to importing workers looks from the outside like a patchwork of unnecessary laws and regulations, but the machinery of immigration is actually part of a larger, global system that satisfies the needs of businesses and governments, often at the expense of workers in every nation. Drawing on Jeffrey Kaye's travels to places including Mexico, the U.K., the United Arab Emirates, the Philippines, Poland, and Senegal, this book, a healthy alternative to the obsession with migrants' legal status, exposes the dark side of globalization and the complicity of businesses and governments to benefit from the migration of millions of workers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Moving Millions Subtitle: How Coyote Capitalism Fuels Global Immigration Author: Jeffrey Kaye Narrator: John Allen Nelson Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-12 Publisher: Turner Publishing Company Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: On the same day that reporter Jeffrey Kaye visited the Tondo hospital in northwest Manila, members of an employees association wearing hospital uniforms rallied in the outside courtyard demanding pay raises. The nurses at the hospital took home about $261 a month, while in the United States, nurses earn, on average, more than fifteen times that rate of pay. No wonder so many of them leave the Philippines. Between 2000 and 2007, nearly 78,000 qualified nurses left the Philippines to work abroad, but there's more to it than the pull of better wages: Each year the Philippine president hands out Bagong Bayani ("modern-day heroes") awards to the country's "outstanding and exemplary" migrant workers. Migrant labor accounts for the Philippines' second-largest source of export revenue - after electronics - and they ship out nurses like another country might export textiles. In 2008, the Philippines was one of the top-ranking destination countries for remittances, alongside India ($45 billion), China ($34.5 billion), and Mexico ($26.2 billion). Nurses in the Philippines, farmers in Senegal, Dominican factory workers in rural Pennsylvania, even Indian software engineers working in California - all are pieces of a larger system Kaye calls "coyote capitalism". Coyote capitalism is the idea - practiced by many businesses and governments - that people, like other natural resources, are supplies to be shifted around to meet demand. Workers are pushed out, pulled in, and put on the line without consideration of the consequences for economies, communities, or individuals. With a fresh take on a controversial topic, Moving Millions knocks down myth after myth about why immigrants come to America and what role they play in the economy. Jeffrey Kaye is a freelance journalist and special correspondent for PBS NewsHour, for whom he has reported since 1984, covering immigration, housing, health care, urban politics, and other issues. What does it all add up to? America's approach to importing workers looks from the outside like a patchwork of unnecessary laws and regulations, but the machinery of immigration is actually part of a larger, global system that satisfies the needs of businesses and governments, often at the expense of workers in every nation. Drawing on Jeffrey Kaye's travels to places including Mexico, the U.K., the United Arab Emirates, the Philippines, Poland, and Senegal, this book, a healthy alternative to the obsession with migrants' legal status, exposes the dark side of globalization and the complicity of businesses and governments to benefit from the migration of millions of workers. Members Reviews: Moving Millions is a Must One cannot go a day without hearing about "the need for a wall" to keep out the cause of this nation's troubles. Moving Millions: How Coyote Capitalism Fuels Global Immigration is a necessary read to dispel not only the notion that immigration entry is the cause; it additionally explains in careful detail how such a proposal is a complete waste of time and financial resources. From the personal anecdotes to the statistical analysis, the book allows the reader to better understand the worldly involvement of global immigration. A New Perspective on a Timely Issue Moving Millions offers a new perspective on the issue of human migration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/American-Gridlock-Why-the-Right-and-Left-Are-Both-Wrong-Commonsense-101-Solutions-to-the-Economic-Crises-Audiobook/B008RBPH84 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: American Gridlock: Why the Right and Left Are Both Wrong - Commonsense 101 Solutions to the Economic Crises Author: H. Woody Brock Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A sensible solution to getting our economy back on track Pessimism is ubiquitous throughout the Western World as the pressing issues of massive debt, high unemployment, and anemic economic growth divide the populace into warring political camps. Right-and Left-wing ideologues talk past each other, with neither side admitting the other has any good ideas. In American Gridlock, leading economist and political theorist H. Woody Brock bridges the Left/Right divide, illuminating a clear path out of our economic quagmire. Arguing from first principles and with rigorous logic, Brock demonstrates that the choice before us is not between free market capitalism and a government-driven economy. Rather, the solution to our problems will require enactment of constructive policies that allow "true" capitalism to flourish even as they incorporate social policies that help those who truly need it. Brock demonstrates how deductive logic (as opposed to ideologically driven data analysis) can transform the way we think about these problems and lead us to new and different solutions that cross the ideological divide. Drawing on new theories such as game theory and the economics of uncertainty that are based upon deductive logic, Brock reveals fresh ideas for tackling issues central to the 2012 U.S, Presidential election and to the nations long-run future: Profound, timely and important, American Gridlock cuts through the stale biases of the Right and Left, advances new ways of thinking, and provides creative solutions to the problems that threaten American society. biacuaduc@gmail.com (H. Woody Brock) Wed, 01 Aug 2012 11:40:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/American-Gridlock-Why-the-Right-and-Left-Are-Both-Wrong-Commonsense-101-Solutions-to-the-Economic-Crises-Audiobook/B008RBPH84 thebookvoice.com 11:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: American Gridlock: Why the Right and Left Are Both Wrong - Commonsense 101 Solutions to the Economic Crises Author: H. Woody Brock Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A sensible solution to getting our economy back on track Pessimism is ubiquitous throughout the Western World as the pressing issues of massive debt, high unemployment, and anemic economic growth divide the populace into warring political camps. Right-and Left-wing ideologues talk past each other, with neither side admitting the other has any good ideas. In American Gridlock, leading economist and political theorist H. Woody Brock bridges the Left/Right divide, illuminating a clear path out of our economic quagmire. Arguing from first principles and with rigorous logic, Brock demonstrates that the choice before us is not between free market capitalism and a government-driven economy. Rather, the solution to our problems will require enactment of constructive policies that allow "true" capitalism to flourish even as they incorporate social policies that help those who truly need it. Brock demonstrates how deductive logic (as opposed to ideologically driven data analysis) can transform the way we think about these problems and lead us to new and different solutions that cross the ideological divide. Drawing on new theories such as game theory and the economics of uncertainty that are based upon deductive logic, Brock reveals fresh ideas for tackling issues central to the 2012 U.S, Presidential election and to the nations long-run future: Profound, timely and important, American Gridlock cuts through the stale biases of the Right and Left, advances new ways of thinking, and provides creative solutions to the problems that threaten American society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: American Gridlock: Why the Right and Left Are Both Wrong - Commonsense 101 Solutions to the Economic Crises Author: H. Woody Brock Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A sensible solution to getting our economy back on track Pessimism is ubiquitous throughout the Western World as the pressing issues of massive debt, high unemployment, and anemic economic growth divide the populace into warring political camps. Right-and Left-wing ideologues talk past each other, with neither side admitting the other has any good ideas. In American Gridlock, leading economist and political theorist H. Woody Brock bridges the Left/Right divide, illuminating a clear path out of our economic quagmire. Arguing from first principles and with rigorous logic, Brock demonstrates that the choice before us is not between free market capitalism and a government-driven economy. Rather, the solution to our problems will require enactment of constructive policies that allow "true" capitalism to flourish even as they incorporate social policies that help those who truly need it. Brock demonstrates how deductive logic (as opposed to ideologically driven data analysis) can transform the way we think about these problems and lead us to new and different solutions that cross the ideological divide. Drawing on new theories such as game theory and the economics of uncertainty that are based upon deductive logic, Brock reveals fresh ideas for tackling issues central to the 2012 U.S, Presidential election and to the nations long-run future: Profound, timely and important, American Gridlock cuts through the stale biases of the Right and Left, advances new ways of thinking, and provides creative solutions to the problems that threaten American society. Members Reviews: If possible I would give this book ZERO stars. What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? I don't think it would be possible to make this a 4 or 5 star. Would you ever listen to anything by H. Woody Brock again? Nope, never, nada, not even How did the narrator detract from the book? Full of himself. If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from American Gridlock: Why the Right and Left Are Both Wrong - Commonsense 101 Solutions to the Economic Crises? I would cut from the second word to the last word. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Saving-the-World-at-Work-Audiobook/B002V5J3I2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Saving the World at Work Subtitle: What Companies and Individuals Can Do to Go Beyond Making a Profit to Making a Difference Author: Tim Sanders Narrator: Tim Sanders Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 09-16-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Real life stories about consumers who demand that companies make a diffence in the world with their products. ©2008 Tim Sanders; (P)2008 Random House Audio biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tim Sanders) Tue, 16 Sep 2008 03:20:31 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Saving-the-World-at-Work-Audiobook/B002V5J3I2 thebookvoice.com 07:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Saving the World at Work Subtitle: What Companies and Individuals Can Do to Go Beyond Making a Profit to Making a Difference Author: Tim Sanders Narrator: Tim Sanders Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 09-16-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Real life stories about consumers who demand that companies make a diffence in the world with their products. ©2008 Tim Sanders; (P)2008 Random House Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Saving the World at Work Subtitle: What Companies and Individuals Can Do to Go Beyond Making a Profit to Making a Difference Author: Tim Sanders Narrator: Tim Sanders Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 09-16-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Real life stories about consumers who demand that companies make a diffence in the world with their products. ©2008 Tim Sanders; (P)2008 Random House Audio Members Reviews: Empowers workers to make a difference So much of today's business environment is impersonal and focused on the "bottom-line." Workers and customers often feel like they do not matter except in regard to the company's financial success. Tim Sanders book helps employees and managers alike to see that the success of the company's stakeholders (employees, customers, suppliers, community) does much to insure the financial success of the company. If employees are treated unfairly, are asked to work long hours under adversive conditions, they will not have any personal commitment to the company's success. Employees of large companies often feel that there is nothing they can do to change their working environment. This book suggests that the actions of an individual employee can ultimately make a difference. Their actions can change the behavior of the company to improve working conditions and can instigate changes that will improve the company's attitudes about the environment and community. It is a great book for managers to read; it is an even better book for employees to read. SAVE YOUR BUSINESS' FUTURE AND THE WORLD JOIN THE RESPONSIBILITY REVOLUTION! Begin by educating yourself with this book! Tim Sanders has written a book which wonderfully articulates not only where business leaders need to go, but where savvy business leaders are already going. Tim makes his argument through specific examples of companies that have already joined this revolution and the successes they have achieved because of it. He clearly lays our for the reader the different phases of the revolution, the laws of being a "Saver Soldier", and finally, he details how the great companies of the future need to good to their people, their communities, and the world. This book is more than a map; it is a GPS which will guide you to your future success in business. It should be considered a MUST for anyone who is interested in the success of their business or company. Gustavo Grodnitzky, Ph.D., Organizational Consultant Tim is one of my favorite business offers Tim is one of my favorite business offers. He sounds like the kind of guy that everyone wants to work for. His perspective is golden. Hey, I am not an enviromentalist nut! It's true. I am not a tree hugger or one that really believes that global warming is a man made deal. I strongly believe in water conservation, and recycling is cool if it is easy and doesn't expend more energy than what it takes to perform the recycle process. This book is not just about environmentalism.....whew! So why do I love this book soooo much? Tim Sanders tells it like it is. It is what it is....people care about the environment(nearly like a religion); policy will be adopted that will change how people will do business. What really hooked me was Tim's simple explanations with great stories that show how "good" people really are - and want to be! It is truly a great lesson/guide of how businesses and people will need to change, to adapt and see how "good" for every shareholder is important and critical. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/US-Corporate-Tax-System-Audiobook/B074PBY94G Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: US Corporate Tax System Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 47 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The corporate tax is essentially a flat rate tax; it is currently 46%. The rate was reduced from 52% to 48% by the 1964 tax cut, raised temporarily by 10% during the Vietnam War but was also reduced in 1978 by the tax act to the current level. The tax base for a nonfinancial corporation investing in fixed assets is derived by subtracting from gross sales the costs of input increases or when tax credits are allowed against calculated tax liabilities. Through various legislation, there have been increases in levels of depreciation allowances and credits at any given level of income. biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Fri, 11 Aug 2017 11:58:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/US-Corporate-Tax-System-Audiobook/B074PBY94G thebookvoice.com 00:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: US Corporate Tax System Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 47 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The corporate tax is essentially a flat rate tax; it is currently 46%. The rate was reduced from 52% to 48% by the 1964 tax cut, raised temporarily by 10% during the Vietnam War but was also reduced in 1978 by the tax act to the current level. The tax base for a nonfinancial corporation investing in fixed assets is derived by subtracting from gross sales the costs of input increases or when tax credits are allowed against calculated tax liabilities. Through various legislation, there have been increases in levels of depreciation allowances and credits at any given level of income. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: US Corporate Tax System Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 47 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The corporate tax is essentially a flat rate tax; it is currently 46%. The rate was reduced from 52% to 48% by the 1964 tax cut, raised temporarily by 10% during the Vietnam War but was also reduced in 1978 by the tax act to the current level. The tax base for a nonfinancial corporation investing in fixed assets is derived by subtracting from gross sales the costs of input increases or when tax credits are allowed against calculated tax liabilities. Through various legislation, there have been increases in levels of depreciation allowances and credits at any given level of income. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-Conservative-Social-Liberal-Audiobook/B01BDHVAZC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Conservative/Social Liberal Subtitle: The Toxic Atmosphere in Washington and Wall Street Greed Are Destroying Our Country Author: Mark Bragg Narrator: Mark Bragg Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-16 Publisher: United States Investment Company, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In 2014, America bought $508 billion more in foreign goods than foreigners bought from us. The largest single destroyer of jobs in America (nearly 30 million jobs have been exported) has been our enormous trade deficit. But why is this subject never mentioned in presidential campaigns? For the simple reason that no one knows what to do about it. Most members of Congress are lawyers with no real business experience or economic background. Originally created for the poor, social security was for those unable to support themselves in their old age - before it was forced on everyone as a savings account. Unfortunately, that money was stolen first to pay for the Vietnam War and then satisfy other "unfunded federal liabilities". Those are promises the federal government has made with no revenue to pay for them. Few people are aware that the missing money was replaced with IOUs, which Uncle Sam is now borrowing to repay. While author Mark Bragg agrees it was necessary for an environmental movement to force the government to clean the air and water, he says extremists have now taken over the federal bureaucracy and are using various federal laws to attack our food supply. Even Al Gore believes spending $7 billion a year to subsidize corn production for ethanol is senseless. He should know. He established the stupidity that allows 41 percent of our corn supply to be made into a corrosive fuel that costs more energy to make than it actually produces. Government jobs take money from private enterprises to spend on self-defeating welfare, a declining educational system, excessive military defense, and environmental extremism. Rather than generating any wealth, the government's expenditure are consuming it. Most politicians and virtually all bureaucrats don't know the difference between jobs that produce wealth and jobs that consume wealth and stop wealth production. In Economic Conservative/Social Liberal, Bragg offers a plan for fixing the dire problems our country currently faces. Written to engage, educate, and inspire further discussion, the book is intended for any listener interested in gaining greater political and economic understanding for challenging the status quo. Although it is bound to boil the blood of the left and the right, it will make perfect sense to many of the independent voters who will decide the next election. You can visit the author's site at independentvoters.com. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Bragg) Tue, 02 Feb 2016 07:40:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-Conservative-Social-Liberal-Audiobook/B01BDHVAZC thebookvoice.com 02:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Conservative/Social Liberal Subtitle: The Toxic Atmosphere in Washington and Wall Street Greed Are Destroying Our Country Author: Mark Bragg Narrator: Mark Bragg Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-16 Publisher: United States Investment Company, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In 2014, America bought $508 billion more in foreign goods than foreigners bought from us. The largest single destroyer of jobs in America (nearly 30 million jobs have been exported) has been our enormous trade deficit. But why is this subject never mentioned in presidential campaigns? For the simple reason that no one knows what to do about it. Most members of Congress are lawyers with no real business experience or economic background. Originally created for the poor, social security was for those unable to support themselves in their old age - before it was forced on everyone as a savings account. Unfortunately, that money was stolen first to pay for the Vietnam War and then satisfy other "unfunded federal liabilities". Those are promises the federal government has made with no revenue to pay for them. Few people are aware that the missing money was replaced with IOUs, which Uncle Sam is now borrowing to repay. While author Mark Bragg agrees it was necessary for an environmental movement to force the government to clean the air and water, he says extremists have now taken over the federal bureaucracy and are using various federal laws to attack our food supply. Even Al Gore believes spending $7 billion a year to subsidize corn production for ethanol is senseless. He should know. He established the stupidity that allows 41 percent of our corn supply to be made into a corrosive fuel that costs more energy to make than it actually produces. Government jobs take money from private enterprises to spend on self-defeating welfare, a declining educational system, excessive military defense, and environmental extremism. Rather than generating any wealth, the government's expenditure are consuming it. Most politicians and virtually all bureaucrats don't know the difference between jobs that produce wealth and jobs that consume wealth and stop wealth production. In Economic Conservative/Social Liberal, Bragg offers a plan for fixing the dire problems our country currently faces. Written to engage, educate, and inspire further discussion, the book is intended for any listener interested in gaining greater political and economic understanding for challenging the status quo. Although it is bound to boil the blood of the left and the right, it will make perfect sense to many of the independent voters who will decide the next election. You can visit the author's site at independentvoters.com. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Conservative/Social Liberal Subtitle: The Toxic Atmosphere in Washington and Wall Street Greed Are Destroying Our Country Author: Mark Bragg Narrator: Mark Bragg Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-16 Publisher: United States Investment Company, LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In 2014, America bought $508 billion more in foreign goods than foreigners bought from us. The largest single destroyer of jobs in America (nearly 30 million jobs have been exported) has been our enormous trade deficit. But why is this subject never mentioned in presidential campaigns? For the simple reason that no one knows what to do about it. Most members of Congress are lawyers with no real business experience or economic background. Originally created for the poor, social security was for those unable to support themselves in their old age - before it was forced on everyone as a savings account. Unfortunately, that money was stolen first to pay for the Vietnam War and then satisfy other "unfunded federal liabilities". Those are promises the federal government has made with no revenue to pay for them. Few people are aware that the missing money was replaced with IOUs, which Uncle Sam is now borrowing to repay. While author Mark Bragg agrees it was necessary for an environmental movement to force the government to clean the air and water, he says extremists have now taken over the federal bureaucracy and are using various federal laws to attack our food supply. Even Al Gore believes spending $7 billion a year to subsidize corn production for ethanol is senseless. He should know. He established the stupidity that allows 41 percent of our corn supply to be made into a corrosive fuel that costs more energy to make than it actually produces. Government jobs take money from private enterprises to spend on self-defeating welfare, a declining educational system, excessive military defense, and environmental extremism. Rather than generating any wealth, the government's expenditure are consuming it. Most politicians and virtually all bureaucrats don't know the difference between jobs that produce wealth and jobs that consume wealth and stop wealth production. In Economic Conservative/Social Liberal, Bragg offers a plan for fixing the dire problems our country currently faces. Written to engage, educate, and inspire further discussion, the book is intended for any listener interested in gaining greater political and economic understanding for challenging the status quo. Although it is bound to boil the blood of the left and the right, it will make perfect sense to many of the independent voters who will decide the next election. You can visit the author's site at independentvoters.com. Members Reviews: Very easy to read and understand This book really opened my eyes! My voice does count! America is in trouble folks! Read this book and find out the facts of why were in such trouble as a country and debt and why,. But we can change it! Very easy to read and understand! Definitely going to recommend this book! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Economics-Updated-2-e-Audiobook/B003NH2G9A Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Economics, Updated 2/e Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony O'Brien Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Jessica Tivens Format: Original Recording Length: 11 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 12-15-08 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Economics, Updated 2/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are - whatever you're doing - you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2009 Pearson Education, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Glenn Hubbard) Mon, 15 Dec 2008 03:00:38 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Economics-Updated-2-e-Audiobook/B003NH2G9A thebookvoice.com 11:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Economics, Updated 2/e Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony O'Brien Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Jessica Tivens Format: Original Recording Length: 11 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 12-15-08 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Economics, Updated 2/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are - whatever you're doing - you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2009 Pearson Education, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Economics, Updated 2/e Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony O'Brien Narrator: Stow Lovejoy, Jessica Tivens Format: Original Recording Length: 11 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 12-15-08 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Economics, Updated 2/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are - whatever you're doing - you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2009 Pearson Education, Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Purchase-of-Intimacy-Audiobook/B00309RW2M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Purchase of Intimacy Author: Viviana Z. Zelizer Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 12-09-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In their personal lives, people consider it essential to separate economics and intimacy. We have, for example, a long-standing taboo against workplace romance, while we see marital love as different from prostitution because it is not a fundamentally financial exchange. In The Purchase of Intimacy, Viviana Zelizer mounts a provocative challenge to this view. Getting to the heart of one of life's greatest taboos, she shows how we all use economic activity to create, maintain, and renegotiate important ties--especially intimate ties--to other people. In everyday life, we invest intense effort and worry to strike the right balance. For example, when a wife's income equals or surpasses her husband's, how much more time should the man devote to household chores or child care? Sometimes legal disputes arise. Should the surviving partner in a same-sex relationship have received compensation for a partner's death as a result of 9/11? Through a host of compelling examples, Zelizer shows us why price is central to three key areas of intimacy: sexually tinged relations; health care by family members, friends, and professionals; and household economics. She draws both on research and materials ranging from reports on compensation to survivors of 9/11 victims to financial management Web sites and advice books for same-sex couples. From the bedroom to the courtroom, The Purchase of Intimacy opens a fascinating new window on the inner workings of the economic processes that pervade our private lives. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Viviana Z. Zelizer) Wed, 09 Dec 2009 07:14:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Purchase-of-Intimacy-Audiobook/B00309RW2M thebookvoice.com 13:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Purchase of Intimacy Author: Viviana Z. Zelizer Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 12-09-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In their personal lives, people consider it essential to separate economics and intimacy. We have, for example, a long-standing taboo against workplace romance, while we see marital love as different from prostitution because it is not a fundamentally financial exchange. In The Purchase of Intimacy, Viviana Zelizer mounts a provocative challenge to this view. Getting to the heart of one of life's greatest taboos, she shows how we all use economic activity to create, maintain, and renegotiate important ties--especially intimate ties--to other people. In everyday life, we invest intense effort and worry to strike the right balance. For example, when a wife's income equals or surpasses her husband's, how much more time should the man devote to household chores or child care? Sometimes legal disputes arise. Should the surviving partner in a same-sex relationship have received compensation for a partner's death as a result of 9/11? Through a host of compelling examples, Zelizer shows us why price is central to three key areas of intimacy: sexually tinged relations; health care by family members, friends, and professionals; and household economics. She draws both on research and materials ranging from reports on compensation to survivors of 9/11 victims to financial management Web sites and advice books for same-sex couples. From the bedroom to the courtroom, The Purchase of Intimacy opens a fascinating new window on the inner workings of the economic processes that pervade our private lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Purchase of Intimacy Author: Viviana Z. Zelizer Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 12-09-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In their personal lives, people consider it essential to separate economics and intimacy. We have, for example, a long-standing taboo against workplace romance, while we see marital love as different from prostitution because it is not a fundamentally financial exchange. In The Purchase of Intimacy, Viviana Zelizer mounts a provocative challenge to this view. Getting to the heart of one of life's greatest taboos, she shows how we all use economic activity to create, maintain, and renegotiate important ties--especially intimate ties--to other people. In everyday life, we invest intense effort and worry to strike the right balance. For example, when a wife's income equals or surpasses her husband's, how much more time should the man devote to household chores or child care? Sometimes legal disputes arise. Should the surviving partner in a same-sex relationship have received compensation for a partner's death as a result of 9/11? Through a host of compelling examples, Zelizer shows us why price is central to three key areas of intimacy: sexually tinged relations; health care by family members, friends, and professionals; and household economics. She draws both on research and materials ranging from reports on compensation to survivors of 9/11 victims to financial management Web sites and advice books for same-sex couples. From the bedroom to the courtroom, The Purchase of Intimacy opens a fascinating new window on the inner workings of the economic processes that pervade our private lives. Members Reviews: Five Stars such a great book! thank you! Five Stars Viviana just makes a history book more interesting to read Can't Buy Me Love The Purchase of Intimacy deals with how people and the law manage the mingling of what sometimes seem to be incompatible activities: the maintenance of intimate personal relations and the conduct of economic activity. Contrary to the common view of separate spheres or conflicting realms, people often mingle economic activity with intimacy. Across a wide range of intimate relations, people manage to integrate monetary transfers into large webs of mutual obligations without destroying the social ties involved. Intimate relations not only incorporate economic activity, but depend on it and organize it. Money cohabits regularly with intimacy, and even sustains it. Then why is it that people worry so much about mixing intimacy and economic transactions, fearing for example that introducing money into friendship, marriage, or parent-child relations will corrupt them, or stating emphatically that sentiments have no place in a commercial relationship? The idea that economic claims and human relationships belong to hostile worlds emerge from the effort to mark and defend boundaries between categories of social ties that contain some common elements and that, if confused, would threaten existing relations of trust. Looking meticulously at caring relations reveals that participants themselves do not contend over whether those relations should involve economic transactions. They contend instead over the appropriate matches among relations, media, and transactions. For participants, the secret is to match the right sort of monetary payment with the social transaction at hand. The matching depends strongly on the definition of the social ties among the parties. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Health-Care-Reform-Now-Audiobook/B002V0PURK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Health Care Reform Now! Subtitle: A Prescription for Change Author: George Halvorson Narrator: John J. Nance Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Health Care Reform Now! is written for anyone who cares enough about our health-care situation to consider serious alternatives to the current system. In this book, George Halvorson - an internationally known health-care leader and author - offers a sensible approach to health-care reform and universal coverage that can work for all stakeholders. Step by step, Halvorson outlines a game plan to create a truly world-class health-care system that will appeal to policy makers on both ends of the political spectrum and will deliver health care with improved quality, better access, provider accountability, performance transparency, consumer choice, and individual empowerment. As readable as it is instructive, Health Care Reform Now! proposes a practical model that solves the unsolvable by identifying specific areas where health care performance improvement can create better outcomes, better choices, and far better use of the health-care dollar. Halvorson also explains why "reform" itself needs to be a "product" rather than just a concept. He explains why quick action is essential and how using the right tools - with a focus on real costs and the use of real data and better caregiver support systems - can make universal coverage easy to administer, efficient, affordable, and "free" in three years, compared with what the total cost of care would be without universal coverage. Critic Reviews: "George Halvorson convincingly argues that the United States finally has what it needs to make universal coverage a reality and lays out a plan to get us there." (Congressman Pete Stark, D-CA,chairman, Ways and Means Health Subcommittee) "This is a very readable book on the current status of reform possibilities facing the US health care system." (Journal of the American Medical Association) biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Halvorson) Sat, 20 Sep 2008 21:31:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Health-Care-Reform-Now-Audiobook/B002V0PURK thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Health Care Reform Now! Subtitle: A Prescription for Change Author: George Halvorson Narrator: John J. Nance Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Health Care Reform Now! is written for anyone who cares enough about our health-care situation to consider serious alternatives to the current system. In this book, George Halvorson - an internationally known health-care leader and author - offers a sensible approach to health-care reform and universal coverage that can work for all stakeholders. Step by step, Halvorson outlines a game plan to create a truly world-class health-care system that will appeal to policy makers on both ends of the political spectrum and will deliver health care with improved quality, better access, provider accountability, performance transparency, consumer choice, and individual empowerment. As readable as it is instructive, Health Care Reform Now! proposes a practical model that solves the unsolvable by identifying specific areas where health care performance improvement can create better outcomes, better choices, and far better use of the health-care dollar. Halvorson also explains why "reform" itself needs to be a "product" rather than just a concept. He explains why quick action is essential and how using the right tools - with a focus on real costs and the use of real data and better caregiver support systems - can make universal coverage easy to administer, efficient, affordable, and "free" in three years, compared with what the total cost of care would be without universal coverage. Critic Reviews: "George Halvorson convincingly argues that the United States finally has what it needs to make universal coverage a reality and lays out a plan to get us there." (Congressman Pete Stark, D-CA,chairman, Ways and Means Health Subcommittee) "This is a very readable book on the current status of reform possibilities facing the US health care system." (Journal of the American Medical Association) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Health Care Reform Now! Subtitle: A Prescription for Change Author: George Halvorson Narrator: John J. Nance Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-08 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Health Care Reform Now! is written for anyone who cares enough about our health-care situation to consider serious alternatives to the current system. In this book, George Halvorson - an internationally known health-care leader and author - offers a sensible approach to health-care reform and universal coverage that can work for all stakeholders. Step by step, Halvorson outlines a game plan to create a truly world-class health-care system that will appeal to policy makers on both ends of the political spectrum and will deliver health care with improved quality, better access, provider accountability, performance transparency, consumer choice, and individual empowerment. As readable as it is instructive, Health Care Reform Now! proposes a practical model that solves the unsolvable by identifying specific areas where health care performance improvement can create better outcomes, better choices, and far better use of the health-care dollar. Halvorson also explains why "reform" itself needs to be a "product" rather than just a concept. He explains why quick action is essential and how using the right tools - with a focus on real costs and the use of real data and better caregiver support systems - can make universal coverage easy to administer, efficient, affordable, and "free" in three years, compared with what the total cost of care would be without universal coverage. Critic Reviews: "George Halvorson convincingly argues that the United States finally has what it needs to make universal coverage a reality and lays out a plan to get us there." (Congressman Pete Stark, D-CA,chairman, Ways and Means Health Subcommittee) "This is a very readable book on the current status of reform possibilities facing the US health care system." (Journal of the American Medical Association) Members Reviews: well thought! I just finished this audio book. I liked it. I am currently taking a graduate level course in health policy. Hence, I can probably tell to what extent the book goes along the line of supportive evidence. As the author says it is not an evidence based discourse but I found his policy recommendations quite reasonable , well-thought and well-summarized. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B0711XRYH2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide Author: Lee Maxwell Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr. Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 05-24-17 Publisher: Mrjohari Publishing Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In a wrld f lrtd technological hng, t wuld b unwise t rdt what tmrrw m brng. Thr r many ftr that m come into l in th evolution f Btn. If t will run into severe btl, t will rdl be dld by another rt-currency tht wll overcome th btl. In th ntrr , the network fft will rr Bitcoin t dominance. Whether r not t' Btn, crypto-currencies r hr t stay an ntrgung nt nd a grundbrkng technology. If you r a nwb wh is ntrtd in trdng with Bitcoin, thn you wll nd t frt undrtnd th basics of trading nd nvtng. Th nd mn mr ltnt ft hll b rfundl xundd n n th hghl xtr bk. Here is a preview of what inside the book: biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lee Maxwell) Wed, 24 May 2017 07:03:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B0711XRYH2 thebookvoice.com 01:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide Author: Lee Maxwell Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr. Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 05-24-17 Publisher: Mrjohari Publishing Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In a wrld f lrtd technological hng, t wuld b unwise t rdt what tmrrw m brng. Thr r many ftr that m come into l in th evolution f Btn. If t will run into severe btl, t will rdl be dld by another rt-currency tht wll overcome th btl. In th ntrr , the network fft will rr Bitcoin t dominance. Whether r not t' Btn, crypto-currencies r hr t stay an ntrgung nt nd a grundbrkng technology. If you r a nwb wh is ntrtd in trdng with Bitcoin, thn you wll nd t frt undrtnd th basics of trading nd nvtng. Th nd mn mr ltnt ft hll b rfundl xundd n n th hghl xtr bk. Here is a preview of what inside the book: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Subtitle: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide Author: Lee Maxwell Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr. Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 05-24-17 Publisher: Mrjohari Publishing Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In a wrld f lrtd technological hng, t wuld b unwise t rdt what tmrrw m brng. Thr r many ftr that m come into l in th evolution f Btn. If t will run into severe btl, t will rdl be dld by another rt-currency tht wll overcome th btl. In th ntrr , the network fft will rr Bitcoin t dominance. Whether r not t' Btn, crypto-currencies r hr t stay an ntrgung nt nd a grundbrkng technology. If you r a nwb wh is ntrtd in trdng with Bitcoin, thn you wll nd t frt undrtnd th basics of trading nd nvtng. Th nd mn mr ltnt ft hll b rfundl xundd n n th hghl xtr bk. Here is a preview of what inside the book: Members Reviews: Plagiarized Rip-off O Stars -- exactly word for word from the book- Bitcoin: A Complete Beginner's Guide- Master The Game, by Luke Sutton. I Purchased both books and they are nearly exact copies of each other. I don't know who plagiarized who, but I got ripped off, and Kindle and/or Amazon should do something about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Putin-Country-by-Anne-Garrels-Includes-Analysis-Audiobook/B01G72S6NC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of Putin Country by Anne Garrels | Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 21 mins Language: English Release date: 05-26-16 Publisher: Instaread Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Summary of Putin Country by Anne Garrels | Includes Analysis Preview: Putin Country is an account of foreign correspondent Anne Garrels' travels in, and study of, Chelyabinsk, Russia. Chelyabinsk is a region of south central Russia located at the southern end of the Ural mountain chain, on the border of Europe and Asia. Although cosmopolitan Moscow is familiar to European and Western observers, Chelyabinsk is more typical of Russia as a whole, not least in its support for Russian President Vladimir Putin. The Soviet Union dissolved in 1991 after decades of Communist rule. People in Russia were at first hopeful that the country would experience a new era of openness and prosperity. Instead, President Boris Yeltsin's regime was notoriously corrupt. The rapid transition away from government economic control led to chaos and economic hardship. The chaos of the 1990s made people in Chelyabinsk welcome the rise of Putin in 2000. Many Russians view Putin as a strong leader working to restore.... Please Note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book. Inside this Instaread summary of Putin Country About the Author With Instaread, you can get the key takeaways, summary and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read every chapter, identify the key takeaways and analyze them for your convenience. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread) Thu, 26 May 2016 17:36:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Putin-Country-by-Anne-Garrels-Includes-Analysis-Audiobook/B01G72S6NC thebookvoice.com 00:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of Putin Country by Anne Garrels | Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 21 mins Language: English Release date: 05-26-16 Publisher: Instaread Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Summary of Putin Country by Anne Garrels | Includes Analysis Preview: Putin Country is an account of foreign correspondent Anne Garrels' travels in, and study of, Chelyabinsk, Russia. Chelyabinsk is a region of south central Russia located at the southern end of the Ural mountain chain, on the border of Europe and Asia. Although cosmopolitan Moscow is familiar to European and Western observers, Chelyabinsk is more typical of Russia as a whole, not least in its support for Russian President Vladimir Putin. The Soviet Union dissolved in 1991 after decades of Communist rule. People in Russia were at first hopeful that the country would experience a new era of openness and prosperity. Instead, President Boris Yeltsin's regime was notoriously corrupt. The rapid transition away from government economic control led to chaos and economic hardship. The chaos of the 1990s made people in Chelyabinsk welcome the rise of Putin in 2000. Many Russians view Putin as a strong leader working to restore.... Please Note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book. Inside this Instaread summary of Putin Country About the Author With Instaread, you can get the key takeaways, summary and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read every chapter, identify the key takeaways and analyze them for your convenience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of Putin Country by Anne Garrels | Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 21 mins Language: English Release date: 05-26-16 Publisher: Instaread Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Summary of Putin Country by Anne Garrels | Includes Analysis Preview: Putin Country is an account of foreign correspondent Anne Garrels' travels in, and study of, Chelyabinsk, Russia. Chelyabinsk is a region of south central Russia located at the southern end of the Ural mountain chain, on the border of Europe and Asia. Although cosmopolitan Moscow is familiar to European and Western observers, Chelyabinsk is more typical of Russia as a whole, not least in its support for Russian President Vladimir Putin. The Soviet Union dissolved in 1991 after decades of Communist rule. People in Russia were at first hopeful that the country would experience a new era of openness and prosperity. Instead, President Boris Yeltsin's regime was notoriously corrupt. The rapid transition away from government economic control led to chaos and economic hardship. The chaos of the 1990s made people in Chelyabinsk welcome the rise of Putin in 2000. Many Russians view Putin as a strong leader working to restore.... Please Note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book. Inside this Instaread summary of Putin Country About the Author With Instaread, you can get the key takeaways, summary and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read every chapter, identify the key takeaways and analyze them for your convenience. Members Reviews: Putin's power Vladimir Putin, not too popular in Moscow, is, according to journalist Anne Garrels, quite popular in the hinterland of Russia, based on the perception that he is trying to restore Russia to the status of world power. In Putin Country, she author maintains that, even though Putin is a dictator, he is unlikely to lose control of or power over Russia in the near future. Summary of Putin Country by Anne Garrels by Instaread is an in depth analysis of this book, with key points and author background, enabling a busy reader to get a good idea of the worth of the book before buying. I received a complimentary copy of this book in exchange for my unbiased review. Great summary of Putin's power and about Russia This is a Summary and Analysis about "Putin Country: A Journey into the Real Russia," an account of foreign correspondent Anne Garrelsâs travels in, and study of, Chelyabinsk, Russia. Reading this summary was really helpful on my part. I didn't want to read the whole original book because to be honest, I am not that much interested about Putin and Russia. So in the end, I was able to digest key takeaways of this book thanks to this summary book. This summary book provides the reader information on the Overview of the book, Important People, Key Takeaways, Analysis of Key Takeaways. This is a good quick read specially for those who don't want to dive in straight into reading all 240 pages of the original book. It will help you with your decision making whether or not to purchase the original book. I received a complimentary copy of this book in exchange for my unbiased review. Russia for dummies "Putin Country" is an account of foreign correspondent Anne Garrels's travels in, and study of, Chelyabinsk, Russia. Chelyabinsk is a region of south central Russia located att eh southern end of the Ural mountain chain, on the border of Europe and Asia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Chronicles-Audiobook/B01DCC6XBC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Chronicles Subtitle: On Our Troubled Times Author: Thomas Piketty Narrator: Charlie Anson Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 04-07-16 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Chronicles: On Our Troubled Times by Thomas Piketty, narrated by Charlie Anson. The return of the best-selling, award-winning economist extraordinaire. With the same powerful evidence and range of reference as his global best seller Capital in the Twenty-First Century, Chronicles sets out Thomas Piketty's analysis of the financial crisis, what has happened since and where we should go from here. Tackling a wider range of subjects than in Capital, from productivity in Britain to Barack Obama, it comprises the very best of his writing for Liberation from the past 10 years. Now, translated into English for the first time, it will further cement Piketty's reputation as the world's leading thinker today. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Piketty) Thu, 07 Apr 2016 15:35:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Chronicles-Audiobook/B01DCC6XBC thebookvoice.com 04:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Chronicles Subtitle: On Our Troubled Times Author: Thomas Piketty Narrator: Charlie Anson Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 04-07-16 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Chronicles: On Our Troubled Times by Thomas Piketty, narrated by Charlie Anson. The return of the best-selling, award-winning economist extraordinaire. With the same powerful evidence and range of reference as his global best seller Capital in the Twenty-First Century, Chronicles sets out Thomas Piketty's analysis of the financial crisis, what has happened since and where we should go from here. Tackling a wider range of subjects than in Capital, from productivity in Britain to Barack Obama, it comprises the very best of his writing for Liberation from the past 10 years. Now, translated into English for the first time, it will further cement Piketty's reputation as the world's leading thinker today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Chronicles Subtitle: On Our Troubled Times Author: Thomas Piketty Narrator: Charlie Anson Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 04-07-16 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Chronicles: On Our Troubled Times by Thomas Piketty, narrated by Charlie Anson. The return of the best-selling, award-winning economist extraordinaire. With the same powerful evidence and range of reference as his global best seller Capital in the Twenty-First Century, Chronicles sets out Thomas Piketty's analysis of the financial crisis, what has happened since and where we should go from here. Tackling a wider range of subjects than in Capital, from productivity in Britain to Barack Obama, it comprises the very best of his writing for Liberation from the past 10 years. Now, translated into English for the first time, it will further cement Piketty's reputation as the world's leading thinker today. Members Reviews: Excellent Context on Events That Matter This is a great summary of recent economic events in Europe and elsewhere. The articles are short, usually emphasizing a point with the use of keen language and a few examples. The same level of competence that carried Capital is present in this text as well. Political economists and layman alike will find this enlightening. This was published just before the United Kingdom jettisoned itself from the European Union, but this is an excellent was to receive context of the EU and it's recent socioeconomic, economic, and political landscape. This book is definitely timely. A Fine Collection of Essays Full of Insights Chronicles consists of newspaper op eds written by Thomas Piketty for the newspapers La Liberation and one op ed published in Le Monde. Piketty, of course, is the author of Capitalism in the Twenty-First Century, a seven-hundred page tome which analyzes the current state of capitalism. One could either slog through this dense but significant work, or could go through these easily digestible op eds and probably obtain the same insights, albeit in a more reader-friendly manner. While the commentaries may have more meaning for European affairs, the issues discussed are confronted by everyone on this globe. Issues such as sovereign debt, income disparity, the tendency of multi-nationals to oppress working classes, the ineffectualness of politicians and/or political organizations in dealing with structural defects in government administration. Many of these essays date from as far back as 2009 and 2010. Many were written around the time that the Occupy Movement first gained momentum. It is interesting that Piketty was writing about these issues far earlier than when they became a part of the American mainstream political discourse. They are really universal issues, at least at this point in time. These essays are readily accessible. Because they were written for a general newspaper readership, Piketty tones down the level of academic rigor, use of technical economic terminology, and avoids charts and graphs entirely, which can leave the general reader mentally exhausted after reading Capitalism in the Twenty-First Century. In this respect, Chronicles is worth a read. The Federalist Papers Rock star economist Thomas Piketty has earned the right to a regular column in the left-wing standard-bearer, Liberation, of which this is an anthology. The main thrust of the articles is that if the European Union is to ever have the necessary legitimacy to solve its economic problems, it urgently needs to make the change from bureaucratic federation to democratic federation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Conversation-About-Economics-Audiobook/B01DCNI1DY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Conversation About Economics Author: Richard Werner Narrator: Asia Bryant Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 03-24-16 Publisher: Richard O Werner Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book brings both life to the science of economics for the average person and possibly some added insight to even those who think they might know the subject. Listening to this book will not make you an economics professor, but it will help you to intelligently talk about economics. More importantly, it will help you perform in your role as a citizen and a voter within a free enterprise economy. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard Werner) Thu, 24 Mar 2016 07:55:38 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Conversation-About-Economics-Audiobook/B01DCNI1DY thebookvoice.com 09:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Conversation About Economics Author: Richard Werner Narrator: Asia Bryant Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 03-24-16 Publisher: Richard O Werner Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book brings both life to the science of economics for the average person and possibly some added insight to even those who think they might know the subject. Listening to this book will not make you an economics professor, but it will help you to intelligently talk about economics. More importantly, it will help you perform in your role as a citizen and a voter within a free enterprise economy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Conversation About Economics Author: Richard Werner Narrator: Asia Bryant Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 03-24-16 Publisher: Richard O Werner Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book brings both life to the science of economics for the average person and possibly some added insight to even those who think they might know the subject. Listening to this book will not make you an economics professor, but it will help you to intelligently talk about economics. More importantly, it will help you perform in your role as a citizen and a voter within a free enterprise economy. Members Reviews: Finally a book about economics that is easy to understand Finally a book about economics that is easy to understand! The examples and scenarios the author gave helped simplify concepts that are usually hard to understand. I wish I had this book for my ECON class in college!! Definitely Recommend I found the book to be informative and an easy read, but not simple in subject. Overall, I found it very educational and would definitely recommend it. Five Stars A book that finally explains economics in a way I can understand! Must Read This is such a great book for someone like me that is a bit of a novice to ecomonics. It is an interesting and insightful read. Excellent refresher course on economics with clear hypos to demonstrate ... Excellent refresher course on economics with clear hypos to demonstrate key points. Very readable for anyone who thinks he will never understand economics https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Betrayal-of-American-Prosperity-Audiobook/B003NTSD4K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Betrayal of American Prosperity Author: Clyde Prestowitz Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 05-25-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Free Market Delusions, Americas Decline, and How We Must Compete in the Post-Dollar Era Critically acclaimed author Clyde Prestowitz reveals the shocking extent of the deterioration of American economic strength that has put the United States on the brink of irreversibly losing our supremacy on the world stage and our prosperity at home. While the financial crisis has been a devastating blow, he shows that the wreckage of our economic might started much earlier. If we do not make decisive changes fast, he reveals, we will face the daunting challenges of living in a post-dollar world: wielding less and less power over world affairs, vulnerable to rising security threats, and left with a permanently lower standard of living. There is nothing inevitable about this slide, he argues, but fighting back will require recognizing---and reversing---a glaring set of errors made by our business and political leaders due to ideological adherence to deeply flawed doctrines of always-efficient markets and the purely positive effects of globalization. Providing a masterful history of the rise and decline of the brilliant "American way" of building our prosperity, Prestowitz pinpoints exactly the set of ill-fated steps by which, starting in the 1970s, we turned away from the very strengths that had brought us to world leadership, gutting our capacity to produce truly first-rate, cutting-edge products and going massively into debt. He then lays out the urgent steps we must take to come booming back. The Betrayal of American Prosperity is an indispensable contribution to the urgent debate about the future of the American economy and our role in the world. Critic Reviews: "An important contribution to the political debate, Prestowitz's volume suggests a number of solutions - abolishing the dividend tax, imposing a value-added tax, incentivizing foreign investment in the U.S., and doubling federal support of innovative technologies - all likely to prove controversial on both sides of the political divide. (Publishers Weekly) Clyde Prestowitz offers an insightful diagnosis of the weakening of the American economy since the 1970s due to the embrace of deeply flawed market fundamentalist arguments. He then presents a persuasive set of steps that could be taken to revitalize the U.S. economy and restore competitiveness. A very worthwhile read. (George Soros, Open Society Institute) With great insight and clarity, Clyde Prestowitz explains, step by step, how our politicians and business leaders betrayed America at the altar of free trade and unfettered markets. Here's a clear-eyed guide to what went wrong, what needs fixing, and how America can reclaim its place in the global economy. (Robert B. Reich, professor of public policy, Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California at Berkeley, and former U.S. Secretary of Labor) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Clyde Prestowitz) Tue, 25 May 2010 19:02:12 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Betrayal-of-American-Prosperity-Audiobook/B003NTSD4K thebookvoice.com 13:02:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Betrayal of American Prosperity Author: Clyde Prestowitz Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 05-25-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Free Market Delusions, Americas Decline, and How We Must Compete in the Post-Dollar Era Critically acclaimed author Clyde Prestowitz reveals the shocking extent of the deterioration of American economic strength that has put the United States on the brink of irreversibly losing our supremacy on the world stage and our prosperity at home. While the financial crisis has been a devastating blow, he shows that the wreckage of our economic might started much earlier. If we do not make decisive changes fast, he reveals, we will face the daunting challenges of living in a post-dollar world: wielding less and less power over world affairs, vulnerable to rising security threats, and left with a permanently lower standard of living. There is nothing inevitable about this slide, he argues, but fighting back will require recognizing---and reversing---a glaring set of errors made by our business and political leaders due to ideological adherence to deeply flawed doctrines of always-efficient markets and the purely positive effects of globalization. Providing a masterful history of the rise and decline of the brilliant "American way" of building our prosperity, Prestowitz pinpoints exactly the set of ill-fated steps by which, starting in the 1970s, we turned away from the very strengths that had brought us to world leadership, gutting our capacity to produce truly first-rate, cutting-edge products and going massively into debt. He then lays out the urgent steps we must take to come booming back. The Betrayal of American Prosperity is an indispensable contribution to the urgent debate about the future of the American economy and our role in the world. Critic Reviews: "An important contribution to the political debate, Prestowitz's volume suggests a number of solutions - abolishing the dividend tax, imposing a value-added tax, incentivizing foreign investment in the U.S., and doubling federal support of innovative technologies - all likely to prove controversial on both sides of the political divide. (Publishers Weekly) Clyde Prestowitz offers an insightful diagnosis of the weakening of the American economy since the 1970s due to the embrace of deeply flawed market fundamentalist arguments. He then presents a persuasive set of steps that could be taken to revitalize the U.S. economy and restore competitiveness. A very worthwhile read. (George Soros, Open Society Institute) With great insight and clarity, Clyde Prestowitz explains, step by step, how our politicians and business leaders betrayed America at the altar of free trade and unfettered markets. Here's a clear-eyed guide to what went wrong, what needs fixing, and how America can reclaim its place in the global economy. (Robert B. Reich, professor of public policy, Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California at Berkeley, and former U.S. Secretary of Labor) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Betrayal of American Prosperity Author: Clyde Prestowitz Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 05-25-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Free Market Delusions, Americas Decline, and How We Must Compete in the Post-Dollar Era Critically acclaimed author Clyde Prestowitz reveals the shocking extent of the deterioration of American economic strength that has put the United States on the brink of irreversibly losing our supremacy on the world stage and our prosperity at home. While the financial crisis has been a devastating blow, he shows that the wreckage of our economic might started much earlier. If we do not make decisive changes fast, he reveals, we will face the daunting challenges of living in a post-dollar world: wielding less and less power over world affairs, vulnerable to rising security threats, and left with a permanently lower standard of living. There is nothing inevitable about this slide, he argues, but fighting back will require recognizing---and reversing---a glaring set of errors made by our business and political leaders due to ideological adherence to deeply flawed doctrines of always-efficient markets and the purely positive effects of globalization. Providing a masterful history of the rise and decline of the brilliant "American way" of building our prosperity, Prestowitz pinpoints exactly the set of ill-fated steps by which, starting in the 1970s, we turned away from the very strengths that had brought us to world leadership, gutting our capacity to produce truly first-rate, cutting-edge products and going massively into debt. He then lays out the urgent steps we must take to come booming back. The Betrayal of American Prosperity is an indispensable contribution to the urgent debate about the future of the American economy and our role in the world. Critic Reviews: "An important contribution to the political debate, Prestowitz's volume suggests a number of solutions - abolishing the dividend tax, imposing a value-added tax, incentivizing foreign investment in the U.S., and doubling federal support of innovative technologies - all likely to prove controversial on both sides of the political divide. (Publishers Weekly) Clyde Prestowitz offers an insightful diagnosis of the weakening of the American economy since the 1970s due to the embrace of deeply flawed market fundamentalist arguments. He then presents a persuasive set of steps that could be taken to revitalize the U.S. economy and restore competitiveness. A very worthwhile read. (George Soros, Open Society Institute) With great insight and clarity, Clyde Prestowitz explains, step by step, how our politicians and business leaders betrayed America at the altar of free trade and unfettered markets. Here's a clear-eyed guide to what went wrong, what needs fixing, and how America can reclaim its place in the global economy. (Robert B. Reich, professor of public policy, Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California at Berkeley, and former U.S. Secretary of Labor) Members Reviews: Free Trade Myths - Exposed by Clyde Prestowitz I don't like books that are simply political diatribes. The Betrayal of American Prosperity is a well researched, fact based, thoughtful analysis of American trade policy. I highly recommend it. Far from being a left wing radical or a Smoot- Hawley protectionist, Prestowitz was a trade negotiator during the Reagan administration. So he is traversing territory he knows well. The book leads you on a historical journey of the history of free trade in the U.S. and Great Britain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bankrupting-America-Audiobook/B01LX691RF Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bankrupting America Subtitle: How Government Intervention Is Wrecking the Economy Author: Michael Dahlen Narrator: Joe Nagle Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-16 Publisher: Michael Dahlen Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Before we can fix our economic problems, we must first diagnose what is causing them. Many of our political and intellectual leaders call for more government intervention to fix the economy. They tell us that it creates jobs, corrects "market failures", and boosts economic growth. And they insist that we need such intervention to help the poor, to coddle the consumer, and to protect the worker. But they're dead wrong. Government intervention is not the solution to our economic problems; it's the cause. Bankrupting America: How Government Intervention Is Wrecking the Economy analyzes all the major categories of government intervention in the economy - from taxes, deficits, antitrust, and price controls to regulation, protectionism, central banking, and wealth redistribution. In this book, you'll find out: Backed by numerous academic studies and sound economic logic, the conclusion is incontestable: Government intervention simply doesn't work. It stifles saving, investment, and capital accumulation. All of this translates to higher unemployment, higher consumer prices, and lower economic growth. To fix the American economy, we need much less government intervention, not more. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Dahlen) Thu, 15 Sep 2016 05:41:12 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bankrupting-America-Audiobook/B01LX691RF thebookvoice.com 01:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bankrupting America Subtitle: How Government Intervention Is Wrecking the Economy Author: Michael Dahlen Narrator: Joe Nagle Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-16 Publisher: Michael Dahlen Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Before we can fix our economic problems, we must first diagnose what is causing them. Many of our political and intellectual leaders call for more government intervention to fix the economy. They tell us that it creates jobs, corrects "market failures", and boosts economic growth. And they insist that we need such intervention to help the poor, to coddle the consumer, and to protect the worker. But they're dead wrong. Government intervention is not the solution to our economic problems; it's the cause. Bankrupting America: How Government Intervention Is Wrecking the Economy analyzes all the major categories of government intervention in the economy - from taxes, deficits, antitrust, and price controls to regulation, protectionism, central banking, and wealth redistribution. In this book, you'll find out: Backed by numerous academic studies and sound economic logic, the conclusion is incontestable: Government intervention simply doesn't work. It stifles saving, investment, and capital accumulation. All of this translates to higher unemployment, higher consumer prices, and lower economic growth. To fix the American economy, we need much less government intervention, not more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bankrupting America Subtitle: How Government Intervention Is Wrecking the Economy Author: Michael Dahlen Narrator: Joe Nagle Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-16 Publisher: Michael Dahlen Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Before we can fix our economic problems, we must first diagnose what is causing them. Many of our political and intellectual leaders call for more government intervention to fix the economy. They tell us that it creates jobs, corrects "market failures", and boosts economic growth. And they insist that we need such intervention to help the poor, to coddle the consumer, and to protect the worker. But they're dead wrong. Government intervention is not the solution to our economic problems; it's the cause. Bankrupting America: How Government Intervention Is Wrecking the Economy analyzes all the major categories of government intervention in the economy - from taxes, deficits, antitrust, and price controls to regulation, protectionism, central banking, and wealth redistribution. In this book, you'll find out: Backed by numerous academic studies and sound economic logic, the conclusion is incontestable: Government intervention simply doesn't work. It stifles saving, investment, and capital accumulation. All of this translates to higher unemployment, higher consumer prices, and lower economic growth. To fix the American economy, we need much less government intervention, not more. Members Reviews: THE PERFECT PRIMER! I am learned in the Austrian School of Economics and am pleased to be able to review this ebook. It is beautifully and succinctly written, and it is a masterful overview of the things every American should know about how the federal government impedes and even harms our economy. It is reminiscent of Frederic Bastiat's classic book, THE ECONOMICS OF FREEDOM: WHAT YOUR PROFESSORS WON'T TELL YOU...which is one of my all-time favorite economic primers. It also is pleasantly reminiscent of Henry Hazlitt's ECONOMICS IN ONE LESSON which is a must read for the intelligent layman about the basic truths of economics. Concerned Americans need to know exactly how our economy works, as well as what does not work and why. BANKRUPTING AMERICA perfectly compliments the above classics by bringing classical concepts into today's vernacular in an easy to understand (and compelling) way. I would also add that in the hands of an able teacher, this is the perfect economic primer for advanced placement high school students and also home-schooling parents. It is the best and most credible entry into Milton Friedman style economics that I have yet read, without being the least bit overwhelming. I recommend it highly! Review Nothing new to offer. This book is a reiteration of well worn Fox TV reasons for capitalistic approaches to everything.. As another reader comments this is basically Fox News crap. Most importantly So unfettered capitalism is the answer to America's problems! Give me a break. As another reader comments this is basically Fox News crap. Most importantly, if you read this propaganda, you should make the effort to read other perspectives. Read about what lack of regulation, or lack of enforcing regulations has resulted in. I would point to the environment and the big pharma for starters. Also, research exactly what brought about the 2008 crisis. Despite what Mr. Dahlen would have you believe, these are big, complicated problems to which there is not a simple answer. Brilliant Brilliant. Changed the entire way I look at our monetary policy. Presented views I was not familiar with. Hooked me. Beautifully, clearly written. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fair-Trade-Bolinda-Beginner-Guides-Audiobook/B007Q2S6HY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fair Trade: Bolinda Beginner Guides Author: Jacqueline DeCarlo Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 04-02-12 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Whats wrong with buying regular coffee? Does fair trade necessarily mean ethical trade? What impact can consumers have on global economics? Fair trade means more than just bananas, coffee, and chocolate. Author and activist Jacqueline DeCarlo explains the principles behind fair trade and its development into a powerful economic tool. Packed with inspiring ways to make a difference, this audiobook will encourage readers of all backgrounds to help end poverty, environmental destruction, and human exploitation. Editorial Reviews: The advent of globalization ushered in an unprecedented era of financial growth for major corporations, but the harsh reality is that the consequences of such prosperity has led to the exploitation of the less fortunate around the world. Christine Williams warm, empathetic delivery perfectly suits author Jacqueline DeCarlos humanistic and intelligent examination of the troubling economic disparity that exists throughout the globe, the history of the Fair Trade movement, and how the average consumer can make an impact by making thoughtful, well-informed decisions at the checkout counter. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jacqueline DeCarlo) Mon, 02 Apr 2012 14:09:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fair-Trade-Bolinda-Beginner-Guides-Audiobook/B007Q2S6HY thebookvoice.com 04:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fair Trade: Bolinda Beginner Guides Author: Jacqueline DeCarlo Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 04-02-12 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Whats wrong with buying regular coffee? Does fair trade necessarily mean ethical trade? What impact can consumers have on global economics? Fair trade means more than just bananas, coffee, and chocolate. Author and activist Jacqueline DeCarlo explains the principles behind fair trade and its development into a powerful economic tool. Packed with inspiring ways to make a difference, this audiobook will encourage readers of all backgrounds to help end poverty, environmental destruction, and human exploitation. Editorial Reviews: The advent of globalization ushered in an unprecedented era of financial growth for major corporations, but the harsh reality is that the consequences of such prosperity has led to the exploitation of the less fortunate around the world. Christine Williams warm, empathetic delivery perfectly suits author Jacqueline DeCarlos humanistic and intelligent examination of the troubling economic disparity that exists throughout the globe, the history of the Fair Trade movement, and how the average consumer can make an impact by making thoughtful, well-informed decisions at the checkout counter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fair Trade: Bolinda Beginner Guides Author: Jacqueline DeCarlo Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 04-02-12 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Whats wrong with buying regular coffee? Does fair trade necessarily mean ethical trade? What impact can consumers have on global economics? Fair trade means more than just bananas, coffee, and chocolate. Author and activist Jacqueline DeCarlo explains the principles behind fair trade and its development into a powerful economic tool. Packed with inspiring ways to make a difference, this audiobook will encourage readers of all backgrounds to help end poverty, environmental destruction, and human exploitation. Editorial Reviews: The advent of globalization ushered in an unprecedented era of financial growth for major corporations, but the harsh reality is that the consequences of such prosperity has led to the exploitation of the less fortunate around the world. Christine Williams warm, empathetic delivery perfectly suits author Jacqueline DeCarlos humanistic and intelligent examination of the troubling economic disparity that exists throughout the globe, the history of the Fair Trade movement, and how the average consumer can make an impact by making thoughtful, well-informed decisions at the checkout counter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fuzzy-Math-Audiobook/B002V1A18W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fuzzy Math Subtitle: The Essential Guide to the Bush Tax Plan Author: Paul Krugman Narrator: Sam Freed Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 06-13-01 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook packs a big wallop. It puts Krugman's wisdom and steely-eyed analysis firmly at the center of the debate about how to spend upwards of $2 trillion. It may very well change the course of history. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Krugman) Wed, 13 Jun 2001 20:39:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fuzzy-Math-Audiobook/B002V1A18W thebookvoice.com 00:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fuzzy Math Subtitle: The Essential Guide to the Bush Tax Plan Author: Paul Krugman Narrator: Sam Freed Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 06-13-01 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook packs a big wallop. It puts Krugman's wisdom and steely-eyed analysis firmly at the center of the debate about how to spend upwards of $2 trillion. It may very well change the course of history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fuzzy Math Subtitle: The Essential Guide to the Bush Tax Plan Author: Paul Krugman Narrator: Sam Freed Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 06-13-01 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook packs a big wallop. It puts Krugman's wisdom and steely-eyed analysis firmly at the center of the debate about how to spend upwards of $2 trillion. It may very well change the course of history. Members Reviews: Somewhat out of date This is an important book for everyone concerned about leaving the world in better shape than they found it. This is a great book for understanding the economic underpinnings, or lack thereof, of the Bush Tax plan. It asks the very serious question, is there enough money to have a tax cut and fully fund Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid. The Bush administration says there is, but the numbers suggest otherwise. The problem is that this book was written before the tax cut passed and more significantly before the September 11th terrorist attacks. To that end, it is a wonderful reminder of how different the world was then. Unfortunately, it also weakens the very strong message that the tax cut that did pass was and is very dangerous economic policy. Krugman has since done a follow-on book called The Great Unravelling that expands on the ideas of this book within the context of a post 9/11 world. Hopefully that will be available on Audible soon too, if not, listen to this and then go buy that book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economics-of-Globalization-Audiobook/B01DTEIAB4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economics of Globalization Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 04-05-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: More or less, the worldwide economy alludes to the economy of the world, containing diverse economies of different nations, with an economy of every nation related with that of the other in some way. A key idea in the worldwide economy is globalization, which is the procedure that prompts a single economy around the globe being firmly intertwined such that an occasion in one nation will undoubtedly influence the state of other world economies. In the previous century, the attention on globalization has escalated a great deal. More exchange has been done between various nations, and limitations on development and business across outskirts have been reduced to an awesome arrangement. Individuals are presently ready to offer their wares in any business sector over the world. In a similar manner, customers additionally appreciate a much more extensive assortment of products and administrations since they can test them from different places and not only their own particular nations alone. An introduction to economic globalization isn't enough; hear out the entire course, which covers the following topics: biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Tue, 05 Apr 2016 16:28:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economics-of-Globalization-Audiobook/B01DTEIAB4 thebookvoice.com 00:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economics of Globalization Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 04-05-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: More or less, the worldwide economy alludes to the economy of the world, containing diverse economies of different nations, with an economy of every nation related with that of the other in some way. A key idea in the worldwide economy is globalization, which is the procedure that prompts a single economy around the globe being firmly intertwined such that an occasion in one nation will undoubtedly influence the state of other world economies. In the previous century, the attention on globalization has escalated a great deal. More exchange has been done between various nations, and limitations on development and business across outskirts have been reduced to an awesome arrangement. Individuals are presently ready to offer their wares in any business sector over the world. In a similar manner, customers additionally appreciate a much more extensive assortment of products and administrations since they can test them from different places and not only their own particular nations alone. An introduction to economic globalization isn't enough; hear out the entire course, which covers the following topics: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economics of Globalization Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 44 mins Language: English Release date: 04-05-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: More or less, the worldwide economy alludes to the economy of the world, containing diverse economies of different nations, with an economy of every nation related with that of the other in some way. A key idea in the worldwide economy is globalization, which is the procedure that prompts a single economy around the globe being firmly intertwined such that an occasion in one nation will undoubtedly influence the state of other world economies. In the previous century, the attention on globalization has escalated a great deal. More exchange has been done between various nations, and limitations on development and business across outskirts have been reduced to an awesome arrangement. Individuals are presently ready to offer their wares in any business sector over the world. In a similar manner, customers additionally appreciate a much more extensive assortment of products and administrations since they can test them from different places and not only their own particular nations alone. An introduction to economic globalization isn't enough; hear out the entire course, which covers the following topics: https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Squatting-The-Ultimate-Beginners-Guide-for-Understanding-Why-How-and-Where-People-Squat-Audiobook/B0170OIYZ6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Squatting: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide for Understanding Why, How, and Where People Squat Author: Julian Hulse Narrator: Kelly Rhodes Format: Unabridged Length: 31 mins Language: English Release date: 10-23-15 Publisher: Julian Hulse Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Squatting is an issue that affects millions of people worldwide. Because of the profound impact it has on culture, social constructs, legal systems, and popular media, it deserves a closer look. Knowledge of this age-old phenomenon and its implications will also give you a better understanding of how the world works. You may even begin seeing things differently in your day-to-day life. This short and concise book, Squatting: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide for Understanding How, Why, and Where People Squat, will help you gain a clearer picture of squatting and its implications for squatters and landowners alike. Here, we will discuss the history, development, and future of squatting as well as its short-term and long-term effects on individuals, properties, and communities in various countries. We'll also take a look at the squatting lifestyle and the benefits, risks, and costs that it entails. Here's a preview of what you'll learn: biacuaduc@gmail.com (Julian Hulse) Fri, 23 Oct 2015 02:04:39 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Squatting-The-Ultimate-Beginners-Guide-for-Understanding-Why-How-and-Where-People-Squat-Audiobook/B0170OIYZ6 thebookvoice.com 00:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Squatting: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide for Understanding Why, How, and Where People Squat Author: Julian Hulse Narrator: Kelly Rhodes Format: Unabridged Length: 31 mins Language: English Release date: 10-23-15 Publisher: Julian Hulse Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Squatting is an issue that affects millions of people worldwide. Because of the profound impact it has on culture, social constructs, legal systems, and popular media, it deserves a closer look. Knowledge of this age-old phenomenon and its implications will also give you a better understanding of how the world works. You may even begin seeing things differently in your day-to-day life. This short and concise book, Squatting: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide for Understanding How, Why, and Where People Squat, will help you gain a clearer picture of squatting and its implications for squatters and landowners alike. Here, we will discuss the history, development, and future of squatting as well as its short-term and long-term effects on individuals, properties, and communities in various countries. We'll also take a look at the squatting lifestyle and the benefits, risks, and costs that it entails. Here's a preview of what you'll learn: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Squatting: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide for Understanding Why, How, and Where People Squat Author: Julian Hulse Narrator: Kelly Rhodes Format: Unabridged Length: 31 mins Language: English Release date: 10-23-15 Publisher: Julian Hulse Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Squatting is an issue that affects millions of people worldwide. Because of the profound impact it has on culture, social constructs, legal systems, and popular media, it deserves a closer look. Knowledge of this age-old phenomenon and its implications will also give you a better understanding of how the world works. You may even begin seeing things differently in your day-to-day life. This short and concise book, Squatting: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide for Understanding How, Why, and Where People Squat, will help you gain a clearer picture of squatting and its implications for squatters and landowners alike. Here, we will discuss the history, development, and future of squatting as well as its short-term and long-term effects on individuals, properties, and communities in various countries. We'll also take a look at the squatting lifestyle and the benefits, risks, and costs that it entails. Here's a preview of what you'll learn: Members Reviews: A Look At Squatting, Recommended, Easy To Read, Fascinating I've never read something quite as fascinating in real life as this one. I say real life, because I know people that have squatted, dumpster dived, and have escaped the tyranny of paying rent. This is a fabulous look into that, and it's an easy to read guide about something that is very interesting. It's a guide, but not a dictionary volume of sorts. The book is written with the beginner in mind, and it flows through various areas of how it might be to squat, in empty homes, apartment complexes, and much more. It's truly something that will make you think about possibly jumping into this world. If I were single, I'd do it. But that's just me. If you're curious about squatting or living under the radar in general, this is a guide to get you started. Solid writing, easy to pick up and follow, this is a good book. Too little helpful information I bought this for a friend who said it was "useless", because it didn't give enough information anywhere. Maybe the "why" was answered somewhat, but the "how" and "where" we're not. It was more like a coffee table book than a reference book. A great guide to showing the who, why, and how of squatting I enjoyed Julian Hulse's book on preppers so when I saw that she had a book about squatters I felt that it would be an informative read. While not exactly in the same wheelhouse it does give an interesting view on both sides to the pros and cons of squatting. Yes, there are some actual pros in there. What is most interesting though is a combination of the history of squatting as well as showing that squatting and trespassing are two completely different things. While squatting wouldn't be for me even if I was single, it gives an interesting look into why and how some people squat. Great read if you have any interest in the subject. Highly informative and well written This book is highly informative. I learned a lot about squatting that I did not know. I learned about the pros of squatting for the squatter and the home owner. It definitely has me interested in digging deeper into squatting. It's an excellent beginner's guide. Strongly recommend anyone interested to read it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pathway-to-Prosperity-Audiobook/B00EOVZV64 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Pathway to Prosperity Subtitle: The 12 Steps to Financial Freedom Author: Pat Mesiti Narrator: Gavin Osborn Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring guide to getting off the road to more debt and financial insecurity and on the road to wealth and financial freedom. You can take charge of your financial future. You can reduce your debt, increase your net worth and enjoy a life of prosperity. You can stop struggling, doing things the way you've always have, and embark on a new pathway to wealth. So what's stopping you? According to best-selling motivational author and wealth building advisor, Pat Mesiti, it's all about identifying what's wrong with the way you think and feel about money and the path they've put you on. And it's about creating a new, more prosperous path for yourself. Pathway to Prosperity provides you with the tools you need to create your own roadmap to greater wealth and financial security. It gives you priceless insights into your wealth-defeating mindset and how to stop repeating the same mistakes to start building wealth by designnot by chance. It offers proven prescriptions for digging your way out of the debt-heavy financial rut you're in so you can start building wealth right away; and features numerous inspiring case studies of Mesitis clients and mentees who found financial freedom following his "shift your mind, touch your heart" approach to wealth. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Pat Mesiti) Tue, 03 Sep 2013 23:10:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pathway-to-Prosperity-Audiobook/B00EOVZV64 thebookvoice.com 04:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Pathway to Prosperity Subtitle: The 12 Steps to Financial Freedom Author: Pat Mesiti Narrator: Gavin Osborn Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring guide to getting off the road to more debt and financial insecurity and on the road to wealth and financial freedom. You can take charge of your financial future. You can reduce your debt, increase your net worth and enjoy a life of prosperity. You can stop struggling, doing things the way you've always have, and embark on a new pathway to wealth. So what's stopping you? According to best-selling motivational author and wealth building advisor, Pat Mesiti, it's all about identifying what's wrong with the way you think and feel about money and the path they've put you on. And it's about creating a new, more prosperous path for yourself. Pathway to Prosperity provides you with the tools you need to create your own roadmap to greater wealth and financial security. It gives you priceless insights into your wealth-defeating mindset and how to stop repeating the same mistakes to start building wealth by designnot by chance. It offers proven prescriptions for digging your way out of the debt-heavy financial rut you're in so you can start building wealth right away; and features numerous inspiring case studies of Mesitis clients and mentees who found financial freedom following his "shift your mind, touch your heart" approach to wealth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Pathway to Prosperity Subtitle: The 12 Steps to Financial Freedom Author: Pat Mesiti Narrator: Gavin Osborn Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 09-03-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring guide to getting off the road to more debt and financial insecurity and on the road to wealth and financial freedom. You can take charge of your financial future. You can reduce your debt, increase your net worth and enjoy a life of prosperity. You can stop struggling, doing things the way you've always have, and embark on a new pathway to wealth. So what's stopping you? According to best-selling motivational author and wealth building advisor, Pat Mesiti, it's all about identifying what's wrong with the way you think and feel about money and the path they've put you on. And it's about creating a new, more prosperous path for yourself. Pathway to Prosperity provides you with the tools you need to create your own roadmap to greater wealth and financial security. It gives you priceless insights into your wealth-defeating mindset and how to stop repeating the same mistakes to start building wealth by designnot by chance. It offers proven prescriptions for digging your way out of the debt-heavy financial rut you're in so you can start building wealth right away; and features numerous inspiring case studies of Mesitis clients and mentees who found financial freedom following his "shift your mind, touch your heart" approach to wealth. Members Reviews: One Star please cancel order, ordered wrong book.Thank yo Raises Your Prosperity Consciousness and Shows You the Money Pat Mesiti's message is clear: you're responsible for the financial results you have in your life. If you're unhappy, change. From this starting point of 100% responsibility, Mesiti shows gives you an effective antiviral to kill the "mind viruses" that will keep you poor. Once they're gone and you change the story you have about money, following a course of deliberate action will change your financial destiny. In chapter six, Mesiti outlines 12 laws of money. Obey these laws and you will know what to think and you'll have inspiration for your actions. Mesiti's book is inspired by 12-step programs and especiallyThe Principle of the Path: How to Get from Where You Are to Where You Want to Be. Simply reading this book will raise your prosperity consciousness. That sounds like wishy-washy New Age mumbo-jumbo that's detached from reality. It's not. After reading Mesiti's previous book,The $1 Million Reason to Change Your Mind, I experienced a jump in income, growth in my business, and an appreciation of wealth. The same thing has happened in the weeks since I read this book. If your money has become unmanageable... If you've tried willpower and it's failed... then use this book to put you on the pathway to prosperity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wired-for-Survival-Audiobook/B0035MW3J6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wired for Survival Subtitle: The Rational (and Irrational) Choices We Make, from the Gas Pump to Terrorism Author: Margaret M. Polski Narrator: Diane Havens Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 01-29-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Drawing on cutting-edge research in the neurosciences, Wired for Survival illuminates the surprising security implications of rapid change in the emerging economies and develops practical, technically sound ways to face the challenges of global change. Researcher and consultant Margaret M. Polski begins by uncovering the remarkable neurobiological underpinnings of policy. Polski reveals why the most effective political and economic policies are codified not in law, treaty, or culture, but in the networks embedded in our bodies and brains...and how protecting our prosperity requires us to adapt those networks to radically new realities. Next, Polski applies these fresh insights to three critical security issues: how best to defend our national interests; to take offensive action to protect our interests; and to strengthen our financial system. Finally, she provides "rules for the road" that can be applied to a world of problems: how best to compete in global markets; to build stronger, more secure communities; to manage energy and other key resources; to invest in and secure critical infrastructure; to address the structural impacts of trade; and to manage tomorrow's catastrophes, both natural and man-made. As a political economist, executive, government advisor, and consultant, Polski has spent more than two decades devising strategies for surviving change in the global political economy. Now, drawing on the breakthrough research in social neuroscience, she offers insights that will help you thrive, not just survive! Critic Reviews: "A longtime political economist at the forefront of the interdisciplinary field of neuroeconomics, Polski's iconoclastic treatment of orthodox economic models (which treat people like "hyper-rational Vulcan brainiac Mr. Spock") combined with her witty observational style ("our brains are like jazz musicians in search of a good groove") opens up this important but complex survey of modern decision-making and its pitfalls in the face of the world's thorniest problems." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Margaret M. Polski) Fri, 29 Jan 2010 06:18:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wired-for-Survival-Audiobook/B0035MW3J6 thebookvoice.com 04:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wired for Survival Subtitle: The Rational (and Irrational) Choices We Make, from the Gas Pump to Terrorism Author: Margaret M. Polski Narrator: Diane Havens Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 01-29-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Drawing on cutting-edge research in the neurosciences, Wired for Survival illuminates the surprising security implications of rapid change in the emerging economies and develops practical, technically sound ways to face the challenges of global change. Researcher and consultant Margaret M. Polski begins by uncovering the remarkable neurobiological underpinnings of policy. Polski reveals why the most effective political and economic policies are codified not in law, treaty, or culture, but in the networks embedded in our bodies and brains...and how protecting our prosperity requires us to adapt those networks to radically new realities. Next, Polski applies these fresh insights to three critical security issues: how best to defend our national interests; to take offensive action to protect our interests; and to strengthen our financial system. Finally, she provides "rules for the road" that can be applied to a world of problems: how best to compete in global markets; to build stronger, more secure communities; to manage energy and other key resources; to invest in and secure critical infrastructure; to address the structural impacts of trade; and to manage tomorrow's catastrophes, both natural and man-made. As a political economist, executive, government advisor, and consultant, Polski has spent more than two decades devising strategies for surviving change in the global political economy. Now, drawing on the breakthrough research in social neuroscience, she offers insights that will help you thrive, not just survive! Critic Reviews: "A longtime political economist at the forefront of the interdisciplinary field of neuroeconomics, Polski's iconoclastic treatment of orthodox economic models (which treat people like "hyper-rational Vulcan brainiac Mr. Spock") combined with her witty observational style ("our brains are like jazz musicians in search of a good groove") opens up this important but complex survey of modern decision-making and its pitfalls in the face of the world's thorniest problems." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wired for Survival Subtitle: The Rational (and Irrational) Choices We Make, from the Gas Pump to Terrorism Author: Margaret M. Polski Narrator: Diane Havens Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 01-29-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Drawing on cutting-edge research in the neurosciences, Wired for Survival illuminates the surprising security implications of rapid change in the emerging economies and develops practical, technically sound ways to face the challenges of global change. Researcher and consultant Margaret M. Polski begins by uncovering the remarkable neurobiological underpinnings of policy. Polski reveals why the most effective political and economic policies are codified not in law, treaty, or culture, but in the networks embedded in our bodies and brains...and how protecting our prosperity requires us to adapt those networks to radically new realities. Next, Polski applies these fresh insights to three critical security issues: how best to defend our national interests; to take offensive action to protect our interests; and to strengthen our financial system. Finally, she provides "rules for the road" that can be applied to a world of problems: how best to compete in global markets; to build stronger, more secure communities; to manage energy and other key resources; to invest in and secure critical infrastructure; to address the structural impacts of trade; and to manage tomorrow's catastrophes, both natural and man-made. As a political economist, executive, government advisor, and consultant, Polski has spent more than two decades devising strategies for surviving change in the global political economy. Now, drawing on the breakthrough research in social neuroscience, she offers insights that will help you thrive, not just survive! Critic Reviews: "A longtime political economist at the forefront of the interdisciplinary field of neuroeconomics, Polski's iconoclastic treatment of orthodox economic models (which treat people like "hyper-rational Vulcan brainiac Mr. Spock") combined with her witty observational style ("our brains are like jazz musicians in search of a good groove") opens up this important but complex survey of modern decision-making and its pitfalls in the face of the world's thorniest problems." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: interesting, but ... the book is read as if it's computer generated making it hard to consume. the info is good, just hard to get past the narrater. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reset-Audiobook/B002VA8YEQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reset Subtitle: How This Crisis Can Restore Our Values and Renew America Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-09 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this smart and refreshingly hopeful book, Andersen - a brilliant analyst and synthesizer of historical and cultural trends, as well as a best-selling novelist and host of public radio's Studio 360 -shows us why the current economic crisis is actually a moment of great opportunity to get ourselves and our nation back on track. Historically, America has always shifted between wild, exuberant speculation and steady, sober hard work, as well as back and forth between economic booms and busts, and between right and left politically. This is one of the rare moments when all these cycles shift dramatically and simultaneously, a moment when complacency ends, ossified structures loosen up, and enormous positive change is possible. The shock to the system can enable each of us to rethink certain habits and focus more on the things that make us authentically happy. The present flux can enable us as a society to consolidate the enormous gains of the last several decades in areas such as technology, crime prevention, women's and civil rights, and the democratization of the planet. We can reap the fruits of a revival of realism and pragmatism at home and abroad. As we enter a new era of post-party-line common sense, we can start to reinvent hopelessly broken systems - in health care, education, climate change, and more - and rediscover some of the old-fashioned American values of which we've lost sight. In Reset, Andersen explains how we've done it before and why we are about to do it again...and better than ever. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kurt Andersen) Tue, 28 Jul 2009 01:01:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reset-Audiobook/B002VA8YEQ thebookvoice.com 01:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reset Subtitle: How This Crisis Can Restore Our Values and Renew America Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-09 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this smart and refreshingly hopeful book, Andersen - a brilliant analyst and synthesizer of historical and cultural trends, as well as a best-selling novelist and host of public radio's Studio 360 -shows us why the current economic crisis is actually a moment of great opportunity to get ourselves and our nation back on track. Historically, America has always shifted between wild, exuberant speculation and steady, sober hard work, as well as back and forth between economic booms and busts, and between right and left politically. This is one of the rare moments when all these cycles shift dramatically and simultaneously, a moment when complacency ends, ossified structures loosen up, and enormous positive change is possible. The shock to the system can enable each of us to rethink certain habits and focus more on the things that make us authentically happy. The present flux can enable us as a society to consolidate the enormous gains of the last several decades in areas such as technology, crime prevention, women's and civil rights, and the democratization of the planet. We can reap the fruits of a revival of realism and pragmatism at home and abroad. As we enter a new era of post-party-line common sense, we can start to reinvent hopelessly broken systems - in health care, education, climate change, and more - and rediscover some of the old-fashioned American values of which we've lost sight. In Reset, Andersen explains how we've done it before and why we are about to do it again...and better than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reset Subtitle: How This Crisis Can Restore Our Values and Renew America Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-09 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In this smart and refreshingly hopeful book, Andersen - a brilliant analyst and synthesizer of historical and cultural trends, as well as a best-selling novelist and host of public radio's Studio 360 -shows us why the current economic crisis is actually a moment of great opportunity to get ourselves and our nation back on track. Historically, America has always shifted between wild, exuberant speculation and steady, sober hard work, as well as back and forth between economic booms and busts, and between right and left politically. This is one of the rare moments when all these cycles shift dramatically and simultaneously, a moment when complacency ends, ossified structures loosen up, and enormous positive change is possible. The shock to the system can enable each of us to rethink certain habits and focus more on the things that make us authentically happy. The present flux can enable us as a society to consolidate the enormous gains of the last several decades in areas such as technology, crime prevention, women's and civil rights, and the democratization of the planet. We can reap the fruits of a revival of realism and pragmatism at home and abroad. As we enter a new era of post-party-line common sense, we can start to reinvent hopelessly broken systems - in health care, education, climate change, and more - and rediscover some of the old-fashioned American values of which we've lost sight. In Reset, Andersen explains how we've done it before and why we are about to do it again...and better than ever. Members Reviews: Another Fantastic Book! Very quick read, almost pocket-sized and a neat little book to have in your library. Well-constructed and well-written. I thoroughly enjoy it. American Renewal Written during the depths of the recession in 2009 and just after the inaugaration of President Obama, Kurt Andersen's short book, "Reset-- How this Crisis Can Restore Our Values and Renew America", sounded a note of optimism. Anderson, a novelist, radio host, and former editor, tried to show the sources of the difficulty in which the United States found itself and how it could rebound from them and emerge wiser and stronger. I recently had the opportunity to hear Andersen speak and then to read his book. In a brief 70 pages, the book covers a good deal in a sweeping way. Andersen finds that the difficulities in which the United States found itself was due to what he terms a "casino economy" in which Americans adopted a model of gambling and easy money and satisfaction in their economic and personal lives. He attributes this attitude to the Reagan years with 1986 as a pivotal point, but he also looks back to the late 1960s with their emphasis on individuality and doing one's own thing. Then, Andersen takes a historical view. He finds that much of American history can be characterized in terms of the fable of the ant and the grasshoper. Periods of hard work and self-sacrifice by Americans have alternated with periods of hedonism and good times. The Recession signals emphatically the end of a latter such period, Andersen argues, and presents an opportunity for Americans to reflect and take stock on where they have been and where they want to go. In other words, the industrious ant will again come to the fore but with differences from analogous ant-like periods in the past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Zombie-Banks-Audiobook/B0069A09HO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Zombie Banks Subtitle: How Broken Banks and Debtor Nations Are Crippling the Global Economy Author: Yalman Onaran Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 11-22-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at the essential issues surrounding zombie institutions and their effect on the global economy. Zombie banking has become standard operating procedure for big debtor nations. They prop up failing institutions, print money, and avoid financial corrections. But in an attempt to prolong the inevitable, bigger problems are created. The approach used now has not, and will not, work. This timely book reveals why. Zombie Banks tells the story of how debtor nations and failing institutions are damaging the long-term prospects of the global economy. Author Yalman Onaran, a veteran Bloomberg News reporter and financial banking-sector expert, examines exactly what a zombie bank is and why they are kept alive. He also discusses how they hurt economic recovery and what needs to be done in order to restore stability. Along the way, Onaran takes an honest look at how we arrived at this point and details the harsh realities that must be faced, and the serious steps that must be taken, in order to get things headed in the right direction. While the short-term measures taken to stave off depression and rejuvenate economic growth may offer hope, they are unsustainable over the long term. Get a better look at what really lies ahead, and what it will take to improve our economic situation, with this book. Critic Reviews: "Read this book if you would like to understand why the road back to full employment will be so long and difficult. A brilliant and timely contribution; disturbing in every detail." (Simon Johnson, professor, MIT Sloan School of Management) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Yalman Onaran) Tue, 22 Nov 2011 14:27:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Zombie-Banks-Audiobook/B0069A09HO thebookvoice.com 05:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Zombie Banks Subtitle: How Broken Banks and Debtor Nations Are Crippling the Global Economy Author: Yalman Onaran Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 11-22-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at the essential issues surrounding zombie institutions and their effect on the global economy. Zombie banking has become standard operating procedure for big debtor nations. They prop up failing institutions, print money, and avoid financial corrections. But in an attempt to prolong the inevitable, bigger problems are created. The approach used now has not, and will not, work. This timely book reveals why. Zombie Banks tells the story of how debtor nations and failing institutions are damaging the long-term prospects of the global economy. Author Yalman Onaran, a veteran Bloomberg News reporter and financial banking-sector expert, examines exactly what a zombie bank is and why they are kept alive. He also discusses how they hurt economic recovery and what needs to be done in order to restore stability. Along the way, Onaran takes an honest look at how we arrived at this point and details the harsh realities that must be faced, and the serious steps that must be taken, in order to get things headed in the right direction. While the short-term measures taken to stave off depression and rejuvenate economic growth may offer hope, they are unsustainable over the long term. Get a better look at what really lies ahead, and what it will take to improve our economic situation, with this book. Critic Reviews: "Read this book if you would like to understand why the road back to full employment will be so long and difficult. A brilliant and timely contribution; disturbing in every detail." (Simon Johnson, professor, MIT Sloan School of Management) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Zombie Banks Subtitle: How Broken Banks and Debtor Nations Are Crippling the Global Economy Author: Yalman Onaran Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 11-22-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at the essential issues surrounding zombie institutions and their effect on the global economy. Zombie banking has become standard operating procedure for big debtor nations. They prop up failing institutions, print money, and avoid financial corrections. But in an attempt to prolong the inevitable, bigger problems are created. The approach used now has not, and will not, work. This timely book reveals why. Zombie Banks tells the story of how debtor nations and failing institutions are damaging the long-term prospects of the global economy. Author Yalman Onaran, a veteran Bloomberg News reporter and financial banking-sector expert, examines exactly what a zombie bank is and why they are kept alive. He also discusses how they hurt economic recovery and what needs to be done in order to restore stability. Along the way, Onaran takes an honest look at how we arrived at this point and details the harsh realities that must be faced, and the serious steps that must be taken, in order to get things headed in the right direction. While the short-term measures taken to stave off depression and rejuvenate economic growth may offer hope, they are unsustainable over the long term. Get a better look at what really lies ahead, and what it will take to improve our economic situation, with this book. Critic Reviews: "Read this book if you would like to understand why the road back to full employment will be so long and difficult. A brilliant and timely contribution; disturbing in every detail." (Simon Johnson, professor, MIT Sloan School of Management) Members Reviews: Boomerang covers this topic much better Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not? No, I would recommend Boomerang by Michael Lewis which was much more engaging. Would you be willing to try another book from Yalman Onaran? Why or why not? Sure, why not. What did you like about the performance? What did you dislike? I have no strong feelings on the performance. Was Zombie Banks worth the listening time? Yes Must read This book is a must read to put the dots together as to the coming correction The straight dope on the financial crisis Would you listen to Zombie Banks again? Why? This is by far the best overview and postmortem analysis of the financial crisis that I've ever read, and I've read about ten by now. What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative? The author is not afraid to hand out blame. Names, actions, clashing motives and narrow business interests are revealed. It was not all just drunk frat-boys with financial power tools.That's a refreshing change from most other narratives. Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book? The book makes clear how and why we failed in handling the financial crisis when it broke, the continuing consequences of this failed policy and what we can do to change it. A real nifty tidbit is the explanation on why the german banks acted particular crazy during the boom. Hint: Perverted incentives. Any additional comments? Great stuff. I'll have to read it again soon. decent read Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not? Zombie banks was a good listen. It was full of interesting and relevant information. It starts off way too slow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Come-Home-America-Audiobook/B004UBJ04W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Come Home, America Subtitle: The Rise and Fall (and Redeeming Promise) of Our Country Author: William Greider Narrator: Tony Craine Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 03-30-11 Publisher: Polity Audio LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The collapse of the economy in 2008 and the events which followed have exposed cracks in the foundation of our economic, cultural, and political values. There is a pervasive feeling in our country that democracy is broken. In Come Home, America William Greider suggests that it is time to quit pretending that it isn't so. biacuaduc@gmail.com (William Greider) Wed, 30 Mar 2011 02:07:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Come-Home-America-Audiobook/B004UBJ04W thebookvoice.com 13:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Come Home, America Subtitle: The Rise and Fall (and Redeeming Promise) of Our Country Author: William Greider Narrator: Tony Craine Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 03-30-11 Publisher: Polity Audio LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The collapse of the economy in 2008 and the events which followed have exposed cracks in the foundation of our economic, cultural, and political values. There is a pervasive feeling in our country that democracy is broken. In Come Home, America William Greider suggests that it is time to quit pretending that it isn't so. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Come Home, America Subtitle: The Rise and Fall (and Redeeming Promise) of Our Country Author: William Greider Narrator: Tony Craine Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 03-30-11 Publisher: Polity Audio LLC Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The collapse of the economy in 2008 and the events which followed have exposed cracks in the foundation of our economic, cultural, and political values. There is a pervasive feeling in our country that democracy is broken. In Come Home, America William Greider suggests that it is time to quit pretending that it isn't so. Members Reviews: Good overview of our broken system Excellent, although overly optimistic in his solutions to the dire state of our corporatocracy. His solutions require that citizens become much more open minded and knowledgeable about our broken political system, rather than just reacting emotionally to manipulative political propaganda and shallow patriotic and religious rhetoric. His fixes require that people shrug off the dogma imprinted on them in early childhood by their parental, religious, educational and media environments and actually critically review their ingrained beliefs, logically and less emotionally. This doesn't seem to be the trend lately, and corporations and the wealthy elite have been able to take advantage of that by employing massive campaign contributions and a "divide and conquer" social strategy. Overwhelmingly, people believe what they are predisposed to believe and react emotionally when that belief is threatened, even in the face of overwhelming evidence to the contrary. Our opinions have been emotionally and manipulatively instilled in us from before we were old enough to reason and question, and few of us have been even partially capable of avoiding our ongoing programing. We are almost entirely a product of our ethnocentrism. But, maybe I'm overly pessimistic. Required reading This is required reading. Greider discusses many contemporary complex problems without bombarding the reader with details. He also offers optimism towards change using the daunting challenges faced by the Civil Rights movement as an example. Will comfortable consumers risk their lifestyles for change? I doubt it. Maybe if they lose their jobs. Why no discussion on how health insurance paid by the employer enslaves the employee not to strike? IOW's Americans aren't in the streets because they won't risk their family's health coverage. This is criminal. I did have a problem with Chapter 9 and his discussion on the military. He states the US has never wanted to be an empire without acknowledging the US National Interests that are behind most wars. This reader knows better. It is common sense to link the US military with US corporations such as the Iraq War to Haliburton, KPR, and Blackwater. War is big business. Seems purposely not included. The discussion on debt and the Fed are essential. I would have liked debt to be explored in more depth. I recommend this book highly. For the first time, I may buy more copies for friends. Greider: Wake up, Americans William Greider makes an effective case, based on years of experience and careful analysis, that the U.S. faces extremely difficult times ahead; we need to change our perceptions of who we are and what the role of America should be in a changing world. Gloomy though the worst-case scenario may be, Greider asserts that involvement by the people can ease the transition and improve the outcome. Greider's credentials are formidable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Postcatastrophe-Economy-Audiobook/B0040M6YBI Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Postcatastrophe Economy Subtitle: Rebuilding America and Avoiding the Next Bubble Author: Eric Janszen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 09-02-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: How bad will the current economy get? According to Eric Janszen, we could be facing an unemployment rate of over 10 percent; half of all retail stores boarded up; skeletons of unfinished buildings in our cities; and tax revenues down by 30 percent, leading to big cuts in government services. Meanwhile, inflation will keep rising as the Fed is forced to devalue the dollar because foreign countries won't lend to us anymore. Sounds grim, but the good news is that this crisis will open the door to a saner economic future if we recognize the opportunity to correct decades of bad policy. America can wean itself from the debt-financed growth of the past 30 years and restructure to grow, based on old-fashioned savings and investment. Janszen shows that the key is not more big government but deploying our unique capacity for innovation through private-public partnerships. He calls for a modern New Deal that develops 21st century industries, such as biotechnology, alternative energy, and nanotechnology. And he shows how our financial markets can adapt to make it happen. This is an essential book for everyone who is struggling to understand our current predicament. Critic Reviews: "Unlike the many 'told you so' books of the past year, Eric Janszen takes a hard look at the foundations of the Great Recession of 2009, explaining why gold prices rose, why the U.S. dollar is safer than we think, and why houses make terrible investments. And rather than suggesting another round of post-hoc regulation, Janszen points the way towards a sustainable future in infrastructure investment. Janszen has the goods." (Scott Reynolds Nelson, Legum Professor of History, College of William & Mary, author of Crash: An Uncommon History of America's Financial Disasters) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eric Janszen) Thu, 02 Sep 2010 23:10:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Postcatastrophe-Economy-Audiobook/B0040M6YBI thebookvoice.com 07:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Postcatastrophe Economy Subtitle: Rebuilding America and Avoiding the Next Bubble Author: Eric Janszen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 09-02-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: How bad will the current economy get? According to Eric Janszen, we could be facing an unemployment rate of over 10 percent; half of all retail stores boarded up; skeletons of unfinished buildings in our cities; and tax revenues down by 30 percent, leading to big cuts in government services. Meanwhile, inflation will keep rising as the Fed is forced to devalue the dollar because foreign countries won't lend to us anymore. Sounds grim, but the good news is that this crisis will open the door to a saner economic future if we recognize the opportunity to correct decades of bad policy. America can wean itself from the debt-financed growth of the past 30 years and restructure to grow, based on old-fashioned savings and investment. Janszen shows that the key is not more big government but deploying our unique capacity for innovation through private-public partnerships. He calls for a modern New Deal that develops 21st century industries, such as biotechnology, alternative energy, and nanotechnology. And he shows how our financial markets can adapt to make it happen. This is an essential book for everyone who is struggling to understand our current predicament. Critic Reviews: "Unlike the many 'told you so' books of the past year, Eric Janszen takes a hard look at the foundations of the Great Recession of 2009, explaining why gold prices rose, why the U.S. dollar is safer than we think, and why houses make terrible investments. And rather than suggesting another round of post-hoc regulation, Janszen points the way towards a sustainable future in infrastructure investment. Janszen has the goods." (Scott Reynolds Nelson, Legum Professor of History, College of William & Mary, author of Crash: An Uncommon History of America's Financial Disasters) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Postcatastrophe Economy Subtitle: Rebuilding America and Avoiding the Next Bubble Author: Eric Janszen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 09-02-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: How bad will the current economy get? According to Eric Janszen, we could be facing an unemployment rate of over 10 percent; half of all retail stores boarded up; skeletons of unfinished buildings in our cities; and tax revenues down by 30 percent, leading to big cuts in government services. Meanwhile, inflation will keep rising as the Fed is forced to devalue the dollar because foreign countries won't lend to us anymore. Sounds grim, but the good news is that this crisis will open the door to a saner economic future if we recognize the opportunity to correct decades of bad policy. America can wean itself from the debt-financed growth of the past 30 years and restructure to grow, based on old-fashioned savings and investment. Janszen shows that the key is not more big government but deploying our unique capacity for innovation through private-public partnerships. He calls for a modern New Deal that develops 21st century industries, such as biotechnology, alternative energy, and nanotechnology. And he shows how our financial markets can adapt to make it happen. This is an essential book for everyone who is struggling to understand our current predicament. Critic Reviews: "Unlike the many 'told you so' books of the past year, Eric Janszen takes a hard look at the foundations of the Great Recession of 2009, explaining why gold prices rose, why the U.S. dollar is safer than we think, and why houses make terrible investments. And rather than suggesting another round of post-hoc regulation, Janszen points the way towards a sustainable future in infrastructure investment. Janszen has the goods." (Scott Reynolds Nelson, Legum Professor of History, College of William & Mary, author of Crash: An Uncommon History of America's Financial Disasters) Members Reviews: Very informative. If you could sum up The Postcatastrophe Economy in three words, what would they be? Informative, insightful and breaks down our fake system legal/government that is high jacked by the banks. What was one of the most memorable moments of The Postcatastrophe Economy? The manipulation of currency and printing of money that is not backed to anything and that the world is aware of our pathetic sorry strategy and they are onto us. TICK TOC....It's only a matter of time we wake up and our money is not worth anything. Have you listened to any of John Prudens other performances before? How does this one compare? No I have not. Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? I was aware of all the issues he address I just never new how to verbalize it due to the complexities involved. Any additional comments? Good Book. Eric is very clear and concise, easy to understand Would you consider the audio edition of The Postcatastrophe Economy to be better than the print version? I believe reading the book yourself is almost always better. You exercise your mind and functions by doing so. What other book might you compare The Postcatastrophe Economy to and why? End The Fed by Ron Paul Which character as performed by John Pruden was your favorite? You get an earful and find yourself nodding in agreement, as well as shaking your head in disgust. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wal-Mart-Stores-Inc-Global-Retailer-Case-Study-Audiobook/B077PL2ZBH Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.: Global Retailer Case Study Subtitle: The Guide Edition Author: Patapios Tranakas Narrator: Amy Vance Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 11-27-17 Publisher: Patapios Tranakas Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The title of this book publication is: Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.: Global Retailer Case Study - The Guide Edition. This is the second edition published on March 27, 2014. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Patapios Tranakas) Mon, 27 Nov 2017 15:47:21 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wal-Mart-Stores-Inc-Global-Retailer-Case-Study-Audiobook/B077PL2ZBH thebookvoice.com 01:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.: Global Retailer Case Study Subtitle: The Guide Edition Author: Patapios Tranakas Narrator: Amy Vance Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 11-27-17 Publisher: Patapios Tranakas Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The title of this book publication is: Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.: Global Retailer Case Study - The Guide Edition. This is the second edition published on March 27, 2014. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.: Global Retailer Case Study Subtitle: The Guide Edition Author: Patapios Tranakas Narrator: Amy Vance Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 11-27-17 Publisher: Patapios Tranakas Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The title of this book publication is: Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.: Global Retailer Case Study - The Guide Edition. This is the second edition published on March 27, 2014. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Escaping-Oz-Audiobook/B0731J1Y3N Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Escaping Oz Subtitle: An Observer's Reflections Author: Jim Mosquera Narrator: Jim Mosquera Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 06-23-17 Publisher: The Sentinel Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In today's economic and political climate, protecting yourself means asking the right questions. You can't ask the right questions if your mind's encumbered by what you think you may understand. Who's the man behind the curtain? What's this thing we call money? It's not what you think. We've burdened government with all our problems but do they have the capacity to solve them? Do we want them to? What's the difference between freedom "of" and freedom "from" and why's it important? Why is this one of the most important questions you can ask? I'm putting out an APB for critical thinking skills. We need these skills at this important juncture in our nation's history. Is our political division a permanent condition? What's the one thing we all have in common? Information isn't lacking these days, which is why our ability to sift purposefully through it is critical. Prepare to meet the future. It always arrives sooner than expected. Are you ready? biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim Mosquera) Fri, 23 Jun 2017 10:35:46 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Escaping-Oz-Audiobook/B0731J1Y3N thebookvoice.com 05:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Escaping Oz Subtitle: An Observer's Reflections Author: Jim Mosquera Narrator: Jim Mosquera Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 06-23-17 Publisher: The Sentinel Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In today's economic and political climate, protecting yourself means asking the right questions. You can't ask the right questions if your mind's encumbered by what you think you may understand. Who's the man behind the curtain? What's this thing we call money? It's not what you think. We've burdened government with all our problems but do they have the capacity to solve them? Do we want them to? What's the difference between freedom "of" and freedom "from" and why's it important? Why is this one of the most important questions you can ask? I'm putting out an APB for critical thinking skills. We need these skills at this important juncture in our nation's history. Is our political division a permanent condition? What's the one thing we all have in common? Information isn't lacking these days, which is why our ability to sift purposefully through it is critical. Prepare to meet the future. It always arrives sooner than expected. Are you ready? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Escaping Oz Subtitle: An Observer's Reflections Author: Jim Mosquera Narrator: Jim Mosquera Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 06-23-17 Publisher: The Sentinel Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In today's economic and political climate, protecting yourself means asking the right questions. You can't ask the right questions if your mind's encumbered by what you think you may understand. Who's the man behind the curtain? What's this thing we call money? It's not what you think. We've burdened government with all our problems but do they have the capacity to solve them? Do we want them to? What's the difference between freedom "of" and freedom "from" and why's it important? Why is this one of the most important questions you can ask? I'm putting out an APB for critical thinking skills. We need these skills at this important juncture in our nation's history. Is our political division a permanent condition? What's the one thing we all have in common? Information isn't lacking these days, which is why our ability to sift purposefully through it is critical. Prepare to meet the future. It always arrives sooner than expected. Are you ready? Members Reviews: The economy complexity Would you listen to Escaping Oz again? Why? maybe. It complex material and it is hard to understand in the first listen Would you be willing to try another book from Jim Mosquera? Why or why not? yes. Maybe then I will see the entire picture Which scene was your favorite? the subprime crash Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? It's too complex to listen at once. You need time to do so Any additional comments? I don't agree with all of it. Reading the assent of money can help. There are still many controversial ideas that I need to process An Intelligent Conversation Piece! What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative? I enjoyed the information provided in simplistic terms. There were patches of humour throughout, preventing it from sounding like a dry lecture. Any additional comments? I used to converse daily with several other educated friends. This book reminded me of some of the deep discussions we would engage in. Some points are so basic, even fundamental, it's baffling not everyone sees and understands it. Other topics were new - almost foreign to me - but the author/narrator made it easy to listen to and follow. I truly enjoyed this books and its insights. Thank you for a well writen and descriptive book. The examples were elementary, without being juvenile! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Adam-Smiths-Two-Contributions-to-Economics-Audiobook/B01MT5OIUH Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Adam Smith's Two Contributions to Economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Length: 4 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-17 Publisher: 411 Audio Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A dialogue in which Adam Smith's two contributions to economic thought are stated and explained. ©2016 J.-M. Kuczynski (P)2016 J.-M. Kuczynski biacuaduc@gmail.com (J.-M. Kuczynski) Thu, 05 Jan 2017 10:15:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Adam-Smiths-Two-Contributions-to-Economics-Audiobook/B01MT5OIUH thebookvoice.com 00:04:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Adam Smith's Two Contributions to Economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Length: 4 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-17 Publisher: 411 Audio Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A dialogue in which Adam Smith's two contributions to economic thought are stated and explained. ©2016 J.-M. Kuczynski (P)2016 J.-M. Kuczynski Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Adam Smith's Two Contributions to Economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Length: 4 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-17 Publisher: 411 Audio Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A dialogue in which Adam Smith's two contributions to economic thought are stated and explained. ©2016 J.-M. Kuczynski (P)2016 J.-M. Kuczynski https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-Analysis-Explained-Audiobook/B01A99I3WS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Analysis Explained Subtitle: Simple Textbooks, Volume 6 Author: Can Akdeniz Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 42 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-16 Publisher: Can Akdeniz Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: If you want to compete better in this world, knowledge about economic analysis is must for you. Whether you are running a small or large company or you are a business student, this course is worth it for you. With the knowledge about economic analysis, you can better comprehend the financial issues that occur when you compete in the market. What you'll learn in this book: biacuaduc@gmail.com (Can Akdeniz) Fri, 08 Jan 2016 23:21:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-Analysis-Explained-Audiobook/B01A99I3WS thebookvoice.com 00:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Analysis Explained Subtitle: Simple Textbooks, Volume 6 Author: Can Akdeniz Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 42 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-16 Publisher: Can Akdeniz Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: If you want to compete better in this world, knowledge about economic analysis is must for you. Whether you are running a small or large company or you are a business student, this course is worth it for you. With the knowledge about economic analysis, you can better comprehend the financial issues that occur when you compete in the market. What you'll learn in this book: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Analysis Explained Subtitle: Simple Textbooks, Volume 6 Author: Can Akdeniz Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Length: 42 mins Language: English Release date: 01-08-16 Publisher: Can Akdeniz Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: If you want to compete better in this world, knowledge about economic analysis is must for you. Whether you are running a small or large company or you are a business student, this course is worth it for you. With the knowledge about economic analysis, you can better comprehend the financial issues that occur when you compete in the market. What you'll learn in this book: https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Takeover-The-Conspiracy-to-Rig-Elections-and-Hide-the-Truth-About-Americas-Coming-Financial-Crisis-Audiobook/B019QNJZFM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Takeover! The Conspiracy to Rig Elections and Hide the Truth About America's Coming Financial Crisis Author: Vincent LaFayette Narrator: Sonny Dufault Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-15 Publisher: 2nd Empire Media Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ever since the latest financial crisis and its resulting recession, those in the know have been fearful of a coming double dip in the economy but even more so of a return to financial crisis. Trillions of US dollars have been spent in order to bring the economy and its markets back into line, but in 2011 it all came crashing down; mysteriously, somehow, the markets rallied and continue to do so, but why is this? Author Vincent Lafayette exposes the truth behind the hidden government takeover and the resulting manipulation of the American financial markets and reveals the truth about the men in power who will stop at nothing to advance their twisted agendas. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Vincent LaFayette) Thu, 24 Dec 2015 06:06:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Takeover-The-Conspiracy-to-Rig-Elections-and-Hide-the-Truth-About-Americas-Coming-Financial-Crisis-Audiobook/B019QNJZFM thebookvoice.com 06:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Takeover! The Conspiracy to Rig Elections and Hide the Truth About America's Coming Financial Crisis Author: Vincent LaFayette Narrator: Sonny Dufault Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-15 Publisher: 2nd Empire Media Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ever since the latest financial crisis and its resulting recession, those in the know have been fearful of a coming double dip in the economy but even more so of a return to financial crisis. Trillions of US dollars have been spent in order to bring the economy and its markets back into line, but in 2011 it all came crashing down; mysteriously, somehow, the markets rallied and continue to do so, but why is this? Author Vincent Lafayette exposes the truth behind the hidden government takeover and the resulting manipulation of the American financial markets and reveals the truth about the men in power who will stop at nothing to advance their twisted agendas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Takeover! The Conspiracy to Rig Elections and Hide the Truth About America's Coming Financial Crisis Author: Vincent LaFayette Narrator: Sonny Dufault Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-15 Publisher: 2nd Empire Media Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Ever since the latest financial crisis and its resulting recession, those in the know have been fearful of a coming double dip in the economy but even more so of a return to financial crisis. Trillions of US dollars have been spent in order to bring the economy and its markets back into line, but in 2011 it all came crashing down; mysteriously, somehow, the markets rallied and continue to do so, but why is this? Author Vincent Lafayette exposes the truth behind the hidden government takeover and the resulting manipulation of the American financial markets and reveals the truth about the men in power who will stop at nothing to advance their twisted agendas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Jimmy-Stewart-is-Dead-Audiobook/B003G7IU9M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Jimmy Stewart is Dead Subtitle: The Worlds Ongoing Financial Plague with Limited Purpose Banking Author: Laurence J. Kotlikoff Narrator: Christian Rummel Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 04-09-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Discover how the global financial plague is poised to return, and what can be done to stop itThis is not your father's financial system. Jimmy Stewart, the trustworthy, honest banker in the movie, It's a Wonderful Life, is dead. And so is his small-town bank, Bailey Savings & Loan. Instead, we're watching It's a Horrible Mess with Wall Street (aka the Vegas Strip) playing ever larger craps with our economy and our tax dollars. This audiobook, written by one of the world's most respected economist, describes in lively, humorous, simple, but also deadly serious terms the big con underlying the big game-the web of interconnected financial, political, and regulatory malfeasance that culminated in financial meltdown and brought us to our economic knees. But is also proposes a solution - Limited Purpose Banking, a straightforward and easily implemented plan to make Wall Street safe for Main Street. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Laurence J. Kotlikoff) Fri, 09 Apr 2010 08:26:42 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Jimmy-Stewart-is-Dead-Audiobook/B003G7IU9M thebookvoice.com 08:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Jimmy Stewart is Dead Subtitle: The Worlds Ongoing Financial Plague with Limited Purpose Banking Author: Laurence J. Kotlikoff Narrator: Christian Rummel Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 04-09-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Discover how the global financial plague is poised to return, and what can be done to stop itThis is not your father's financial system. Jimmy Stewart, the trustworthy, honest banker in the movie, It's a Wonderful Life, is dead. And so is his small-town bank, Bailey Savings & Loan. Instead, we're watching It's a Horrible Mess with Wall Street (aka the Vegas Strip) playing ever larger craps with our economy and our tax dollars. This audiobook, written by one of the world's most respected economist, describes in lively, humorous, simple, but also deadly serious terms the big con underlying the big game-the web of interconnected financial, political, and regulatory malfeasance that culminated in financial meltdown and brought us to our economic knees. But is also proposes a solution - Limited Purpose Banking, a straightforward and easily implemented plan to make Wall Street safe for Main Street. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Jimmy Stewart is Dead Subtitle: The Worlds Ongoing Financial Plague with Limited Purpose Banking Author: Laurence J. Kotlikoff Narrator: Christian Rummel Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 04-09-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Discover how the global financial plague is poised to return, and what can be done to stop itThis is not your father's financial system. Jimmy Stewart, the trustworthy, honest banker in the movie, It's a Wonderful Life, is dead. And so is his small-town bank, Bailey Savings & Loan. Instead, we're watching It's a Horrible Mess with Wall Street (aka the Vegas Strip) playing ever larger craps with our economy and our tax dollars. This audiobook, written by one of the world's most respected economist, describes in lively, humorous, simple, but also deadly serious terms the big con underlying the big game-the web of interconnected financial, political, and regulatory malfeasance that culminated in financial meltdown and brought us to our economic knees. But is also proposes a solution - Limited Purpose Banking, a straightforward and easily implemented plan to make Wall Street safe for Main Street. Members Reviews: More Limited Purpose Banking, Less Other Fixes First, I sincerely appreciate Professor Kotlikoff's honesty w/ respect to the incompetent and illusory efforts of the US Govt. For example, on pg 83 he writes: "Hopefully, the FDIC won't end up w/ a [1980s] S&L-type crisis on top of its current debacle. W/ its new insurance obligations, it's now staring at $6.4 trillion in potential liabilities, yet it holds only $19 billion in reserves. Talk about financial malfeasance! Madoff was short $65 for each dollar he insured. The FDIC is short $337 for each dollar it's insured. Were the public to digest this fact and withdraw its deposits en masse, Uncle Sam would likely have to print upwards of 24 trillion more dollars. Public knowledge of this action would surely trigger hyperinflation and extract a major loss in purchasing power for anyone who failed to withdraw and spend his or her money immediately. So right here, right now, we have the basis for a national bank run. The run would not be to secure our money (dollar bills), but to secure our real spending power - the amount of goods and services our dollars can buy. This concern is not new. We've had the basis for a national bank run ever since FDR introduced FDIC insurance in March 1933. Fortunately, Americans didn't call FDR's bluff by continuing their run on the banks (one-third had already failed). Had they done so, they would have demonstrated that, w/ respect to their real money balances, FDR was insuring the uninsurable." Rest assured Keynes-inspired snake oil economists such as Paul Krugman & Brad DeLong - stars of the elite mainstream print & broadcast media - will never admit their Govt interventionist panacea is a delusion. The emperor truly has no clothes and fear the day when those bankrolling today's American Dream stop footing the bill. Kotlikoff does an excellent job describing the depth of the hole we're in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Think-India-Audiobook/B002UZZ3H8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Think India Subtitle: The Rise of the World's Next Superpower and What It Means for Every American Author: Vinay Rai, William L. Simon Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The buzzword of the 21st century is "India" - and it's not just a story of software, outsourcing, and faraway call centers. With the economy soaring at eight percent a year, India is a medical and pharmaceutical front-runner, an R&D powerhouse, a rising manufacturing hub, and an up-and-coming cultural trend-setter in areas from fashion to film. And the world is taking note: Western companies from Lockheed Martin to McDonald's are moving in, Ford is setting up factories, Coca-Cola is heading to the countryside in rickshaws, and research centers for Fortune 500 companies are popping up everywhere. Meanwhile, the U.S. military is forging close ties, as India has become a key strategic partner. Steel-tycoon-turned-educator Vinay Rai, who now runs one of India's two private universities (includng 15 campuses) joins sociology professor William Simon to map out the rising new India. This colorful, lively, forward-looking account of India's stunning world debut is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand the country's new muscle on the global stage. Consider: biacuaduc@gmail.com (Vinay Rai) Mon, 17 Sep 2007 23:59:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Think-India-Audiobook/B002UZZ3H8 thebookvoice.com 06:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Think India Subtitle: The Rise of the World's Next Superpower and What It Means for Every American Author: Vinay Rai, William L. Simon Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The buzzword of the 21st century is "India" - and it's not just a story of software, outsourcing, and faraway call centers. With the economy soaring at eight percent a year, India is a medical and pharmaceutical front-runner, an R&D powerhouse, a rising manufacturing hub, and an up-and-coming cultural trend-setter in areas from fashion to film. And the world is taking note: Western companies from Lockheed Martin to McDonald's are moving in, Ford is setting up factories, Coca-Cola is heading to the countryside in rickshaws, and research centers for Fortune 500 companies are popping up everywhere. Meanwhile, the U.S. military is forging close ties, as India has become a key strategic partner. Steel-tycoon-turned-educator Vinay Rai, who now runs one of India's two private universities (includng 15 campuses) joins sociology professor William Simon to map out the rising new India. This colorful, lively, forward-looking account of India's stunning world debut is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand the country's new muscle on the global stage. Consider: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Think India Subtitle: The Rise of the World's Next Superpower and What It Means for Every American Author: Vinay Rai, William L. Simon Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The buzzword of the 21st century is "India" - and it's not just a story of software, outsourcing, and faraway call centers. With the economy soaring at eight percent a year, India is a medical and pharmaceutical front-runner, an R&D powerhouse, a rising manufacturing hub, and an up-and-coming cultural trend-setter in areas from fashion to film. And the world is taking note: Western companies from Lockheed Martin to McDonald's are moving in, Ford is setting up factories, Coca-Cola is heading to the countryside in rickshaws, and research centers for Fortune 500 companies are popping up everywhere. Meanwhile, the U.S. military is forging close ties, as India has become a key strategic partner. Steel-tycoon-turned-educator Vinay Rai, who now runs one of India's two private universities (includng 15 campuses) joins sociology professor William Simon to map out the rising new India. This colorful, lively, forward-looking account of India's stunning world debut is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand the country's new muscle on the global stage. Consider: Members Reviews: Shrill and not too informative I found this to be low on meaningful content, a rather shrill or florid writing style, and I was very disappointed because the theme had sounded very interesting. Think India - a biased view Author seems to be very biased on the narration of the facts. Everything seemed to be glorified and it becomes less useful if the facts are tainted so much for the common public. It appears more as author's wishful thinking than a commentary on reality. Having said these, I still would like to commend Mr. Rai on writing on this topic that is much on strategically, geo-politically, socially important part of the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/10-Principles-of-Economics-Audiobook/B01NAPSG5M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 10 Principles of Economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Length: 7 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-17 Publisher: 411 Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A dialogue about Gregory Mankiw's 10 principles of economics. biacuaduc@gmail.com (J.-M. Kuczynski) Thu, 05 Jan 2017 05:38:31 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/10-Principles-of-Economics-Audiobook/B01NAPSG5M thebookvoice.com 00:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 10 Principles of Economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Length: 7 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-17 Publisher: 411 Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A dialogue about Gregory Mankiw's 10 principles of economics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 10 Principles of Economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Length: 7 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-17 Publisher: 411 Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: A dialogue about Gregory Mankiw's 10 principles of economics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Financial-Crisis-Audiobook/B00LBADRN0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Financial Crisis Subtitle: How Did We Get Here? Author: Phillip Inman Narrator: Philip Rose Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 08-19-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Every day brings another gloomy economic statistic. Countries heading for bankruptcy; banks running out of money; production down; shop prices up: and no end seems to be in sight. Newspapers and TV news shows dwell on the troubled times and report on the inability of politicians to present a coherent way for Britain and the rest of Europe to pull out of a long and seemingly never-ending depression. Nothing seems to give employers the confidence to hire more people, pay them an inflation-proof wage rise and reverse a long decline in living standards. In The Financial Crisis: How Did We Get Here?, Phillip Inman explains what economic levers are available to policymakers, which ones are being pulled and which are being left idle. It examines why certain approaches are adopted, not just by politicians, but also by businesses, investors and workers, to give you a rounded, informed view of the current crisis. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Phillip Inman) Tue, 19 Aug 2014 18:14:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Financial-Crisis-Audiobook/B00LBADRN0 thebookvoice.com 02:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Financial Crisis Subtitle: How Did We Get Here? Author: Phillip Inman Narrator: Philip Rose Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 08-19-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Every day brings another gloomy economic statistic. Countries heading for bankruptcy; banks running out of money; production down; shop prices up: and no end seems to be in sight. Newspapers and TV news shows dwell on the troubled times and report on the inability of politicians to present a coherent way for Britain and the rest of Europe to pull out of a long and seemingly never-ending depression. Nothing seems to give employers the confidence to hire more people, pay them an inflation-proof wage rise and reverse a long decline in living standards. In The Financial Crisis: How Did We Get Here?, Phillip Inman explains what economic levers are available to policymakers, which ones are being pulled and which are being left idle. It examines why certain approaches are adopted, not just by politicians, but also by businesses, investors and workers, to give you a rounded, informed view of the current crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Financial Crisis Subtitle: How Did We Get Here? Author: Phillip Inman Narrator: Philip Rose Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 08-19-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Every day brings another gloomy economic statistic. Countries heading for bankruptcy; banks running out of money; production down; shop prices up: and no end seems to be in sight. Newspapers and TV news shows dwell on the troubled times and report on the inability of politicians to present a coherent way for Britain and the rest of Europe to pull out of a long and seemingly never-ending depression. Nothing seems to give employers the confidence to hire more people, pay them an inflation-proof wage rise and reverse a long decline in living standards. In The Financial Crisis: How Did We Get Here?, Phillip Inman explains what economic levers are available to policymakers, which ones are being pulled and which are being left idle. It examines why certain approaches are adopted, not just by politicians, but also by businesses, investors and workers, to give you a rounded, informed view of the current crisis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Macroeconomics-2-e-Audiobook/B003NH4FVW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Macroeconomics, 2/e Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony O'Brien Format: Original Recording Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-08 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Macroeconomics, 2/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2008 Pearson Education, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Glenn Hubbard) Mon, 10 Mar 2008 11:12:41 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Macroeconomics-2-e-Audiobook/B003NH4FVW thebookvoice.com 06:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Macroeconomics, 2/e Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony O'Brien Format: Original Recording Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-08 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Macroeconomics, 2/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2008 Pearson Education, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Macroeconomics, 2/e Author: Glenn Hubbard, Anthony O'Brien Format: Original Recording Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 03-10-08 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Macroeconomics, 2/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2008 Pearson Education, Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Complicit-Audiobook/B0042ZOXF2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Complicit Subtitle: How Greed and Collusion Made the Credit Crisis Unstoppable Author: Mark Gilbert Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 09-24-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The credit crunch is affecting every investor and every consumer, every industry and every government program, yet few people truly understand how it happened. Subprime mortgages have been center stage, but behind the scenes a conspiracy of greed among bankers, investors, rating agencies and regulators has imperiled everyone's financial future. We need to know what went wrong and how to change the practices that led to this calamity. Bloomberg columnist Mark Gilbert shows how Wall Street's tolerance for extremes made the global credit crunch both foreseeable and inevitable. He offers a blow-by-blow account of what went wrong and what lessons need to be learned from the crisis. Gilbert's argumentthat everyone with skin in the money game had a vested interest in pretending that nothing could go awryis a well-defended, compelling indictment of the financial community. Gilbert is able to make complex financial events easy to understand. His outlook is truly global: this financial crisis respects no geographical boundaries, and Gilbert draws on anecdotes and examples from around the world to make his case. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Gilbert) Fri, 24 Sep 2010 04:22:60 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Complicit-Audiobook/B0042ZOXF2 thebookvoice.com 05:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Complicit Subtitle: How Greed and Collusion Made the Credit Crisis Unstoppable Author: Mark Gilbert Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 09-24-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The credit crunch is affecting every investor and every consumer, every industry and every government program, yet few people truly understand how it happened. Subprime mortgages have been center stage, but behind the scenes a conspiracy of greed among bankers, investors, rating agencies and regulators has imperiled everyone's financial future. We need to know what went wrong and how to change the practices that led to this calamity. Bloomberg columnist Mark Gilbert shows how Wall Street's tolerance for extremes made the global credit crunch both foreseeable and inevitable. He offers a blow-by-blow account of what went wrong and what lessons need to be learned from the crisis. Gilbert's argumentthat everyone with skin in the money game had a vested interest in pretending that nothing could go awryis a well-defended, compelling indictment of the financial community. Gilbert is able to make complex financial events easy to understand. His outlook is truly global: this financial crisis respects no geographical boundaries, and Gilbert draws on anecdotes and examples from around the world to make his case. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Complicit Subtitle: How Greed and Collusion Made the Credit Crisis Unstoppable Author: Mark Gilbert Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 09-24-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The credit crunch is affecting every investor and every consumer, every industry and every government program, yet few people truly understand how it happened. Subprime mortgages have been center stage, but behind the scenes a conspiracy of greed among bankers, investors, rating agencies and regulators has imperiled everyone's financial future. We need to know what went wrong and how to change the practices that led to this calamity. Bloomberg columnist Mark Gilbert shows how Wall Street's tolerance for extremes made the global credit crunch both foreseeable and inevitable. He offers a blow-by-blow account of what went wrong and what lessons need to be learned from the crisis. Gilbert's argumentthat everyone with skin in the money game had a vested interest in pretending that nothing could go awryis a well-defended, compelling indictment of the financial community. Gilbert is able to make complex financial events easy to understand. His outlook is truly global: this financial crisis respects no geographical boundaries, and Gilbert draws on anecdotes and examples from around the world to make his case. Members Reviews: The world viewed from London I first met Mark in London several years ago when he was covering a conference for Bloomberg News. Since then I have read all of his Bloomberg posts including a chapter from this book. I find him insightful and with a dry wit. But the main thing is we Americans tend to view the world from Washington or New York. As a result we miss much of what is occurring, especially when our economists and talking heads don't realize there are people out there not making $250,000 or more, which is why they do not understand what is happening. Like the FT and The Economist, Mark provides that perspective. There are two books which I believe you should consider to accompany this book: Simon Johnson, "13 Bankers: The Wall Street Takeover and the Next Financial Meltdown" and Edward M. Gramlich, "Subprime Mortgages; America's Latest Boom or Bust" Both of these men have done a great service...perhaps they and Mark can wake us up before it is too late. A Whirl of Jumbled Madness Complicit, by Mark Gilbert, the London bureau chief for Bloomberg financial news, is unusual -- a book concerning our recently demised speculative boom that you can still take along to the beach. Using that peculiar British talent of evoking laughter by the use of sneering disdain (he refers to the last suckers to buy into the mania as "the hindmost"), Mr. Gilbert takes the reader on a tour of almost-impossible-to-believe tales of greed, stupidity, and woe across eleven short, engaging chapters. [...]. So good I read it twice Complicit is a must read for market practitioners and those with a more general interest. For so-called professionals Mark Gilbert has produced a compact, yet detailed, analysis of events that lead to what we now call the credit crunch. Most importantly, those not familiar with the jargon-laden techno speak of the banking industry will find this insightful and highly readable. Having read numerous takes on the crisis I rate Complicit as my favourite so far. Infromative, Pleasurable and Concise Read If you are looking for a book that covers every aspect of the financial crisis which began in 2006, look no further. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Around-the-World-in-80-Trades-Audiobook/B0036GPVRC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Around the World in 80 Trades Author: Conor Woodman Narrator: Conor Woodman Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 04-09-09 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economist Conor Woodman has decided to test his negotiating skills, charm, and eye for a bargain against some of the world's oldest trading cultures. He's sold his house to finance the trip, but if his hunches are right - trading Sudanese camels for Zambian coffee, coffee for South African red wine, and then off to China to buy jade with the proceeds - he'll return six months later with a lot of money, some new friends, and a whole raft of brilliant tall tales. Whether trading teak or tea, surfboards or seafood, Conor goes head-to-head with the best operators in the world's most hotly contested markets. But will years of experience as a business analyst mean anything when he is suspected of being a spy? And can London's financial bear pit prepare him for a horde of vodka-fuelled horse traders on the plains of central Asia? Part Undercover Economist, part Apprentice challenge, Around the World in 80 Trades offers an exciting insight into the human story behind the money in our pockets, and reminds us that making a living is about exactly that - living. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Conor Woodman) Thu, 09 Apr 2009 15:57:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Around-the-World-in-80-Trades-Audiobook/B0036GPVRC thebookvoice.com 00:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Around the World in 80 Trades Author: Conor Woodman Narrator: Conor Woodman Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 04-09-09 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economist Conor Woodman has decided to test his negotiating skills, charm, and eye for a bargain against some of the world's oldest trading cultures. He's sold his house to finance the trip, but if his hunches are right - trading Sudanese camels for Zambian coffee, coffee for South African red wine, and then off to China to buy jade with the proceeds - he'll return six months later with a lot of money, some new friends, and a whole raft of brilliant tall tales. Whether trading teak or tea, surfboards or seafood, Conor goes head-to-head with the best operators in the world's most hotly contested markets. But will years of experience as a business analyst mean anything when he is suspected of being a spy? And can London's financial bear pit prepare him for a horde of vodka-fuelled horse traders on the plains of central Asia? Part Undercover Economist, part Apprentice challenge, Around the World in 80 Trades offers an exciting insight into the human story behind the money in our pockets, and reminds us that making a living is about exactly that - living. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Around the World in 80 Trades Author: Conor Woodman Narrator: Conor Woodman Format: Abridged Length: 3 hrs Language: English Release date: 04-09-09 Publisher: Pan Macmillan Publishers Ltd. Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economist Conor Woodman has decided to test his negotiating skills, charm, and eye for a bargain against some of the world's oldest trading cultures. He's sold his house to finance the trip, but if his hunches are right - trading Sudanese camels for Zambian coffee, coffee for South African red wine, and then off to China to buy jade with the proceeds - he'll return six months later with a lot of money, some new friends, and a whole raft of brilliant tall tales. Whether trading teak or tea, surfboards or seafood, Conor goes head-to-head with the best operators in the world's most hotly contested markets. But will years of experience as a business analyst mean anything when he is suspected of being a spy? And can London's financial bear pit prepare him for a horde of vodka-fuelled horse traders on the plains of central Asia? Part Undercover Economist, part Apprentice challenge, Around the World in 80 Trades offers an exciting insight into the human story behind the money in our pockets, and reminds us that making a living is about exactly that - living. Members Reviews: Good story well told Nice pace, not too long. For once the writer reading sounds better as he adds to the memories. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/World-Economy-in-2017-Audiobook/B072F1C3FC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: World Economy in 2017 Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 32 mins Language: English Release date: 05-03-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The election of Donald Trump as the president of the United States took the world by surprise. The presidential win of Donald Trump will remain one of the most dominant features of the economy of the world that happened in 2016 and will continue to embark itself in the global market for next series of years. biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Wed, 03 May 2017 02:58:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/World-Economy-in-2017-Audiobook/B072F1C3FC thebookvoice.com 00:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: World Economy in 2017 Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 32 mins Language: English Release date: 05-03-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The election of Donald Trump as the president of the United States took the world by surprise. The presidential win of Donald Trump will remain one of the most dominant features of the economy of the world that happened in 2016 and will continue to embark itself in the global market for next series of years. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: World Economy in 2017 Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 32 mins Language: English Release date: 05-03-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The election of Donald Trump as the president of the United States took the world by surprise. The presidential win of Donald Trump will remain one of the most dominant features of the economy of the world that happened in 2016 and will continue to embark itself in the global market for next series of years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/La-sharing-economy-Audiobook/B01MRZQKVH Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: La sharing economy Autore: Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò Narratore: Maurizio Cardillo Formato: Unabridged Durata: 56 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 12-22-16 Editore: Area 51 Short Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: "La sharing economy", letteralmente economia della condivisione, detta in italiano anche "consumo collaborativo", è una tipologia di rete economica emergente nella quale le persone condividono le risorse - come strumenti, servizi e abilità -, spesso a un costo significativamente inferiore rispetto a quello di mercato. Il concetto chiave è "condividere guadagnando. In genere, questo tipo di accordi consente ai partecipanti di condividere fra di loro prodotti o servizi, mettendo il concetto tradizionale di proprietà in secondo piano. Con questo nuovo modello economico si promuovono stili di vita che prediligono il risparmio o la ridistribuzione del denaro e che favoriscono la socializzazione e la salvaguardia dell'ambiente. In alcuni casi consente alle persone di usufruire di beni di valore, come ad esempio una macchina, senza esserne proprietari, mentre per altri costituisce un'opportunità di guadagnare sfruttando i beni o le capacità a disposizione. Tutti possono partecipare alla sharing economy e probabilmente lo facciamo già anche senza rendercene conto. La nascita del fenomeno ha delle precise motivazioni tecnologiche, economiche, politiche e sociali. Internet ha sicuramente cambiato il rapporto fra i consumatori e i beni, rendendo possibili e sempre più comuni molte transazioni economiche fra persone che si trovano geograficamente distanti. La crisi economica e le sue conseguenze in termini di precariato e crollo del potere d'acquisto sono un altro dei motivi per cui le nuove piattaforme, che consentono dei risparmi consistenti, sono diventate popolari. Inoltre, il consumo è diventato un progetto centrale nella vita delle persone, ma anche il ridimensionamento del ruolo dello Stato e il suo adeguarsi alle logiche di mercato è un fattore che ha favorito la diffusione delle piattaforme di condivisione. ©2016 Area51 Publishing (P)2016 Area51 Publishing biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò) Thu, 22 Dec 2016 21:21:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/La-sharing-economy-Audiobook/B01MRZQKVH thebookvoice.com 00:56:00 no Ascolta questo titolo per intero gratuitamente su thebookvoice.com Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: La sharing economy Autore: Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò Narratore: Maurizio Cardillo Formato: Unabridged Durata: 56 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 12-22-16 Editore: Area 51 Short Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: "La sharing economy", letteralmente economia della condivisione, detta in italiano anche "consumo collaborativo", è una tipologia di rete economica emergente nella quale le persone condividono le risorse - come strumenti, servizi e abilità -, spesso a un costo significativamente inferiore rispetto a quello di mercato. Il concetto chiave è "condividere guadagnando. In genere, questo tipo di accordi consente ai partecipanti di condividere fra di loro prodotti o servizi, mettendo il concetto tradizionale di proprietà in secondo piano. Con questo nuovo modello economico si promuovono stili di vita che prediligono il risparmio o la ridistribuzione del denaro e che favoriscono la socializzazione e la salvaguardia dell'ambiente. In alcuni casi consente alle persone di usufruire di beni di valore, come ad esempio una macchina, senza esserne proprietari, mentre per altri costituisce un'opportunità di guadagnare sfruttando i beni o le capacità a disposizione. Tutti possono partecipare alla sharing economy e probabilmente lo facciamo già anche senza rendercene conto. La nascita del fenomeno ha delle precise motivazioni tecnologiche, economiche, politiche e sociali. Internet ha sicuramente cambiato il rapporto fra i consumatori e i beni, rendendo possibili e sempre più comuni molte transazioni economiche fra persone che si trovano geograficamente distanti. La crisi economica e le sue conseguenze in termini di precariato e crollo del potere d'acquisto sono un altro dei motivi per cui le nuove piattaforme, che consentono dei risparmi consistenti, sono diventate popolari. Inoltre, il consumo è diventato un progetto centrale nella vita delle persone, ma anche il ridimensionamento del ruolo dello Stato e il suo adeguarsi alle logiche di mercato è un fattore che ha favorito la diffusione delle piattaforme di condivisione. ©2016 Area51 Publishing (P)2016 Area51 Publishing Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: La sharing economy Autore: Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò Narratore: Maurizio Cardillo Formato: Unabridged Durata: 56 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 12-22-16 Editore: Area 51 Short Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: "La sharing economy", letteralmente economia della condivisione, detta in italiano anche "consumo collaborativo", è una tipologia di rete economica emergente nella quale le persone condividono le risorse - come strumenti, servizi e abilità -, spesso a un costo significativamente inferiore rispetto a quello di mercato. Il concetto chiave è "condividere guadagnando. In genere, questo tipo di accordi consente ai partecipanti di condividere fra di loro prodotti o servizi, mettendo il concetto tradizionale di proprietà in secondo piano. Con questo nuovo modello economico si promuovono stili di vita che prediligono il risparmio o la ridistribuzione del denaro e che favoriscono la socializzazione e la salvaguardia dell'ambiente. In alcuni casi consente alle persone di usufruire di beni di valore, come ad esempio una macchina, senza esserne proprietari, mentre per altri costituisce un'opportunità di guadagnare sfruttando i beni o le capacità a disposizione. Tutti possono partecipare alla sharing economy e probabilmente lo facciamo già anche senza rendercene conto. La nascita del fenomeno ha delle precise motivazioni tecnologiche, economiche, politiche e sociali. Internet ha sicuramente cambiato il rapporto fra i consumatori e i beni, rendendo possibili e sempre più comuni molte transazioni economiche fra persone che si trovano geograficamente distanti. La crisi economica e le sue conseguenze in termini di precariato e crollo del potere d'acquisto sono un altro dei motivi per cui le nuove piattaforme, che consentono dei risparmi consistenti, sono diventate popolari. Inoltre, il consumo è diventato un progetto centrale nella vita delle persone, ma anche il ridimensionamento del ruolo dello Stato e il suo adeguarsi alle logiche di mercato è un fattore che ha favorito la diffusione delle piattaforme di condivisione. ©2016 Area51 Publishing (P)2016 Area51 Publishing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Philanthropy-Sucks-Audiobook/B01N3UDJD9 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Philanthropy Sucks! Author: Uday Kagal Narrator: Dominic Carlos Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-16 Publisher: Leadstart Publishing Pvt Ltd Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is a direct result of stories. From all those villagers I met who are my main source of inspiration, and my colleagues with whom I had animated discussions on development. But this book would not have been possible without all those people who contributed generously and candidly to our discovery. It is an outcome of my diverse experiences, undying curiosity and firm belief in the power of human beings to want to collaborate, to create shared value and create a better world. It urges us to reflect on where we are, and where we wish to go. And the way we engage in philanthropy is perhaps as good a place to start as any. This book is about the past, the present and one possible future for social good. It seeks to identify the underlying problem and search for new solutions. How I learnt that the problems of philanthropy start from wrong intent, but the real problem lies in the fact that it creates dependencies. The landscape is divided today and standing purposefully. There is a dichotomy between the tough conditions for doing business and an unresolved ecosystem, but also between intent and resolve, a function perhaps of its life stage, transitioning reflectively from philanthropy towards accountability, scale and sustainability. There are three key components of the solution: people desire dignity more than they desire charity; they demand service as customers; and customer based models bring seriousness, accountability and better outcomes. This book suggests three broad directions for the future: new kinds of capital for scale, new business models for sustainability and making shifts in how we think. The reactions to this book will vary from indignation to cynicism to denial to relief. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Uday Kagal) Mon, 14 Nov 2016 23:16:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Philanthropy-Sucks-Audiobook/B01N3UDJD9 thebookvoice.com 02:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Philanthropy Sucks! Author: Uday Kagal Narrator: Dominic Carlos Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-16 Publisher: Leadstart Publishing Pvt Ltd Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is a direct result of stories. From all those villagers I met who are my main source of inspiration, and my colleagues with whom I had animated discussions on development. But this book would not have been possible without all those people who contributed generously and candidly to our discovery. It is an outcome of my diverse experiences, undying curiosity and firm belief in the power of human beings to want to collaborate, to create shared value and create a better world. It urges us to reflect on where we are, and where we wish to go. And the way we engage in philanthropy is perhaps as good a place to start as any. This book is about the past, the present and one possible future for social good. It seeks to identify the underlying problem and search for new solutions. How I learnt that the problems of philanthropy start from wrong intent, but the real problem lies in the fact that it creates dependencies. The landscape is divided today and standing purposefully. There is a dichotomy between the tough conditions for doing business and an unresolved ecosystem, but also between intent and resolve, a function perhaps of its life stage, transitioning reflectively from philanthropy towards accountability, scale and sustainability. There are three key components of the solution: people desire dignity more than they desire charity; they demand service as customers; and customer based models bring seriousness, accountability and better outcomes. This book suggests three broad directions for the future: new kinds of capital for scale, new business models for sustainability and making shifts in how we think. The reactions to this book will vary from indignation to cynicism to denial to relief. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Philanthropy Sucks! Author: Uday Kagal Narrator: Dominic Carlos Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-16 Publisher: Leadstart Publishing Pvt Ltd Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is a direct result of stories. From all those villagers I met who are my main source of inspiration, and my colleagues with whom I had animated discussions on development. But this book would not have been possible without all those people who contributed generously and candidly to our discovery. It is an outcome of my diverse experiences, undying curiosity and firm belief in the power of human beings to want to collaborate, to create shared value and create a better world. It urges us to reflect on where we are, and where we wish to go. And the way we engage in philanthropy is perhaps as good a place to start as any. This book is about the past, the present and one possible future for social good. It seeks to identify the underlying problem and search for new solutions. How I learnt that the problems of philanthropy start from wrong intent, but the real problem lies in the fact that it creates dependencies. The landscape is divided today and standing purposefully. There is a dichotomy between the tough conditions for doing business and an unresolved ecosystem, but also between intent and resolve, a function perhaps of its life stage, transitioning reflectively from philanthropy towards accountability, scale and sustainability. There are three key components of the solution: people desire dignity more than they desire charity; they demand service as customers; and customer based models bring seriousness, accountability and better outcomes. This book suggests three broad directions for the future: new kinds of capital for scale, new business models for sustainability and making shifts in how we think. The reactions to this book will vary from indignation to cynicism to denial to relief. Members Reviews: It's a very relevant topic for our times It covers a wide array of experience that is brought to the table in a concise & insightful manner, frankly & honestly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Learn-and-Understand-Economic-History-Audiobook/B01EXK1XY4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Learn and Understand Economic History Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 46 mins Language: English Release date: 04-29-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Bringing under consideration a significant time span, this brief history of economics is an ideal course for becoming acquainted with the field. This course represents how the thoughts of the considerable economics experts affected social orders along with themselves molded by their social situations. Not only does this course discuss the history of economics, but it also talks about the following topics: To get all the detail and to gain more knowledge, listen now! biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Fri, 29 Apr 2016 05:44:60 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Learn-and-Understand-Economic-History-Audiobook/B01EXK1XY4 thebookvoice.com 00:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Learn and Understand Economic History Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 46 mins Language: English Release date: 04-29-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Bringing under consideration a significant time span, this brief history of economics is an ideal course for becoming acquainted with the field. This course represents how the thoughts of the considerable economics experts affected social orders along with themselves molded by their social situations. Not only does this course discuss the history of economics, but it also talks about the following topics: To get all the detail and to gain more knowledge, listen now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Learn and Understand Economic History Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 46 mins Language: English Release date: 04-29-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Bringing under consideration a significant time span, this brief history of economics is an ideal course for becoming acquainted with the field. This course represents how the thoughts of the considerable economics experts affected social orders along with themselves molded by their social situations. Not only does this course discuss the history of economics, but it also talks about the following topics: To get all the detail and to gain more knowledge, listen now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Moralnomics-The-Moral-Path-to-Prosperity-Audiobook/B01C6CM2AK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Moralnomics: The Moral Path to Prosperity Author: Blaine Winship Narrator: Blaine Winship Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Moralnomics Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Moralnomics: The Moral Road to Prosperity dares to bring back the "M" word. But this time, the morality is universal, being objectively anchored in human nature - as revealed by what has and has not worked to elevate the human condition, including our living standards and our economic performance. Regardless of whether you believe that human nature comes from a kind and loving God, or you don't believe in God, or you simply prefer that religion and public policy not be mixed, this book is for you. Moralnomics takes us on a journey that begins with encouraging individuals to grow their capacities for being of greater value to others and for bonding empathically with others. Building on these twin pillars of personal growth, Moralnomics shows how basic moral rules and higher moral principles enable us to protect civilization and, from there, to create widespread and lasting prosperity. By merging self-interest and other-directedness at ever-higher planes, Moralnomics makes the moral case, as never before, for bottom-up economic freedom to please one another in ways we value for ourselves, and for bottom-up political freedom to ensure that our government is of, by, and for the people - that is, us. Moralnomics exposes as false the narrative that America is an evil, greedy, and oppressive nation. Of course, in some serious ways, America has been morally flawed (albeit much less so than other nations). But the moral values for which America has stood, however imperfectly, have led it to attain unprecedented greatness in improving living conditions, and in promoting democratic rule, around the world. By ignoring all of this, and by overlooking the well-documented misery that top-down regimes in denying freedom have inflicted on their peoples, this narrative is worse than false. It is immoral. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Blaine Winship) Thu, 25 Feb 2016 10:35:39 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Moralnomics-The-Moral-Path-to-Prosperity-Audiobook/B01C6CM2AK thebookvoice.com 14:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Moralnomics: The Moral Path to Prosperity Author: Blaine Winship Narrator: Blaine Winship Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Moralnomics Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Moralnomics: The Moral Road to Prosperity dares to bring back the "M" word. But this time, the morality is universal, being objectively anchored in human nature - as revealed by what has and has not worked to elevate the human condition, including our living standards and our economic performance. Regardless of whether you believe that human nature comes from a kind and loving God, or you don't believe in God, or you simply prefer that religion and public policy not be mixed, this book is for you. Moralnomics takes us on a journey that begins with encouraging individuals to grow their capacities for being of greater value to others and for bonding empathically with others. Building on these twin pillars of personal growth, Moralnomics shows how basic moral rules and higher moral principles enable us to protect civilization and, from there, to create widespread and lasting prosperity. By merging self-interest and other-directedness at ever-higher planes, Moralnomics makes the moral case, as never before, for bottom-up economic freedom to please one another in ways we value for ourselves, and for bottom-up political freedom to ensure that our government is of, by, and for the people - that is, us. Moralnomics exposes as false the narrative that America is an evil, greedy, and oppressive nation. Of course, in some serious ways, America has been morally flawed (albeit much less so than other nations). But the moral values for which America has stood, however imperfectly, have led it to attain unprecedented greatness in improving living conditions, and in promoting democratic rule, around the world. By ignoring all of this, and by overlooking the well-documented misery that top-down regimes in denying freedom have inflicted on their peoples, this narrative is worse than false. It is immoral. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Moralnomics: The Moral Path to Prosperity Author: Blaine Winship Narrator: Blaine Winship Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 02-25-16 Publisher: Moralnomics Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Moralnomics: The Moral Road to Prosperity dares to bring back the "M" word. But this time, the morality is universal, being objectively anchored in human nature - as revealed by what has and has not worked to elevate the human condition, including our living standards and our economic performance. Regardless of whether you believe that human nature comes from a kind and loving God, or you don't believe in God, or you simply prefer that religion and public policy not be mixed, this book is for you. Moralnomics takes us on a journey that begins with encouraging individuals to grow their capacities for being of greater value to others and for bonding empathically with others. Building on these twin pillars of personal growth, Moralnomics shows how basic moral rules and higher moral principles enable us to protect civilization and, from there, to create widespread and lasting prosperity. By merging self-interest and other-directedness at ever-higher planes, Moralnomics makes the moral case, as never before, for bottom-up economic freedom to please one another in ways we value for ourselves, and for bottom-up political freedom to ensure that our government is of, by, and for the people - that is, us. Moralnomics exposes as false the narrative that America is an evil, greedy, and oppressive nation. Of course, in some serious ways, America has been morally flawed (albeit much less so than other nations). But the moral values for which America has stood, however imperfectly, have led it to attain unprecedented greatness in improving living conditions, and in promoting democratic rule, around the world. By ignoring all of this, and by overlooking the well-documented misery that top-down regimes in denying freedom have inflicted on their peoples, this narrative is worse than false. It is immoral. Members Reviews: A thoughtful discussion of relevant issues What is morality? Is something that can be judged on an objective basis? Or is it a subjective amorphous concept that is relative to facts and circumstances in any particular situation? Is it an ideal that only religious authorities can define? What about natural law? What about standards of decency, common sense? How does the golden rule shape morality? Is the golden rule a definition of a morality? All of these questions are at the core of Blaine Winshipâs treatise or exposition on what it means to live, work and play in a civilized society. The author argues for the preservation of a bottom-up society or in other words, a democratic free market economy with limited government. Whether or not one agrees with Winship on the proper role and sphere of government, understanding and making decisions on all of todayâs hot button issues flow from lawmakers and officialsâ concept of government, whether expansive or narrow. If you are eligible to vote, even if you have not registered, remaining apathetic to the impact of government, markets and business, private civic, community, and charitable organizations, and individual responsibility is a non-starter. Society evolves, changes. So must people through adaptation and education. Otherwise, you become a clog in a wheel. Enough people acting this way, and the world might just turn into the dystopian apocalyptic novel envisioned by Sarah Rees Brennan in Tell the Wind and Fire and John C. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-Is-Money-Audiobook/B00WL6XT18 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: What Is Money? Subtitle: Why What We Use as Money Matters, Book 1 Author: David Mint Narrator: David Cordeiro Format: Unabridged Length: 24 mins Language: English Release date: 04-24-15 Publisher: The Wilcox Trading Company Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Much of one's adult life is spent gathering and protecting what they believe to be money. Given the inordinate amount of time spent by humans trying to obtain money, is it sufficient to simply define it by the name of a national currency or a slang derivative of the official name? The premise of this audiobook is that it is not, for the ability to correctly answer the question "What is money?" not only marks the difference between taking one's last breath on the debtor's or creditor's side of the ledger, it will determine the very fate of mankind. biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Mint) Fri, 24 Apr 2015 19:13:49 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-Is-Money-Audiobook/B00WL6XT18 thebookvoice.com 00:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: What Is Money? Subtitle: Why What We Use as Money Matters, Book 1 Author: David Mint Narrator: David Cordeiro Format: Unabridged Length: 24 mins Language: English Release date: 04-24-15 Publisher: The Wilcox Trading Company Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Much of one's adult life is spent gathering and protecting what they believe to be money. Given the inordinate amount of time spent by humans trying to obtain money, is it sufficient to simply define it by the name of a national currency or a slang derivative of the official name? The premise of this audiobook is that it is not, for the ability to correctly answer the question "What is money?" not only marks the difference between taking one's last breath on the debtor's or creditor's side of the ledger, it will determine the very fate of mankind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: What Is Money? Subtitle: Why What We Use as Money Matters, Book 1 Author: David Mint Narrator: David Cordeiro Format: Unabridged Length: 24 mins Language: English Release date: 04-24-15 Publisher: The Wilcox Trading Company Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Much of one's adult life is spent gathering and protecting what they believe to be money. Given the inordinate amount of time spent by humans trying to obtain money, is it sufficient to simply define it by the name of a national currency or a slang derivative of the official name? The premise of this audiobook is that it is not, for the ability to correctly answer the question "What is money?" not only marks the difference between taking one's last breath on the debtor's or creditor's side of the ledger, it will determine the very fate of mankind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Introduction-to-Economics-AudioLearn-follow-along-manual-AudioLearn-Economics-Series-Audiobook/B00BFXDEMW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Introduction to Economics AudioLearn follow-along manual (AudioLearn Economics Series) Author: Stephen Zimmerman Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 02-18-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: ECONOMICS is all around us. It exists in our everyday lives, whether we like it or not. We all hear about prices, about money, about the Fed. We see stocks hit "new highs" on the Dow Jones, while other companies go into bankruptcy. The nightly news tells us about new legislation that has been passed by Congress to solve rising fuel costs. Does it all affect us? It most certainly does! Can we just ignore economics? No, not unless you want to live on a patch of land and grow your own food, have plenty of water, and make all your own material things, like clothes, shoes, paper and so forth. It's not very practical, is it? It's time we found out what it really means, and how to apply it to our own lives. Let's study economics. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Zimmerman) Mon, 18 Feb 2013 09:20:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Introduction-to-Economics-AudioLearn-follow-along-manual-AudioLearn-Economics-Series-Audiobook/B00BFXDEMW thebookvoice.com 01:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Introduction to Economics AudioLearn follow-along manual (AudioLearn Economics Series) Author: Stephen Zimmerman Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 02-18-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: ECONOMICS is all around us. It exists in our everyday lives, whether we like it or not. We all hear about prices, about money, about the Fed. We see stocks hit "new highs" on the Dow Jones, while other companies go into bankruptcy. The nightly news tells us about new legislation that has been passed by Congress to solve rising fuel costs. Does it all affect us? It most certainly does! Can we just ignore economics? No, not unless you want to live on a patch of land and grow your own food, have plenty of water, and make all your own material things, like clothes, shoes, paper and so forth. It's not very practical, is it? It's time we found out what it really means, and how to apply it to our own lives. Let's study economics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Introduction to Economics AudioLearn follow-along manual (AudioLearn Economics Series) Author: Stephen Zimmerman Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 02-18-13 Publisher: AudioLearn Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: ECONOMICS is all around us. It exists in our everyday lives, whether we like it or not. We all hear about prices, about money, about the Fed. We see stocks hit "new highs" on the Dow Jones, while other companies go into bankruptcy. The nightly news tells us about new legislation that has been passed by Congress to solve rising fuel costs. Does it all affect us? It most certainly does! Can we just ignore economics? No, not unless you want to live on a patch of land and grow your own food, have plenty of water, and make all your own material things, like clothes, shoes, paper and so forth. It's not very practical, is it? It's time we found out what it really means, and how to apply it to our own lives. Let's study economics. Members Reviews: Don't waste your money/credits Essentially two 1 hour lectures on micro/macro economics. You can go get equivalent information for free in numerous ways. Nothing particularly interesting about the content or its presentation. Writing and narration are good, the content is just... minimal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Good-Jobs-America-Audiobook/B00BD3X3S4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Good Jobs America Subtitle: Making Work Better for Everyone Author: Paul Osterman, Beth Shulman Narrator: James Robert Killavey Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 02-11-13 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: America confronts a jobs crisis that has two faces. The first is obvious when we read the newspapers or talk with our friends and neighbors: there are simply not enough jobs to go around. The second jobs crisis is more subtle but no less serious: far too many jobs fall below the standard that most Americans would consider decent work. A quarter of working adults are trapped in jobs that do not provide living wages, health insurance, or much hope of upward mobility. The problem spans all races and ethnic groups and includes both native-born Americans and immigrants. But Good Jobs America provides examples from industries ranging from food services and retail to manufacturing and hospitals to demonstrate that bad jobs can be made into good ones. Paul Osterman and Beth Shulman make a rigorous argument that by enacting policies to help employers improve job quality we can create better jobs, and futures, for all workers. Good Jobs America dispels several myths about low-wage work and job quality. The book demonstrates that mobility out of the low-wage market is a chimera far too many adults remain trapped in poor-quality jobs. Osterman and Shulman show that while education and training are important, policies aimed at improving earnings equality are essential to lifting workers out of poverty. The book also demolishes the myth that such policies would slow economic growth. The experiences of countries such as France, Germany, and the Netherlands, show that it is possible to mandate higher job standards while remaining competitive in international markets. Good Jobs America shows that both government and the firms that hire low-wage workers have important roles to play in improving the quality of low-wage jobs. Enforcement agencies might bolster the effectiveness of existing regulations by exerting pressure on parent companies, enabling effects to trickle down to the subsidiaries and sub-contractors where low-wage jobs are located. States like New York have already demonstrated that involving community and advocacy groups such as immigrant rights organizations, social services agencies, and unions in the enforcement process helps decrease workplace violations. And since better jobs reduce turnover and improve performance, career ladder programs within firms help create positions employees can aspire to. But in order for ladder programs to work, firms must also provide higher rungs the career advancement opportunities workers need to get ahead. Low-wage employment occupies a significant share of the American labor market, but most of these jobs offer little and lead nowhere. Good Jobs America reappraises what we know about job quality and low-wage employment and makes a powerful argument for our obligation to help the most vulnerable workers. A core principle of U.S. society is that good jobs be made accessible to all. This book proposes that such a goal is possible if we are committed to realizing it. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Osterman) Mon, 11 Feb 2013 20:26:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Good-Jobs-America-Audiobook/B00BD3X3S4 thebookvoice.com 07:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Good Jobs America Subtitle: Making Work Better for Everyone Author: Paul Osterman, Beth Shulman Narrator: James Robert Killavey Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 02-11-13 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: America confronts a jobs crisis that has two faces. The first is obvious when we read the newspapers or talk with our friends and neighbors: there are simply not enough jobs to go around. The second jobs crisis is more subtle but no less serious: far too many jobs fall below the standard that most Americans would consider decent work. A quarter of working adults are trapped in jobs that do not provide living wages, health insurance, or much hope of upward mobility. The problem spans all races and ethnic groups and includes both native-born Americans and immigrants. But Good Jobs America provides examples from industries ranging from food services and retail to manufacturing and hospitals to demonstrate that bad jobs can be made into good ones. Paul Osterman and Beth Shulman make a rigorous argument that by enacting policies to help employers improve job quality we can create better jobs, and futures, for all workers. Good Jobs America dispels several myths about low-wage work and job quality. The book demonstrates that mobility out of the low-wage market is a chimera far too many adults remain trapped in poor-quality jobs. Osterman and Shulman show that while education and training are important, policies aimed at improving earnings equality are essential to lifting workers out of poverty. The book also demolishes the myth that such policies would slow economic growth. The experiences of countries such as France, Germany, and the Netherlands, show that it is possible to mandate higher job standards while remaining competitive in international markets. Good Jobs America shows that both government and the firms that hire low-wage workers have important roles to play in improving the quality of low-wage jobs. Enforcement agencies might bolster the effectiveness of existing regulations by exerting pressure on parent companies, enabling effects to trickle down to the subsidiaries and sub-contractors where low-wage jobs are located. States like New York have already demonstrated that involving community and advocacy groups such as immigrant rights organizations, social services agencies, and unions in the enforcement process helps decrease workplace violations. And since better jobs reduce turnover and improve performance, career ladder programs within firms help create positions employees can aspire to. But in order for ladder programs to work, firms must also provide higher rungs the career advancement opportunities workers need to get ahead. Low-wage employment occupies a significant share of the American labor market, but most of these jobs offer little and lead nowhere. Good Jobs America reappraises what we know about job quality and low-wage employment and makes a powerful argument for our obligation to help the most vulnerable workers. A core principle of U.S. society is that good jobs be made accessible to all. This book proposes that such a goal is possible if we are committed to realizing it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Good Jobs America Subtitle: Making Work Better for Everyone Author: Paul Osterman, Beth Shulman Narrator: James Robert Killavey Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 02-11-13 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: America confronts a jobs crisis that has two faces. The first is obvious when we read the newspapers or talk with our friends and neighbors: there are simply not enough jobs to go around. The second jobs crisis is more subtle but no less serious: far too many jobs fall below the standard that most Americans would consider decent work. A quarter of working adults are trapped in jobs that do not provide living wages, health insurance, or much hope of upward mobility. The problem spans all races and ethnic groups and includes both native-born Americans and immigrants. But Good Jobs America provides examples from industries ranging from food services and retail to manufacturing and hospitals to demonstrate that bad jobs can be made into good ones. Paul Osterman and Beth Shulman make a rigorous argument that by enacting policies to help employers improve job quality we can create better jobs, and futures, for all workers. Good Jobs America dispels several myths about low-wage work and job quality. The book demonstrates that mobility out of the low-wage market is a chimera far too many adults remain trapped in poor-quality jobs. Osterman and Shulman show that while education and training are important, policies aimed at improving earnings equality are essential to lifting workers out of poverty. The book also demolishes the myth that such policies would slow economic growth. The experiences of countries such as France, Germany, and the Netherlands, show that it is possible to mandate higher job standards while remaining competitive in international markets. Good Jobs America shows that both government and the firms that hire low-wage workers have important roles to play in improving the quality of low-wage jobs. Enforcement agencies might bolster the effectiveness of existing regulations by exerting pressure on parent companies, enabling effects to trickle down to the subsidiaries and sub-contractors where low-wage jobs are located. States like New York have already demonstrated that involving community and advocacy groups such as immigrant rights organizations, social services agencies, and unions in the enforcement process helps decrease workplace violations. And since better jobs reduce turnover and improve performance, career ladder programs within firms help create positions employees can aspire to. But in order for ladder programs to work, firms must also provide higher rungs the career advancement opportunities workers need to get ahead. Low-wage employment occupies a significant share of the American labor market, but most of these jobs offer little and lead nowhere. Good Jobs America reappraises what we know about job quality and low-wage employment and makes a powerful argument for our obligation to help the most vulnerable workers. A core principle of U.S. society is that good jobs be made accessible to all. This book proposes that such a goal is possible if we are committed to realizing it. Members Reviews: Amazing! Would you listen to Good Jobs America again? Why? Yes...Needs more than one listen to digest it all. What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative? Backed everything it said up with real studies and statistics. Have you listened to any of James Robert Killaveys other performances before? How does this one compare? Yes...He's one of my favorite readers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fortunes-of-Change-Audiobook/B008MNZI5O Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fortunes of Change Subtitle: The Rise of the Liberal Rich and the Remaking of America Author: David Callahan Narrator: James James Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Packed with fascinating data that paints a provocative picture of the new rich. In Fortunes of Change, David Callahan contends that something big is happening among the rich in America: they're drifting to the left. When Callahan set out to write a book on the new upper class, he expected to profile a greedy and reactionary elite - the robber barons of a second Gilded Age. Instead, he discovered something else. While many of the rich still back a GOP that stands against taxes and regulation, liberalism is spreading fast among the wealthy. In Fortunes of Change, we meet an upper class increasingly filled with super-educated professionals and entrepreneurs who work in "knowledge" industries and live in the bluest parts of America. This cosmopolitan elite takes for granted such key liberal ideas as multiculturalism and active government, and have ever less in common with an extremist GOP based in small-town America and dominated by Tea Party activists and the likes of Sarah Palin. Fortunes of Change explores: David Callahan is a co-founder of the think tank Demos, where he is now a senior fellow. He is author of the Cheating Culture, among other books, and his articles have appeared in such places as USA Today, the New York Times, the Nation, and the Washington Monthly. Packed with surprising facts and behind-the-scene stories, Fortunes of Change is a must-read book if want to understand how America's politics and culture are changing - and what the future may hold. biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Callahan) Thu, 19 Jul 2012 01:54:21 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fortunes-of-Change-Audiobook/B008MNZI5O thebookvoice.com 11:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fortunes of Change Subtitle: The Rise of the Liberal Rich and the Remaking of America Author: David Callahan Narrator: James James Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Packed with fascinating data that paints a provocative picture of the new rich. In Fortunes of Change, David Callahan contends that something big is happening among the rich in America: they're drifting to the left. When Callahan set out to write a book on the new upper class, he expected to profile a greedy and reactionary elite - the robber barons of a second Gilded Age. Instead, he discovered something else. While many of the rich still back a GOP that stands against taxes and regulation, liberalism is spreading fast among the wealthy. In Fortunes of Change, we meet an upper class increasingly filled with super-educated professionals and entrepreneurs who work in "knowledge" industries and live in the bluest parts of America. This cosmopolitan elite takes for granted such key liberal ideas as multiculturalism and active government, and have ever less in common with an extremist GOP based in small-town America and dominated by Tea Party activists and the likes of Sarah Palin. Fortunes of Change explores: David Callahan is a co-founder of the think tank Demos, where he is now a senior fellow. He is author of the Cheating Culture, among other books, and his articles have appeared in such places as USA Today, the New York Times, the Nation, and the Washington Monthly. Packed with surprising facts and behind-the-scene stories, Fortunes of Change is a must-read book if want to understand how America's politics and culture are changing - and what the future may hold. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fortunes of Change Subtitle: The Rise of the Liberal Rich and the Remaking of America Author: David Callahan Narrator: James James Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Packed with fascinating data that paints a provocative picture of the new rich. In Fortunes of Change, David Callahan contends that something big is happening among the rich in America: they're drifting to the left. When Callahan set out to write a book on the new upper class, he expected to profile a greedy and reactionary elite - the robber barons of a second Gilded Age. Instead, he discovered something else. While many of the rich still back a GOP that stands against taxes and regulation, liberalism is spreading fast among the wealthy. In Fortunes of Change, we meet an upper class increasingly filled with super-educated professionals and entrepreneurs who work in "knowledge" industries and live in the bluest parts of America. This cosmopolitan elite takes for granted such key liberal ideas as multiculturalism and active government, and have ever less in common with an extremist GOP based in small-town America and dominated by Tea Party activists and the likes of Sarah Palin. Fortunes of Change explores: David Callahan is a co-founder of the think tank Demos, where he is now a senior fellow. He is author of the Cheating Culture, among other books, and his articles have appeared in such places as USA Today, the New York Times, the Nation, and the Washington Monthly. Packed with surprising facts and behind-the-scene stories, Fortunes of Change is a must-read book if want to understand how America's politics and culture are changing - and what the future may hold. Members Reviews: An Interesting Education in Political Financing There is quite a bit of talk about the influence of money on politics. For someone looking for the complete story, Fortunes of Change is an excellent introduction. It is also easy to see what the Progressive/Liberals/Dems are doing wrong and what has to be done to fix it. More money towards winning all elections and less on special interests. Buy a Copy for Your Rich Friends _Fortunes of Change_ is an intriguing study of the unexpected liberal tendencies of today's super rich. David Callahan's research uncovers the mostly unknown network of organizations that fund and organize left-wing causes, including Resource Generation, the Democratic Alliance, and the Funding Exchange. He profiles compelling young people such as Taco Bell heir Rob McCay, Pillsbury's Jeff Fuller, and many others. I especially enjoyed the author's description of the role of elite educational institutions in imbuing liberal values in their graduates. It's a positive spin on the still-accelerating accumulation of wealth and power at the top. These were made for me. I am so glad I got these. So far so good. worked just as I had hoped Works great, just have to trust it Good value for money therefore. quality product Very pretty effect. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Fight-NWO-Economics-Audiobook/B00LAGUSPA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Fight NWO Economics Subtitle: My Predictions for Housing Bubbles Author: Gary Anderson Narrator: Kenneth Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-27-14 Publisher: Gary Anderson Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The smoking guns and real causes of the credit crisis are revealed in this audiobook. And we now know that Tim Geithner stopped prosecutions in their tracks of big bankers as a Federal Reserve mole appointed to secretary of the Treasury. He hurt mainstreet, justice, and the rule of law. He damaged the trust people have in their bankers. Bankers are no longer trustworthy, especially as they offer toxic loans and toxic investments. The securitization of mortgages began in earnest with the repeal of Glass-Steagall. Prior to this repeal, Citibank got a waiver in order to acquire Travelers Insurance. But after the repeal, in 1999, the international bankers had a plan to establish easy money, but hurtful loans, that robbed mainstreet of trillions of dollars of wealth. And we need to understand what they have planned in the future. It is getting to the point that we are going to have to take this fight to the ponzi financial system through activism. We each can do a little bit, and if we are aware of the scam, we can avoid being hurt the next time the financial predators descend upon our society again. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gary Anderson) Fri, 27 Jun 2014 00:27:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Fight-NWO-Economics-Audiobook/B00LAGUSPA thebookvoice.com 01:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Fight NWO Economics Subtitle: My Predictions for Housing Bubbles Author: Gary Anderson Narrator: Kenneth Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-27-14 Publisher: Gary Anderson Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The smoking guns and real causes of the credit crisis are revealed in this audiobook. And we now know that Tim Geithner stopped prosecutions in their tracks of big bankers as a Federal Reserve mole appointed to secretary of the Treasury. He hurt mainstreet, justice, and the rule of law. He damaged the trust people have in their bankers. Bankers are no longer trustworthy, especially as they offer toxic loans and toxic investments. The securitization of mortgages began in earnest with the repeal of Glass-Steagall. Prior to this repeal, Citibank got a waiver in order to acquire Travelers Insurance. But after the repeal, in 1999, the international bankers had a plan to establish easy money, but hurtful loans, that robbed mainstreet of trillions of dollars of wealth. And we need to understand what they have planned in the future. It is getting to the point that we are going to have to take this fight to the ponzi financial system through activism. We each can do a little bit, and if we are aware of the scam, we can avoid being hurt the next time the financial predators descend upon our society again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Fight NWO Economics Subtitle: My Predictions for Housing Bubbles Author: Gary Anderson Narrator: Kenneth Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-27-14 Publisher: Gary Anderson Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The smoking guns and real causes of the credit crisis are revealed in this audiobook. And we now know that Tim Geithner stopped prosecutions in their tracks of big bankers as a Federal Reserve mole appointed to secretary of the Treasury. He hurt mainstreet, justice, and the rule of law. He damaged the trust people have in their bankers. Bankers are no longer trustworthy, especially as they offer toxic loans and toxic investments. The securitization of mortgages began in earnest with the repeal of Glass-Steagall. Prior to this repeal, Citibank got a waiver in order to acquire Travelers Insurance. But after the repeal, in 1999, the international bankers had a plan to establish easy money, but hurtful loans, that robbed mainstreet of trillions of dollars of wealth. And we need to understand what they have planned in the future. It is getting to the point that we are going to have to take this fight to the ponzi financial system through activism. We each can do a little bit, and if we are aware of the scam, we can avoid being hurt the next time the financial predators descend upon our society again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Oil-Peaked-Audiobook/B00449HVYQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: When Oil Peaked Author: Kenneth S. Deffeyes Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-28-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In two earlier books, Hubbert's Peak and Beyond Oil, geologist Kenneth S. Deffeyes laid out his rationale for concluding that world oil production would continue to follow a bell-shaped curve, with the smoothed-out peak somewhere in the middle of the first decade of this millennium---in keeping with the projections of his former colleague, pioneering petroleum geologist M. King Hubbert. Deffeyes sees no reason to deviate from that prediction, despite the ensuing global recession and the extreme volatility in oil prices associated with it. In his view, the continued depletion of existing oil fields, compounded by shortsighted cutbacks in many exploration-and-development projects, virtually assures that the mid-decade peak in global oil production will never be surpassed. In When Oil Peaked, Deffeyes revisits his original forecasts, examines the arguments that were made both for and against them, adds some new supporting material to his overall case, and applies the same mode of analysis to a number of other finite gifts from the Earth: mineral resources that may be also in shorter supply than "flat-Earth" prognosticators would have us believe. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kenneth S. Deffeyes) Tue, 28 Sep 2010 18:43:38 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Oil-Peaked-Audiobook/B00449HVYQ thebookvoice.com 03:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: When Oil Peaked Author: Kenneth S. Deffeyes Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-28-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In two earlier books, Hubbert's Peak and Beyond Oil, geologist Kenneth S. Deffeyes laid out his rationale for concluding that world oil production would continue to follow a bell-shaped curve, with the smoothed-out peak somewhere in the middle of the first decade of this millennium---in keeping with the projections of his former colleague, pioneering petroleum geologist M. King Hubbert. Deffeyes sees no reason to deviate from that prediction, despite the ensuing global recession and the extreme volatility in oil prices associated with it. In his view, the continued depletion of existing oil fields, compounded by shortsighted cutbacks in many exploration-and-development projects, virtually assures that the mid-decade peak in global oil production will never be surpassed. In When Oil Peaked, Deffeyes revisits his original forecasts, examines the arguments that were made both for and against them, adds some new supporting material to his overall case, and applies the same mode of analysis to a number of other finite gifts from the Earth: mineral resources that may be also in shorter supply than "flat-Earth" prognosticators would have us believe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: When Oil Peaked Author: Kenneth S. Deffeyes Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-28-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In two earlier books, Hubbert's Peak and Beyond Oil, geologist Kenneth S. Deffeyes laid out his rationale for concluding that world oil production would continue to follow a bell-shaped curve, with the smoothed-out peak somewhere in the middle of the first decade of this millennium---in keeping with the projections of his former colleague, pioneering petroleum geologist M. King Hubbert. Deffeyes sees no reason to deviate from that prediction, despite the ensuing global recession and the extreme volatility in oil prices associated with it. In his view, the continued depletion of existing oil fields, compounded by shortsighted cutbacks in many exploration-and-development projects, virtually assures that the mid-decade peak in global oil production will never be surpassed. In When Oil Peaked, Deffeyes revisits his original forecasts, examines the arguments that were made both for and against them, adds some new supporting material to his overall case, and applies the same mode of analysis to a number of other finite gifts from the Earth: mineral resources that may be also in shorter supply than "flat-Earth" prognosticators would have us believe. Members Reviews: A useful update on the global energy crisis Having read Dr. Deffeyes' previous titles, Hubbert's Peak and Beyond Oil, I enjoyed this new title but was disappointed by a lack of depth. It carries the story forward to 2010, with updates on new developments like the breakthrough in U.S. shale gas production that occurred around 2004, and the economic tumult that followed the 2008 oil price spike. The author predicted that global oil production would peak in 2005, and figures so far have borne him out. Dr. Deffeyes gives some intriguing inside information from the oil industry. In the heyday of oil exploration, about 1956, there were about 9,000 exploratory "wildcat" wells around the world; by 2005 the figure was down to 2,500. The author admits that his data come from "an unpublished, unverifiable data set." Welcome to the oil business: there is a veil of obscurity, since oil production and reserves are corporate and national secrets. But there's more evidence: the "majors" of oil production, companies like Exxon, Shell and BP, began shrinking their research budgets after about 1980, and also began buying back their stock rather than investing in exploration. Most of the world's oil reserves lie in the hands of national oil companies in places like Russia, Saudi Arabia, Brazil and Mexico. There have been two big new recent finds, both offshore, off the coast of Brazil and in the Gulf of Mexico. Huge as the Brazil "subsalt" find is, sizable production is at least a decade away. Drilling in the Gulf of Mexico has, er, "gummed up" a bit after the Deepwater Horizon disaster. Neither is likely large enough to offset the overall decline in global oil production. One of this title's most useful additions is a graph on p. 40 that compares U.S. oil costs as a share of GDP from 1950 to 2010. The cost of oil has hovered in the 1-to-2 percent range most of the time, including the "SUV boom" of the 1990's, but around 1980-82 and in 2008 it exceeded 6 percent. Deffeyes claims, validly I think, that our 2008 financial crash and subsequent recession were really byproducts of soaring fuel prices, but fails to back up his case. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Too-Big-to-Save-Audiobook/B003D8QFLY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Too Big to Save? Subtitle: How to Fix the U.S. Financial System Author: Robert Pozen Narrator: Richard Davidson Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 03-26-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The recent credit crisis and the resulting bailout program are unprecedented events in the financial industry. While it's important to understand what got us here, it's even more important to consider how we should get out. While there is little question that immediate action was required to stabilize the situation, it is now time to look for a long-term plan to reform the United States financial industry. That is where Bob Pozen comes in. Perhaps more than anyone in the industry, Pozen commands the respect and attention of the public and private sector. In this timely guide, he outlines his vision for the new financial future and provides actionable advice along the way. To Pozen, there are four high-priority problems that must be addressed, and this book puts them in perspective. The book: With Too Big to Save, you'll learn the likely future of the finance industry and understand why changes have to be made. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert Pozen) Fri, 26 Mar 2010 23:15:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Too-Big-to-Save-Audiobook/B003D8QFLY thebookvoice.com 17:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Too Big to Save? Subtitle: How to Fix the U.S. Financial System Author: Robert Pozen Narrator: Richard Davidson Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 03-26-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The recent credit crisis and the resulting bailout program are unprecedented events in the financial industry. While it's important to understand what got us here, it's even more important to consider how we should get out. While there is little question that immediate action was required to stabilize the situation, it is now time to look for a long-term plan to reform the United States financial industry. That is where Bob Pozen comes in. Perhaps more than anyone in the industry, Pozen commands the respect and attention of the public and private sector. In this timely guide, he outlines his vision for the new financial future and provides actionable advice along the way. To Pozen, there are four high-priority problems that must be addressed, and this book puts them in perspective. The book: With Too Big to Save, you'll learn the likely future of the finance industry and understand why changes have to be made. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Too Big to Save? Subtitle: How to Fix the U.S. Financial System Author: Robert Pozen Narrator: Richard Davidson Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 03-26-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The recent credit crisis and the resulting bailout program are unprecedented events in the financial industry. While it's important to understand what got us here, it's even more important to consider how we should get out. While there is little question that immediate action was required to stabilize the situation, it is now time to look for a long-term plan to reform the United States financial industry. That is where Bob Pozen comes in. Perhaps more than anyone in the industry, Pozen commands the respect and attention of the public and private sector. In this timely guide, he outlines his vision for the new financial future and provides actionable advice along the way. To Pozen, there are four high-priority problems that must be addressed, and this book puts them in perspective. The book: With Too Big to Save, you'll learn the likely future of the finance industry and understand why changes have to be made. Members Reviews: Unprepared narrator, poor editing The narrator read slowly, presumably so everyone could follow along. However, the effect was instead to draw out the long sentences so long that for the listener it's a little like swimming the length of a pool underwater. The inflection was inappropriate, sometimes changing the point of the sentence. The narrator didn't know the meaning of what he was reading. He could hold about four words in his head at a time, and inflected accordingly. Parenthetical remarks were read with gravitas and nouns referenced twice in a sentence were emphasized as if new. These distractions were not edited out, when they easily could have been. The quality of narration is in stark contrast to the pillar that the book is in serving to make sense of the financial collapse. I have seen the book (print edition) reviewed elsewhere as superior to the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission's report in its breadth and understanding. I bought this download b/c you learn a lot about something when you see how to fix it. Turned out to be a good strategy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-Inequality-Is-It-the-Real-Issue-Audiobook/B0769Y2TT5 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Inequality: Is It the Real Issue? Subtitle: An Investigation into the Current Debate Among Intellectuals Author: Thomas Winterbottom Narrator: Michael Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-11-17 Publisher: Thomas F. Winterbottom Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is an investigation into the current debate about income inequality among intellectuals. I intend to show that this focus is misplaced and should be centered on the issue of assisting the most unfortunate in a given society. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Winterbottom) Wed, 11 Oct 2017 17:57:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-Inequality-Is-It-the-Real-Issue-Audiobook/B0769Y2TT5 thebookvoice.com 00:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Inequality: Is It the Real Issue? Subtitle: An Investigation into the Current Debate Among Intellectuals Author: Thomas Winterbottom Narrator: Michael Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-11-17 Publisher: Thomas F. Winterbottom Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is an investigation into the current debate about income inequality among intellectuals. I intend to show that this focus is misplaced and should be centered on the issue of assisting the most unfortunate in a given society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic Inequality: Is It the Real Issue? Subtitle: An Investigation into the Current Debate Among Intellectuals Author: Thomas Winterbottom Narrator: Michael Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 10-11-17 Publisher: Thomas F. Winterbottom Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: This book is an investigation into the current debate about income inequality among intellectuals. I intend to show that this focus is misplaced and should be centered on the issue of assisting the most unfortunate in a given society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Review-and-Analysis-of-The-Hidden-Wealth-of-Nations-Audiobook/B075X3XX1C Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Review and Analysis of: The Hidden Wealth of Nations Subtitle: The Scourge of Tax Havens by Gabriel Zucman Author: Summary Shorts Narrator: Doron Alon Format: Unabridged Length: 18 mins Language: English Release date: 09-27-17 Publisher: Summary Media Inc Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Please note: This is an analysis and review of the book and not the original book. If you have been on top of the news as of late you would have heard of the various scandals and exposes of the rich and powerful sheltering their money in offshore tax havens. Tax havens are a very popular way for those who have the means to hide their assets from taxation as well as other legal proceedings. This practice although not technically illegal in many cases still shields money away from national treasuries thus effectively taking it out of circulation. In this review of The Hidden Wealth of Nations by Gabriel Zucman, we will analyze, discuss, and summarize the book's key points. With that said, let us proceed. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Summary Shorts) Wed, 27 Sep 2017 01:59:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Review-and-Analysis-of-The-Hidden-Wealth-of-Nations-Audiobook/B075X3XX1C thebookvoice.com 00:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Review and Analysis of: The Hidden Wealth of Nations Subtitle: The Scourge of Tax Havens by Gabriel Zucman Author: Summary Shorts Narrator: Doron Alon Format: Unabridged Length: 18 mins Language: English Release date: 09-27-17 Publisher: Summary Media Inc Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Please note: This is an analysis and review of the book and not the original book. If you have been on top of the news as of late you would have heard of the various scandals and exposes of the rich and powerful sheltering their money in offshore tax havens. Tax havens are a very popular way for those who have the means to hide their assets from taxation as well as other legal proceedings. This practice although not technically illegal in many cases still shields money away from national treasuries thus effectively taking it out of circulation. In this review of The Hidden Wealth of Nations by Gabriel Zucman, we will analyze, discuss, and summarize the book's key points. With that said, let us proceed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Review and Analysis of: The Hidden Wealth of Nations Subtitle: The Scourge of Tax Havens by Gabriel Zucman Author: Summary Shorts Narrator: Doron Alon Format: Unabridged Length: 18 mins Language: English Release date: 09-27-17 Publisher: Summary Media Inc Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Please note: This is an analysis and review of the book and not the original book. If you have been on top of the news as of late you would have heard of the various scandals and exposes of the rich and powerful sheltering their money in offshore tax havens. Tax havens are a very popular way for those who have the means to hide their assets from taxation as well as other legal proceedings. This practice although not technically illegal in many cases still shields money away from national treasuries thus effectively taking it out of circulation. In this review of The Hidden Wealth of Nations by Gabriel Zucman, we will analyze, discuss, and summarize the book's key points. With that said, let us proceed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/FICS-Fiat-Inflationary-Circulatory-System-Audiobook/B072L18D8B Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: FICS Fiat Inflationary Circulatory System Subtitle: The Solution Author: Ryan Ray Riggs Narrator: Tom Taverna Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-27-17 Publisher: Ryan Riggs Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Fiat Inflationary Circulatory System (FICS) opens your mind to a new paradigm. A tax free economic system that solves most of the world's problems. A workable system that reforms our political system, offers free healthcare, access to a home, food, a college education, the lowest crime and unemployment rates possible, interest-free loans and grants, ending illness, traveling and colonizing the planets around stars, ending oppression and suffering, maintaining individual's rights and freedoms, and maintaining the strongest defense and military in the world. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ryan Ray Riggs) Thu, 27 Apr 2017 16:29:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/FICS-Fiat-Inflationary-Circulatory-System-Audiobook/B072L18D8B thebookvoice.com 01:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: FICS Fiat Inflationary Circulatory System Subtitle: The Solution Author: Ryan Ray Riggs Narrator: Tom Taverna Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-27-17 Publisher: Ryan Riggs Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Fiat Inflationary Circulatory System (FICS) opens your mind to a new paradigm. A tax free economic system that solves most of the world's problems. A workable system that reforms our political system, offers free healthcare, access to a home, food, a college education, the lowest crime and unemployment rates possible, interest-free loans and grants, ending illness, traveling and colonizing the planets around stars, ending oppression and suffering, maintaining individual's rights and freedoms, and maintaining the strongest defense and military in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: FICS Fiat Inflationary Circulatory System Subtitle: The Solution Author: Ryan Ray Riggs Narrator: Tom Taverna Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-27-17 Publisher: Ryan Riggs Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Fiat Inflationary Circulatory System (FICS) opens your mind to a new paradigm. A tax free economic system that solves most of the world's problems. A workable system that reforms our political system, offers free healthcare, access to a home, food, a college education, the lowest crime and unemployment rates possible, interest-free loans and grants, ending illness, traveling and colonizing the planets around stars, ending oppression and suffering, maintaining individual's rights and freedoms, and maintaining the strongest defense and military in the world. Members Reviews: Amazing This book is amazing. Easy-to-Read and inspires hope. If you have not read it yet, you must. I am sure after reading this book this system will work. Whatever you do, do not judge it by its cover. This is not a socialist or communist system. The writer only makes significant but small changes to our current system but it allows for so much freedom. And it has a great chance of becoming a reality because it is so bipartisan. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/I-paradisi-fiscali-Audiobook/B01MXLO4CD Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: I paradisi fiscali Autore: Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò Narratore: Elena De Bertolis Formato: Unabridged Durata: 52 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 11-17-16 Editore: Area 51 Short Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: I paradisi fiscali sono paesi o aree specifiche che offrono alle persone fisiche e alle aziende straniere un carico fiscale minimo, tassi sui depositi in banca ridottissimi e un ambiente politico ed economico stabile, in grado di garantire che non vengano fornite informazioni rilevanti alle autorità fiscali straniere. Oltre a una tassazione conveniente e alla tendenza a mantenere il segreto sulle attività finanziarie dei loro clienti, i paradisi fiscali presentano spesso altri vantaggi interessanti, come una burocrazia snella e pochi vincoli normativi allo svolgimento dell'attività delle aziende. In questo breve viaggio approfondiamo le questioni economiche e politiche legate ai paradisi fiscali, quali sono i più influenti sulla scena mondiale e le possibili soluzioni per ripristinare un giusto equilibrio tra aziende, lavoro e tassazione. ©2016 Area51 Publishing (P)2016 Area51 Publishing biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò) Thu, 17 Nov 2016 23:09:49 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/I-paradisi-fiscali-Audiobook/B01MXLO4CD thebookvoice.com 00:52:00 no Ascolta questo titolo per intero gratuitamente su thebookvoice.com Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: I paradisi fiscali Autore: Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò Narratore: Elena De Bertolis Formato: Unabridged Durata: 52 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 11-17-16 Editore: Area 51 Short Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: I paradisi fiscali sono paesi o aree specifiche che offrono alle persone fisiche e alle aziende straniere un carico fiscale minimo, tassi sui depositi in banca ridottissimi e un ambiente politico ed economico stabile, in grado di garantire che non vengano fornite informazioni rilevanti alle autorità fiscali straniere. Oltre a una tassazione conveniente e alla tendenza a mantenere il segreto sulle attività finanziarie dei loro clienti, i paradisi fiscali presentano spesso altri vantaggi interessanti, come una burocrazia snella e pochi vincoli normativi allo svolgimento dell'attività delle aziende. In questo breve viaggio approfondiamo le questioni economiche e politiche legate ai paradisi fiscali, quali sono i più influenti sulla scena mondiale e le possibili soluzioni per ripristinare un giusto equilibrio tra aziende, lavoro e tassazione. ©2016 Area51 Publishing (P)2016 Area51 Publishing Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: I paradisi fiscali Autore: Andrea Lattanzi Barcelò Narratore: Elena De Bertolis Formato: Unabridged Durata: 52 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 11-17-16 Editore: Area 51 Short Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: I paradisi fiscali sono paesi o aree specifiche che offrono alle persone fisiche e alle aziende straniere un carico fiscale minimo, tassi sui depositi in banca ridottissimi e un ambiente politico ed economico stabile, in grado di garantire che non vengano fornite informazioni rilevanti alle autorità fiscali straniere. Oltre a una tassazione conveniente e alla tendenza a mantenere il segreto sulle attività finanziarie dei loro clienti, i paradisi fiscali presentano spesso altri vantaggi interessanti, come una burocrazia snella e pochi vincoli normativi allo svolgimento dell'attività delle aziende. In questo breve viaggio approfondiamo le questioni economiche e politiche legate ai paradisi fiscali, quali sono i più influenti sulla scena mondiale e le possibili soluzioni per ripristinare un giusto equilibrio tra aziende, lavoro e tassazione. ©2016 Area51 Publishing (P)2016 Area51 Publishing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Leconomia-civile-Audiobook/B01LLSWRFU Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: L'economia civile Sottotitolo: Un'altra idea di mercato Autore: Luigino Bruni, Stefano Zamagni Narratore: Marino Bellini Formato: Unabridged Durata: 5 hrs and 30 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 09-06-16 Editore: Il Narratore s.r.l. Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: Un bimbo che oggi nasce in Congo, o una bambina che nascerà in Europa tra vent'anni, hanno il diritto di porre domande sul nostro modello di sviluppo e sui nostri stili di vita, perché le nostre scelte di oggi stanno già modificando la loro vita, a volte in meglio ma altre in peggio. "L'economia civile", di cui il audiolibro illustra genesi e campi di applicazione, cerca risposte non fuori dall'economia di mercato ma all'insegna di un mercato diverso, "civile" dove le parole felicità, onore, virtù, bene comune, possono essere riscoperte proprio in chiave economica, lasciando spazio ad una prospettiva etica e non puramente individualistica. ©2016 Società Editrice il Mulino (P)2016 Il Narratore Audiolibri biacuaduc@gmail.com (Luigino Bruni) Tue, 06 Sep 2016 18:34:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Leconomia-civile-Audiobook/B01LLSWRFU thebookvoice.com 05:30:00 no Ascolta questo titolo per intero gratuitamente su thebookvoice.com Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: L'economia civile Sottotitolo: Un'altra idea di mercato Autore: Luigino Bruni, Stefano Zamagni Narratore: Marino Bellini Formato: Unabridged Durata: 5 hrs and 30 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 09-06-16 Editore: Il Narratore s.r.l. Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: Un bimbo che oggi nasce in Congo, o una bambina che nascerà in Europa tra vent'anni, hanno il diritto di porre domande sul nostro modello di sviluppo e sui nostri stili di vita, perché le nostre scelte di oggi stanno già modificando la loro vita, a volte in meglio ma altre in peggio. "L'economia civile", di cui il audiolibro illustra genesi e campi di applicazione, cerca risposte non fuori dall'economia di mercato ma all'insegna di un mercato diverso, "civile" dove le parole felicità, onore, virtù, bene comune, possono essere riscoperte proprio in chiave economica, lasciando spazio ad una prospettiva etica e non puramente individualistica. ©2016 Società Editrice il Mulino (P)2016 Il Narratore Audiolibri Ascolta questo libro audio completo gratuitamente su https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> Titolo: L'economia civile Sottotitolo: Un'altra idea di mercato Autore: Luigino Bruni, Stefano Zamagni Narratore: Marino Bellini Formato: Unabridged Durata: 5 hrs and 30 mins Lingua: Italiano Data di pubblicazione: 09-06-16 Editore: Il Narratore s.r.l. Categoria: Nonfiction, Economics Riepilogo Editore: Un bimbo che oggi nasce in Congo, o una bambina che nascerà in Europa tra vent'anni, hanno il diritto di porre domande sul nostro modello di sviluppo e sui nostri stili di vita, perché le nostre scelte di oggi stanno già modificando la loro vita, a volte in meglio ma altre in peggio. "L'economia civile", di cui il audiolibro illustra genesi e campi di applicazione, cerca risposte non fuori dall'economia di mercato ma all'insegna di un mercato diverso, "civile" dove le parole felicità, onore, virtù, bene comune, possono essere riscoperte proprio in chiave economica, lasciando spazio ad una prospettiva etica e non puramente individualistica. ©2016 Società Editrice il Mulino (P)2016 Il Narratore Audiolibri https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-History-Audiobook/B01JXZO11Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic History Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Cyrus Nilo Format: Unabridged Length: 41 mins Language: English Release date: 08-09-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economic history helps us understand the extent to which financial decisions can change the ways of the world. These decisions are important for us because they have made a difference before. So we can learn from them and ensure that when we face the same situations once again, we are prepared in a better way to face such situations. If the world was to go through a financial crisis and, instead of learning from it, allow it to fade away in oblivion as people struggled into better financial lives, then we would learn nothing and history, which is bound to repeat itself, may cause the same amount of struggle in our lives. This is why economic history plays an important role in our lives and understanding it helps us lead a better life. Knowing what can come ahead and taking hints from our economic history to help us plan for the future ahead making ourselves stronger in the fields of business and finance so that the world can grow into a better master of finance and have a better control over the situation if things were to repeat. Through this book we will cover the different phases in economic history and the impact it has on our lives. biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks) Tue, 09 Aug 2016 14:34:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Economic-History-Audiobook/B01JXZO11Q thebookvoice.com 00:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic History Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Cyrus Nilo Format: Unabridged Length: 41 mins Language: English Release date: 08-09-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economic history helps us understand the extent to which financial decisions can change the ways of the world. These decisions are important for us because they have made a difference before. So we can learn from them and ensure that when we face the same situations once again, we are prepared in a better way to face such situations. If the world was to go through a financial crisis and, instead of learning from it, allow it to fade away in oblivion as people struggled into better financial lives, then we would learn nothing and history, which is bound to repeat itself, may cause the same amount of struggle in our lives. This is why economic history plays an important role in our lives and understanding it helps us lead a better life. Knowing what can come ahead and taking hints from our economic history to help us plan for the future ahead making ourselves stronger in the fields of business and finance so that the world can grow into a better master of finance and have a better control over the situation if things were to repeat. Through this book we will cover the different phases in economic history and the impact it has on our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Economic History Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Cyrus Nilo Format: Unabridged Length: 41 mins Language: English Release date: 08-09-16 Publisher: IntroBooks Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Economic history helps us understand the extent to which financial decisions can change the ways of the world. These decisions are important for us because they have made a difference before. So we can learn from them and ensure that when we face the same situations once again, we are prepared in a better way to face such situations. If the world was to go through a financial crisis and, instead of learning from it, allow it to fade away in oblivion as people struggled into better financial lives, then we would learn nothing and history, which is bound to repeat itself, may cause the same amount of struggle in our lives. This is why economic history plays an important role in our lives and understanding it helps us lead a better life. Knowing what can come ahead and taking hints from our economic history to help us plan for the future ahead making ourselves stronger in the fields of business and finance so that the world can grow into a better master of finance and have a better control over the situation if things were to repeat. Through this book we will cover the different phases in economic history and the impact it has on our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Making-Money-Hand-over-Fist-Audiobook/B018UWV56M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Making Money Hand over Fist Subtitle: How Generosity Expedites Wealth Creation Author: L. David Harris Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Length: 40 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-15 Publisher: L. David Harris Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Today's "free-market" philosophy of one dollar, one vote has all but eclipsed the traditional one person, one vote values of our grandparents' generation. Our democratic and humanitarian concepts of "all for one, one for all" and "we're all in this together" have all but vanished. It's not my intention to start a political discussion about the rights and wrongs of national or international fiscal policies. I do not wish to delve into the wheeler-dealing of money markets and the distribution of corporate wealth. Nope. That is not what this audiobook is about. Nevertheless, I will challenge the statement that "greed is good". And, by so doing, explain how I believe we can all, on a very personal level, benefit from a philosophy that is quite the opposite. Indeed, I am going to show you how generosity expedites wealth creation. But to do that, first we need to understand what generosity is. biacuaduc@gmail.com (L. David Harris) Fri, 04 Dec 2015 14:37:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Making-Money-Hand-over-Fist-Audiobook/B018UWV56M thebookvoice.com 00:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Making Money Hand over Fist Subtitle: How Generosity Expedites Wealth Creation Author: L. David Harris Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Length: 40 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-15 Publisher: L. David Harris Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Today's "free-market" philosophy of one dollar, one vote has all but eclipsed the traditional one person, one vote values of our grandparents' generation. Our democratic and humanitarian concepts of "all for one, one for all" and "we're all in this together" have all but vanished. It's not my intention to start a political discussion about the rights and wrongs of national or international fiscal policies. I do not wish to delve into the wheeler-dealing of money markets and the distribution of corporate wealth. Nope. That is not what this audiobook is about. Nevertheless, I will challenge the statement that "greed is good". And, by so doing, explain how I believe we can all, on a very personal level, benefit from a philosophy that is quite the opposite. Indeed, I am going to show you how generosity expedites wealth creation. But to do that, first we need to understand what generosity is. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Making Money Hand over Fist Subtitle: How Generosity Expedites Wealth Creation Author: L. David Harris Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Length: 40 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-15 Publisher: L. David Harris Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Today's "free-market" philosophy of one dollar, one vote has all but eclipsed the traditional one person, one vote values of our grandparents' generation. Our democratic and humanitarian concepts of "all for one, one for all" and "we're all in this together" have all but vanished. It's not my intention to start a political discussion about the rights and wrongs of national or international fiscal policies. I do not wish to delve into the wheeler-dealing of money markets and the distribution of corporate wealth. Nope. That is not what this audiobook is about. Nevertheless, I will challenge the statement that "greed is good". And, by so doing, explain how I believe we can all, on a very personal level, benefit from a philosophy that is quite the opposite. Indeed, I am going to show you how generosity expedites wealth creation. But to do that, first we need to understand what generosity is. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ponzi-Housing-Scheme-21st-Century-Audiobook/B00KQU71NS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Ponzi Housing Scheme 21st Century Subtitle: How the Ponzi House Crisis Was Contrived Author: Gary Anderson Narrator: Kenneth Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 50 mins Language: English Release date: 06-04-14 Publisher: Gary Anderson Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Ponzi housing scheme is the financial crime of the 21st century. It makes Madoff look like an amateur because of scale. The crime was sophisticated in it's plan. This crime violated laws on the books. It violated laws that should be on the books. And it violated the trust that people have with the banking community, and this violation reaches to the highest bankers in the land and off our shores. This crime is complex, but it is not rocket science. The proof of culpability can be known. It does no good to understand the bailout of the financial system without understanding the plan to risk that financial system in the first place. We know that the international bankers have formed a sophisticated cartel. That cartel is made up of the central banks and the Too Big To Fail banks, both in Europe and in the United States. It includes money market funds and shadow lenders of easy money. Without clawbacks of ill-gotten gains and mass prosecutions, this system is lurking and waiting for another opportunity to establish the will of bankers upon the unsuspecting populace. It is not a question of if this behavior will repeat itself, but rather is a question of when. The banks had a plan to operate with less capital with Fannie and Freddie guaranteeing all manner of subprime loans. We know that they did not guarantee jumbos and many Alt-A loans, but subprime they did guarantee. Therefore, Fannie and Freddie were essential to kick starting the scam. We have seen how their monstrous child, MERS, has attempted to run around state governments in corrupting the recording of proper documents and notes. Fannie and Freddie did not take the scam to it's revved up and hurtful conclusion, however. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gary Anderson) Wed, 04 Jun 2014 22:08:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ponzi-Housing-Scheme-21st-Century-Audiobook/B00KQU71NS thebookvoice.com 00:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Ponzi Housing Scheme 21st Century Subtitle: How the Ponzi House Crisis Was Contrived Author: Gary Anderson Narrator: Kenneth Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 50 mins Language: English Release date: 06-04-14 Publisher: Gary Anderson Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Ponzi housing scheme is the financial crime of the 21st century. It makes Madoff look like an amateur because of scale. The crime was sophisticated in it's plan. This crime violated laws on the books. It violated laws that should be on the books. And it violated the trust that people have with the banking community, and this violation reaches to the highest bankers in the land and off our shores. This crime is complex, but it is not rocket science. The proof of culpability can be known. It does no good to understand the bailout of the financial system without understanding the plan to risk that financial system in the first place. We know that the international bankers have formed a sophisticated cartel. That cartel is made up of the central banks and the Too Big To Fail banks, both in Europe and in the United States. It includes money market funds and shadow lenders of easy money. Without clawbacks of ill-gotten gains and mass prosecutions, this system is lurking and waiting for another opportunity to establish the will of bankers upon the unsuspecting populace. It is not a question of if this behavior will repeat itself, but rather is a question of when. The banks had a plan to operate with less capital with Fannie and Freddie guaranteeing all manner of subprime loans. We know that they did not guarantee jumbos and many Alt-A loans, but subprime they did guarantee. Therefore, Fannie and Freddie were essential to kick starting the scam. We have seen how their monstrous child, MERS, has attempted to run around state governments in corrupting the recording of proper documents and notes. Fannie and Freddie did not take the scam to it's revved up and hurtful conclusion, however. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Ponzi Housing Scheme 21st Century Subtitle: How the Ponzi House Crisis Was Contrived Author: Gary Anderson Narrator: Kenneth Lee Format: Unabridged Length: 50 mins Language: English Release date: 06-04-14 Publisher: Gary Anderson Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: The Ponzi housing scheme is the financial crime of the 21st century. It makes Madoff look like an amateur because of scale. The crime was sophisticated in it's plan. This crime violated laws on the books. It violated laws that should be on the books. And it violated the trust that people have with the banking community, and this violation reaches to the highest bankers in the land and off our shores. This crime is complex, but it is not rocket science. The proof of culpability can be known. It does no good to understand the bailout of the financial system without understanding the plan to risk that financial system in the first place. We know that the international bankers have formed a sophisticated cartel. That cartel is made up of the central banks and the Too Big To Fail banks, both in Europe and in the United States. It includes money market funds and shadow lenders of easy money. Without clawbacks of ill-gotten gains and mass prosecutions, this system is lurking and waiting for another opportunity to establish the will of bankers upon the unsuspecting populace. It is not a question of if this behavior will repeat itself, but rather is a question of when. The banks had a plan to operate with less capital with Fannie and Freddie guaranteeing all manner of subprime loans. We know that they did not guarantee jumbos and many Alt-A loans, but subprime they did guarantee. Therefore, Fannie and Freddie were essential to kick starting the scam. We have seen how their monstrous child, MERS, has attempted to run around state governments in corrupting the recording of proper documents and notes. Fannie and Freddie did not take the scam to it's revved up and hurtful conclusion, however. Members Reviews: A Muddled Rant This book was quite disjointed and very poorly written. The author needs to learn how to organize his thoughts and write coherent paragraphs that include topic sentences followed by support sentences. Moreover, he should have explained terminology such as Basel 2, MERS, Alt-A loans and so forth. Also, even though I happen to agree with his main premises, he failed to offer adequate support for his claims. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/All-Together-Now-Audiobook/B00FY7K3OW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: All Together Now Subtitle: Common Sense for a Fair Economy Author: Jared Bernstein Narrator: Donald H. Beckwith Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 10-18-13 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: As the new century unfolds, we face a host of economic and social challenges - jobs lost to "off shoring," a huge and growing number of Americans without health insurance coverage, an expanding gap between rich and poor, stagnant wages, decaying public schools, and many others. These are difficult and complex problems, but our government's strategy for dealing with them has been essentially not to deal with them at all. Over and over, in subtle and not-so-subtle ways, we're told that we're on our own - "Here's a tax cut and a private account; now go fend for yourself." As Jared Bernstein points out, this approach doesn't make any sense as a strategy for solving the enormous systemic problems we face. It's just a way of shifting economic risk from those most able to bear it - the government and the nation's corporations - to those least able: individuals and families. The result has been greater wealth for the top 1% of Americans and stagnant living standards and increasing insecurity for the vast majority. In All Together Now, Bernstein outlines a new strategy, one that applauds individual initiative but recognizes that the problems we face as a nation can be solved only if we take a more collaborative approach. The message is simple: we're all in this together. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jared Bernstein) Fri, 18 Oct 2013 07:06:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/All-Together-Now-Audiobook/B00FY7K3OW thebookvoice.com 04:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: All Together Now Subtitle: Common Sense for a Fair Economy Author: Jared Bernstein Narrator: Donald H. Beckwith Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 10-18-13 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: As the new century unfolds, we face a host of economic and social challenges - jobs lost to "off shoring," a huge and growing number of Americans without health insurance coverage, an expanding gap between rich and poor, stagnant wages, decaying public schools, and many others. These are difficult and complex problems, but our government's strategy for dealing with them has been essentially not to deal with them at all. Over and over, in subtle and not-so-subtle ways, we're told that we're on our own - "Here's a tax cut and a private account; now go fend for yourself." As Jared Bernstein points out, this approach doesn't make any sense as a strategy for solving the enormous systemic problems we face. It's just a way of shifting economic risk from those most able to bear it - the government and the nation's corporations - to those least able: individuals and families. The result has been greater wealth for the top 1% of Americans and stagnant living standards and increasing insecurity for the vast majority. In All Together Now, Bernstein outlines a new strategy, one that applauds individual initiative but recognizes that the problems we face as a nation can be solved only if we take a more collaborative approach. The message is simple: we're all in this together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: All Together Now Subtitle: Common Sense for a Fair Economy Author: Jared Bernstein Narrator: Donald H. Beckwith Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 10-18-13 Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: As the new century unfolds, we face a host of economic and social challenges - jobs lost to "off shoring," a huge and growing number of Americans without health insurance coverage, an expanding gap between rich and poor, stagnant wages, decaying public schools, and many others. These are difficult and complex problems, but our government's strategy for dealing with them has been essentially not to deal with them at all. Over and over, in subtle and not-so-subtle ways, we're told that we're on our own - "Here's a tax cut and a private account; now go fend for yourself." As Jared Bernstein points out, this approach doesn't make any sense as a strategy for solving the enormous systemic problems we face. It's just a way of shifting economic risk from those most able to bear it - the government and the nation's corporations - to those least able: individuals and families. The result has been greater wealth for the top 1% of Americans and stagnant living standards and increasing insecurity for the vast majority. In All Together Now, Bernstein outlines a new strategy, one that applauds individual initiative but recognizes that the problems we face as a nation can be solved only if we take a more collaborative approach. The message is simple: we're all in this together. Members Reviews: Great book. Loved it. Keep writing. We need you...now that we live in 'Trump world. Thank you... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Retirement-on-the-Line-Age-Work-and-Value-in-an-American-Factory-Audiobook/B00E1QII9Y Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Retirement on the Line: Age, Work, and Value in an American Factory Author: Caitrin Lynch Narrator: Beth Richmond Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 07-23-13 Publisher: Cornell University Press Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In an era when people live longer and want (or need) to work past the traditional retirement age, the Vita Needle Company of Needham, Massachusetts, provides inspiration and important lessons about the value of older workers. Vita Needle is a family-owned factory that was founded in 1932 and makes needles, stainless steel tubing and pipes, and custom fabricated parts. As part of its unusual business model, the company seeks out older workers; the median age of the employees is seventy-four. In Retirement on the Line, Caitrin Lynch explores what this unusual company's commitment to an elderly workforce means for the employer, the workers, the community, and society more generally. Benefiting from nearly five years of fieldwork at Vita Needle, Lynch offers an intimate portrait of the people who work there, a nuanced explanation of the company's hiring practices, and a cogent analysis of how the workers' experiences can inform our understanding of aging and work in the twenty-first century. As an in-depth study of a singular workplace, rooted in the unique insights of an anthropologist who specializes in the world of work, this book provides a sustained focus on values and meanings - with profound consequences for the broader assumptions our society has about aging and employment. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Caitrin Lynch) Tue, 23 Jul 2013 10:14:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Retirement-on-the-Line-Age-Work-and-Value-in-an-American-Factory-Audiobook/B00E1QII9Y thebookvoice.com 09:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Retirement on the Line: Age, Work, and Value in an American Factory Author: Caitrin Lynch Narrator: Beth Richmond Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 07-23-13 Publisher: Cornell University Press Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In an era when people live longer and want (or need) to work past the traditional retirement age, the Vita Needle Company of Needham, Massachusetts, provides inspiration and important lessons about the value of older workers. Vita Needle is a family-owned factory that was founded in 1932 and makes needles, stainless steel tubing and pipes, and custom fabricated parts. As part of its unusual business model, the company seeks out older workers; the median age of the employees is seventy-four. In Retirement on the Line, Caitrin Lynch explores what this unusual company's commitment to an elderly workforce means for the employer, the workers, the community, and society more generally. Benefiting from nearly five years of fieldwork at Vita Needle, Lynch offers an intimate portrait of the people who work there, a nuanced explanation of the company's hiring practices, and a cogent analysis of how the workers' experiences can inform our understanding of aging and work in the twenty-first century. As an in-depth study of a singular workplace, rooted in the unique insights of an anthropologist who specializes in the world of work, this book provides a sustained focus on values and meanings - with profound consequences for the broader assumptions our society has about aging and employment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Retirement on the Line: Age, Work, and Value in an American Factory Author: Caitrin Lynch Narrator: Beth Richmond Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 07-23-13 Publisher: Cornell University Press Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: In an era when people live longer and want (or need) to work past the traditional retirement age, the Vita Needle Company of Needham, Massachusetts, provides inspiration and important lessons about the value of older workers. Vita Needle is a family-owned factory that was founded in 1932 and makes needles, stainless steel tubing and pipes, and custom fabricated parts. As part of its unusual business model, the company seeks out older workers; the median age of the employees is seventy-four. In Retirement on the Line, Caitrin Lynch explores what this unusual company's commitment to an elderly workforce means for the employer, the workers, the community, and society more generally. Benefiting from nearly five years of fieldwork at Vita Needle, Lynch offers an intimate portrait of the people who work there, a nuanced explanation of the company's hiring practices, and a cogent analysis of how the workers' experiences can inform our understanding of aging and work in the twenty-first century. As an in-depth study of a singular workplace, rooted in the unique insights of an anthropologist who specializes in the world of work, this book provides a sustained focus on values and meanings - with profound consequences for the broader assumptions our society has about aging and employment. Members Reviews: Good It's just like a new book. It's in brilliant condition and the price is also reasonable. One of the best second-hand book I ever bought. back to work in the "golden years" I can't get this book out of my mind. I had never heard of the Vita Needle Company, but I now see it as an alternate path to a meaningful old age in our culture. My bachelor uncle spent his last ten years in a nursing home, hungry for engagement and meaning in his life. My mother lived her last years in a "retirement community", a not unhappy place, but one in which her age cohort seemed to me to be segregated from our society at large. Isn't there a better alternative? The author, a cultural anthropologist and college professor, spent five years researching this book, part of that time actually working on the line with the seniors. She shares intimate portraits of the employees, of why they are working and what they have gained from this opportunity. She explores whether the company is exploiting the fact that , because these employees are old enough to receive Medicare, it need not pay for health insurance or other benefits. The majority of the employees are part time at relatively low pay, BUT they do receive a generous Christmas bonus that is based on how well the company has done that year (a sort of profit sharing), and their hours are entirely flexible. Some do work because they need the extra money, but many work in order to feel useful again and for the camaraderie they develop with fellow workers. They admit to feeling like a family. The factory, a family owned business begun during the Depression, is successful, despite the fact that they employ more workers than needed to allow for some to be off at any one time, and despite the fact that machines could possibly do some of the tasks. A German film company made a documentary , "Pensioners Inc." , about the company because , in Europe, after retirement age, people can rarely find work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Next-American-Economy-Audiobook/B00BIQLV12 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Next American Economy Subtitle: Blueprint for a Real Recovery Author: William J. Holstein Narrator: Kevin Pierce Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 02-27-13 Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: At a time when debate is raging about how to create jobs and revive the American economy, veteran business writer William J. Holstein argues that the best way for us to recover our economic footing is to do what Americans do best - innovate and create new industries. Contrary to the perception that the American economy has run out of inspiration and new ideas, Holstein uses compelling case studies to celebrate the innovation and business success being experienced in many industries, from technology and energy to retraining and exporting, across the country, from Boston to Orlando, Pittsburgh to San Diego. In the face of economic powerhouses such as Japan and China that are pursuing conscious national strategies, Holstein argues that Americans must find new avenues of cooperation among universities, business, and government to create the kind of sustainable growth we need. Replete with fresh insights into how Americans can create a real economic recovery, The Next American Economy is essential listening for business leaders, politicians, strategists, and anyone who cares about our future. biacuaduc@gmail.com (William J. Holstein) Wed, 27 Feb 2013 23:21:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Next-American-Economy-Audiobook/B00BIQLV12 thebookvoice.com 07:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Next American Economy Subtitle: Blueprint for a Real Recovery Author: William J. Holstein Narrator: Kevin Pierce Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 02-27-13 Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: At a time when debate is raging about how to create jobs and revive the American economy, veteran business writer William J. Holstein argues that the best way for us to recover our economic footing is to do what Americans do best - innovate and create new industries. Contrary to the perception that the American economy has run out of inspiration and new ideas, Holstein uses compelling case studies to celebrate the innovation and business success being experienced in many industries, from technology and energy to retraining and exporting, across the country, from Boston to Orlando, Pittsburgh to San Diego. In the face of economic powerhouses such as Japan and China that are pursuing conscious national strategies, Holstein argues that Americans must find new avenues of cooperation among universities, business, and government to create the kind of sustainable growth we need. Replete with fresh insights into how Americans can create a real economic recovery, The Next American Economy is essential listening for business leaders, politicians, strategists, and anyone who cares about our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Next American Economy Subtitle: Blueprint for a Real Recovery Author: William J. Holstein Narrator: Kevin Pierce Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 02-27-13 Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: At a time when debate is raging about how to create jobs and revive the American economy, veteran business writer William J. Holstein argues that the best way for us to recover our economic footing is to do what Americans do best - innovate and create new industries. Contrary to the perception that the American economy has run out of inspiration and new ideas, Holstein uses compelling case studies to celebrate the innovation and business success being experienced in many industries, from technology and energy to retraining and exporting, across the country, from Boston to Orlando, Pittsburgh to San Diego. In the face of economic powerhouses such as Japan and China that are pursuing conscious national strategies, Holstein argues that Americans must find new avenues of cooperation among universities, business, and government to create the kind of sustainable growth we need. Replete with fresh insights into how Americans can create a real economic recovery, The Next American Economy is essential listening for business leaders, politicians, strategists, and anyone who cares about our future. Members Reviews: Fueling America's future with Innovating and Accelerating Communities Holstein describes how creating a cooperative environment based on entrepreneurs, universities, federal grants and contracts, and led by risk takers and believers can fuel an economic ecosystem - with examples from San Diego, Austin, Orlando and other locations. He reminds us that America invents new industries faster - listing "thin-film solar and other renewable forms of energy, simulation and modeling, advanced robotics, lithium-ion batteries, nanotechnology, biotech and genomics, and new materials." We need to find a way to build these new industries faster so that more jobs are created on US soil, instead of hoping that the next business cycle will automatically correct each downturn. A Must Read At a time of ongoing uncertainty, this book offers such tremendous insight into ways to transform our economy. As we continue to look at the horrific effects of joblessness, lack of health care and housing, escalating poverty and the struggle of middle class families, Mr. Holstein offers real solutions. His case illustrations are poignant and compelling as they bring home the despair of so many of us for so very long. His research is thorough and suggests refreshing ideas on a micro-economic level that is applicable to all people...from large corporations to small business. It highlights the essential need for collaboration which includes a vital emphasis on the need for innovation and the creation of new industries. He urges us to consider the wealth of ideas coming from universities and research which can help businesses while creating what he refers to as "ecosystems" which he convincingly suggests can positively impact our use of energy, expand our workforce through retraining and, perhaps most importantly, create sustainable growth. It is indeed a book that combines a rational approach to our ailing economy while offering impressive insight and provocative thought. Hearty endorsement Holsteins work is a must read for every American. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Economics-Audiobook/B003NHAEJE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Economics Subtitle: Principles, Applications, and Tools, 5/e Author: Arthur O'Sullivan, Steven Sheffrin, Stephen Perez Format: Original Recording Length: 12 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 08-25-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Economics: Principles, Applications, and Tools, 5/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Arthur O'Sullivan) Thu, 25 Aug 2011 11:32:42 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Economics-Audiobook/B003NHAEJE thebookvoice.com 12:04:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Economics Subtitle: Principles, Applications, and Tools, 5/e Author: Arthur O'Sullivan, Steven Sheffrin, Stephen Perez Format: Original Recording Length: 12 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 08-25-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Economics: Principles, Applications, and Tools, 5/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Economics Subtitle: Principles, Applications, and Tools, 5/e Author: Arthur O'Sullivan, Steven Sheffrin, Stephen Perez Format: Original Recording Length: 12 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 08-25-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Economics: Principles, Applications, and Tools, 5/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Foundations-of-Economics-3-e-Audiobook/B003NH4ATE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Foundations of Economics, 3/e Author: Robin Bade, Michael Parkin Narrator: Brett Barry, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 13 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Foundations of Economics, 3/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robin Bade) Fri, 09 Sep 2011 16:48:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/VangoNotes-for-Foundations-of-Economics-3-e-Audiobook/B003NH4ATE thebookvoice.com 13:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Foundations of Economics, 3/e Author: Robin Bade, Michael Parkin Narrator: Brett Barry, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 13 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Foundations of Economics, 3/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/753/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: VangoNotes for Foundations of Economics, 3/e Author: Robin Bade, Michael Parkin Narrator: Brett Barry, Alyson Silverman Format: Original Recording Length: 13 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-11 Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc. Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Economics Publisher's Summary: Study on the go with VangoNotes. Just download chapter reviews from Foundations of Economics, 3/e and listen to them on your mp3 player. Now wherever you are -- whatever you're doing -- you can study by listening to the following for each chapter of your textbook: ©2007 by Pearson Education, Inc. Members Reviews: Incomplete, but very helpful. These are notes after all; still I wish that audible provided actual audio textbooks. (You couldn't find an audio textbook this cheap.) They were excellent supplemental materials though, and I did recommend them to other students in the same class. The examples and way of illustration were helpful. These notes, while incomplete did contribute to my success in the class. There are review questions covering material seemingly absent from the summary sections, but the nature of the content lent to more studying in less time. Is that criticism or not?